UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



 

Form 10-K



 

 
(Mark One)     
þ   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011

or

 
o   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from              to               

Commission file number: 000-51251



 

LifePoint Hospitals, Inc.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

 
Delaware   20-1538254
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

 
103 Powell Court
Brentwood, Tennessee
  37027
(Address Of Principal Executive Offices)   (Zip Code)

(615) 372-8500

(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)



 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 
Title of Each Class   Name of Exchange on Which Registered
Common Stock, par value $.01 per share Preferred Stock Purchase Rights   NASDAQ Global Select Market
NASDAQ Global Select Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: NONE



 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes þ No o

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes o No þ

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes þ No o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes þ No o

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act:

     
Large accelerated filer þ   Accelerated filer o   Non-accelerated filer o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes o No þ

The aggregate market value of the shares of registrant’s Common Stock held by non-affiliates as of June 30, 2011, was approximately $1.7 billion.

As of February 10, 2012, the number of outstanding shares of the registrant’s Common Stock was 48,356,916.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the definitive proxy statement for our 2012 annual meeting of stockholders are incorporated by reference into Part III of this report.

 

 


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LifePoint Hospitals, Inc.
  
TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
PART I
        

Item 1.

Business

    1  

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

    27  

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

    41  

Item 2.

Properties

    41  

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

    43  
PART II
        

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

    44  

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data

    47  

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

    49  

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

    92  

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

    92  

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

    92  

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

    93  

Item 9B.

Other Information

    93  
PART III
        

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

    94  

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

    94  

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

    94  

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

    95  

Item 14.

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

    95  
PART IV
        

Item 15.

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

    96  
SIGNATURES     101  
Exhibit Index     102  

i


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I

Item 1. Business.

Overview of Our Company

LifePoint Hospitals, Inc., a Delaware corporation, acting through its subsidiaries, operates general acute care hospitals primarily in non-urban communities in the United States. Unless the context otherwise requires, LifePoint and its subsidiaries are referred to herein as “LifePoint,” the “Company,” “we,” “our” or “us.” At December 31, 2011, on a consolidated basis, we operated 54 hospital campuses in 18 states, having a total of 6,048 licensed beds. We generate revenue primarily through hospital services offered at our facilities. We generated $3,026.1 million, $2,818.6 million, and $2,587.3 million in revenues from continuing operations, net of the provision for doubtful accounts, during 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

During the fourth quarter of 2011, we adopted the provisions of Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2011-7, “Presentation and Disclosure of Patient Service Revenue, Provision for Bad Debts, and the Allowance for Doubtful Accounts for Certain Health Care Entities” (“ASU 2011-7”). ASU 2011-7 requires the presentation of revenues net of the provision for doubtful accounts. Previously, our provision for doubtful accounts was included as a component of our operating expenses. Throughout this report, and for all periods presented, our discussions of revenues, including certain calculated metrics, have been updated to reflect our adoption of ASU 2011-7. The adoption of ASU 2011-7 did not impact our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

We seek to fulfill our mission of Making Communities Healthier® by striving to (1) improve the quality and types of healthcare services available in our communities; (2) provide physicians with a positive environment in which to practice medicine, with access to necessary equipment and resources; (3) develop and provide a positive work environment for employees; (4) expand each hospital’s role as a community asset; and (5) improve each hospital’s financial performance. We expect our hospitals to be the place where patients choose to come for care, where physicians want to practice medicine and where employees want to work.

Business Strategy

Opportunities in Existing Markets

We believe that growth opportunities remain in our existing markets. Growth at our hospitals is dependent in part on how successful our hospitals are in their efforts to recruit physicians to their respective medical staffs, whether those physicians are active members of their respective medical staffs over a long period of time and whether and to what extent members of our hospitals’ medical staffs admit patients to our hospitals. We continue to refine our recruiting process in an effort to better identify and focus on those physicians most likely to desire to practice in our communities and to better tailor our communications to the physicians who want to practice in non-urban communities.

Additionally, we believe that growth can be achieved by demonstrating the quality of care provided in our facilities, adding new service lines in our existing markets and investing in new technologies desired by physicians and patients. The quality (both actual and perceived) of healthcare services provided at our hospitals is an increasingly important factor to patients when deciding where to seek care, to physicians when deciding where to practice and to governmental and private third party payors when determining the reimbursement that is paid to our hospitals. Because in virtually every case the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (“CMS”) core measure scores ascribed to our hospitals are impacted by the practice decisions of the physicians on our medical staffs, we have implemented new strategies to work with medical staff members to improve scores at all of our hospitals, especially those that are below our average or below management’s expectation. Recently, we have seen improvements in our CMS core measure scores and Hospital Consumer Assessment of Healthcare Providers & Systems scores, an important measure of patients’ perspectives of hospital care. We are committed to further improving our hospitals’ scores through targeted strategies, including increased education, when necessary, awareness campaigns and hospital specific action plans.

1


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In many of our markets, a significant portion of patients who require the services available at acute care hospitals leave our markets to receive such care. We believe this fact presents an opportunity for growth, and we are working with the hospitals in communities where this phenomenon exists to implement new strategies or enhance existing strategies. We continually conduct operating reviews of our hospitals to pinpoint new service lines that could reduce the outmigration of patients leaving our markets to receive healthcare services. Where needed service lines have been identified, we have focused on recruiting the physicians necessary to correctly operate such service lines. For example, our hospitals have responded to physician interest in requests for hospitalists by introducing or strengthening hospitalist programs where appropriate. Our hospitals have taken other steps, such as structured efforts to solicit input from medical staff members and to respond promptly to legitimate unmet physicians needs, to limit or offset the impact of outmigration and to achieve growth.

While responsibly managing our operating expenses, we have also made significant, targeted investments in our hospitals to add new technologies, modernize facilities and expand the services available. These investments should assist in our efforts to attract and retain physicians, to offset outmigration of patients and to make our hospitals more desirable to our employees and potential patients.

We also continue to strive to improve our operating performance by improving on our revenue cycle processes, making an even higher level of purchases through our group purchasing organization, operating more efficiently and effectively, and working to appropriately standardize our policies, procedures and practices across all of our affiliated hospitals.

Acquisitions and Partnerships

We believe that strategic acquisitions can supplement the growth we believe we can generate organically in our existing markets. We seek to acquire well-positioned hospitals in growing areas of the United States that we believe are fairly priced and that could benefit from our management and strategic initiatives.

In January, 2011, we formed a joint venture with Duke University Health System (“Duke”), with a mission to own and operate community hospitals as well as improve the delivery of healthcare services in North Carolina and the surrounding area. We believe this partnership, which combines our operational resources and experience with Duke’s expertise in the development of clinical services and quality systems, further strengthens our ability to acquire well-positioned hospitals.

Consistent with our acquisition strategy and through our partnership arrangement with Duke, we completed acquisitions of an 80% interest in Maria Parham Medical Center (“Maria Parham”), a 102 bed hospital located in Henderson, North Carolina effective November 1, 2011, and 100% of Person Memorial Hospital (“Person Memorial”), a 110 bed hospital located in Roxboro, North Carolina effective October 1, 2011. Additionally, we recently announced entry into a definitive agreement to purchase an 80% interest in Twin County Regional Healthcare, located in Galax, Virginia.

Operations

We seek to operate our hospitals in a manner that positions them to compete effectively and to further our mission of making communities healthier. The operating strategies of our hospitals, however, are determined largely by local hospital leadership and are tailored to each of their respective communities. Generally, our overall operating strategy is to strive to: (1) expand the breadth of services offered at our hospitals — by adding equipment and seeking to attract specialty and primary care physicians — in an effort to attract community patients that might otherwise leave their community for healthcare; (2) recruit, attract and retain physicians interested in practicing in the non-urban communities where our hospitals are primarily located; (3) recruit, retain and develop hospital executives and staff interested in working and living in the non-urban communities where our hospitals are primarily located; (4) negotiate favorable, facility-specific contracts with managed care and other private third-party payors; and (5) efficiently leverage resources across all of our hospitals. In appropriate circumstances, we may selectively acquire hospitals or other healthcare facilities where our operating strategies can improve performance.

Our hospitals typically provide the range of medical and surgical services commonly available in hospitals in non-urban markets. These services include general surgery, internal medicine, obstetrics, emergency room care, radiology, oncology, diagnostic care, coronary care, rehabilitation services, pediatric

2


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

services, and, in some of our hospitals, specialized services such as open-heart surgery, skilled nursing, psychiatric care and neuro-surgery. In many markets, we also provide outpatient services such as same-day surgery, laboratory, x-ray, respiratory therapy, imaging, sports medicine and lithotripsy. The services provided at any specific hospital depend on factors such as community need for the service, whether physicians necessary to operate the service line safely are members of the medical staff of that hospital, whether the service might be economically viable, and any contractual or certificate of need restrictions that might exist. Like most hospitals located in non-urban markets, our hospitals do not engage in extensive medical research and medical education programs. However, two of our hospitals have an affiliation with medical schools, including the clinical rotation of medical students, and one of our hospitals owns and operates a school of health professions with a nursing program and a radiologic technology program.

With the exception of Bluegrass Community Hospital, which is designated by CMS as a critical access hospital, all of our hospitals are accredited by the Joint Commission or the Healthcare Facilities Accreditation Program (“HFAP”). With such accreditation, our hospitals are deemed to meet the Medicare Conditions of Participation and are, therefore, eligible to participate in government-sponsored provider programs, such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs. Bluegrass Community Hospital participates in the Medicare program by otherwise meeting the Medicare Conditions of Participation.

As noted above, the range of services that can be offered at any of our hospitals depends significantly on the efforts, abilities and experience of the physicians on the medical staffs of our hospitals, most of whom have no long-term contractual relationship with us. Our hospitals are staffed by licensed physicians who have been admitted to the medical staffs of individual hospitals. Under state laws and other licensing standards, hospital medical staffs are generally self-governing organizations subject to ultimate oversight by the hospital’s local governing board. Each of our hospitals has a local board of trustees. These boards generally include members of the hospital’s medical staff as well as community leaders. These boards establish policies concerning medical, professional and ethical practices, monitor these practices, and are responsible for reviewing these practices in order to determine that they conform to established standards. We maintain quality assurance programs to support and monitor quality of care standards and to meet accreditation and regulatory requirements. We also monitor patient care evaluations and other quality of care assessment activities on a regular basis.

Members of the medical staffs of our hospitals are free to serve on the medical staffs of hospitals not operated by LifePoint. Members of our medical staffs are free to terminate their affiliation with our hospitals or admit their patients to competing hospitals at any time. Although we own some physician practices and, where permitted by law, employ some physicians, the majority of the physicians who practice at our hospitals are not our employees. It is essential to our ongoing business that we attract and retain skilled employees and an appropriate number of quality physicians and other healthcare professionals in all specialties on our medical staffs.

In our markets, physician recruitment and retention are affected by a shortage of physicians in certain sought-after specialties, the difficulties that physicians are experiencing in obtaining affordable malpractice insurance or finding insurers willing to provide such insurance, and the challenges that can be associated with practicing medicine in small groups or independently. In order for our hospitals to be successful, we must recruit and retain a sufficient number of active, engaged and successful physicians.

In connection with our efforts to responsibly manage purchasing costs, we participate along with other healthcare companies in a group purchasing organization, HealthTrust Purchasing Group, which makes certain national supply and equipment contracts available to our facilities. We owned an approximate 4.1% equity interest in this group purchasing organization at December 31, 2011.

3


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Availability of Information

Our website is www.lifepointhospitals.com. We make available free of charge on this website under “Investor Information — SEC Filings” our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such materials with, or furnish them to, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).

Sources of Revenue

Our hospitals receive payment for patient services from the federal government primarily under the Medicare program, state governments under their respective Medicaid programs, health maintenance organizations (“HMOs”), preferred provider organizations (“PPOs”) and other private insurers, as well as directly from patients (“self-pay”).

The American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (“ARRA”) provides for incentive payments under the Medicare and Medicaid programs for certain hospitals and physician practices that demonstrate meaningful use of certified electronic health record (“EHR”) technology. These provisions of ARRA, collectively referred to as the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act (the “HITECH Act”), are intended to promote the adoption and meaningful use of interoperable health information technology and qualified EHR technology. During the second and third quarters of 2011, we recognized Medicaid EHR incentive payments as other revenues. During the fourth quarter of 2011, we determined that all of our previously recognized Medicaid EHR incentive payments as well as all of our future EHR incentive payments are appropriately accounted for under a gain contingency accounting model and in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 450-30, “Gain Contingencies” (“ASC 450-30”). In accordance with ASC 450-30 we have determined that the EHR incentive payments are more appropriately classified as other income, separate from revenues. This change did not impact our historical financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Additionally, as previously discussed, during the fourth quarter of 2011 we adopted the provisions of ASU 2011-7. ASU 2011-7 requires the presentation of revenues net of a provision for doubtful accounts. As a result of our adoption of ASU 2011-7, certain changes have been made to our historical sources of revenues table below. The adoption of ASU 2011-7 did not change the amounts previously reported by payor classification. However, because the presentation of revenues has changed to include the provision for doubtful accounts, the resulting ratios by payor as a percentage of revenues have increased.

Our revenues from continuing operations by payor and approximate percentages of revenues during the years specified below were as follows (in millions):

           
  2011   2010   2009
     Amount   Ratio   Amount   Ratio   Amount   Ratio
Medicare   $ 1,061.3       35.0 %    $ 983.7       34.9 %    $ 891.4       34.5 % 
Medicaid     432.1       14.3       410.8       14.6       313.9       12.1  
HMOs, PPOs and other private insurers     1,446.6       47.8       1,360.1       48.2       1,335.4       51.6  
Self-pay     565.3       18.7       475.1       16.9       390.1       15.1  
Other     39.3       1.3       32.7       1.1       31.9       1.2  
Revenues before provision for doubtful accounts     3,544.6       117.1       3,262.4       115.7       2,962.7       114.5  
Provision for doubtful accounts     (518.5 )      (17.1 )      (443.8 )      (15.7 )      (375.4 )      (14.5 ) 
Revenues   $ 3,026.1       100.0 %    $ 2,818.6       100.0 %    $ 2,587.3       100.0 % 

Patients generally are not responsible for any difference between customary hospital charges and amounts reimbursed for the services under Medicare, Medicaid, private insurance plans, HMOs or PPOs, but are responsible for services not covered by these plans, exclusions, deductibles or co-payment features of their coverage. The amount of exclusions, deductibles and co-payments generally has been increasing each year as employers have been shifting a higher percentage of healthcare costs to employees. In some states, the

4


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medicaid program budgets have been cut, which has resulted in limiting the enrollment of participants. This, along with increasing self-pay revenue, has resulted in higher provisions for doubtful accounts at many of our hospitals in the past few years.

Medicare

Our revenues from Medicare were approximately $1,061.3 million, or 35.0% of total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2011. Medicare provides hospital and medical insurance benefits, regardless of income, to persons age 65 and over, some disabled persons and persons with end-stage renal disease. All of our hospitals are currently certified as providers of Medicare services. Amounts received under the Medicare program are often significantly less than the hospital’s customary charges for the services provided. Since 2003, Congress and CMS have made several sweeping changes to the Medicare program and its reimbursement methodologies, such as the implementation of the prescription drug benefit that was created by the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement, and Modernization Act of 2003 (the “MMA”) and as the provisions of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act and the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 (collectively, the “Affordable Care Act”) continue to be implemented.

Medicare Inpatient Prospective Payment System

Under the Medicare program, hospitals are reimbursed for the costs of acute care inpatient stays under an inpatient prospective payment system (“IPPS”). Under the IPPS, our hospitals are paid a prospectively determined amount for each hospital discharge that is based on the patient’s diagnosis. Specifically, each discharge is assigned to a diagnosis related group, commonly known as a “DRG,” which groups patients that have similar clinical conditions and that are expected to require a similar amount of hospital resources. Each DRG is, in turn, assigned a relative weight that is prospectively set and that reflects the average amount of resources, as determined on a national basis, that are needed to treat a patient with that particular diagnosis, compared to the amount of hospital resources that are needed to treat the average Medicare inpatient stay. The IPPS payment for each discharge is based on two national base payment rates or standardized amounts, one that covers hospital operating expenses and another that covers hospital capital expenses. The base DRG payment rate for operating expenses has two components, a labor share and a non-labor share. Although the labor share is adjusted by a wage index to reflect geographical differences in the cost of labor, the base DRG payment rate does not consider the actual costs incurred by an individual hospital in providing a particular inpatient service.

The base DRG operating expense payment rate that is used by the Medicare program in the IPPS is adjusted by an update factor on an annual basis. The index used to adjust the base DRG payment rate, which is known as the “hospital market basket index,” gives consideration to the inflation experienced by hospitals in purchasing goods and services. For federal fiscal years (“FFYs”) 2012 (which began on October 1, 2011), 2011 (which began on October 1, 2010 and ended on September 30, 2011), and 2010 (which began on October 1, 2009 and ended on September 30, 2010), the hospital market basket index increased 3.0%, 2.6% and 2.1%, respectively. Generally, however, the percentage increase in the DRG payment rate has been lower than the projected increase in the cost of goods and services purchased by hospitals. In addition, as mandated by the Affordable Care Act, the hospital market basket increases for FFY 2012, FFY 2011 and FFY 2010 were reduced by CMS by 0.10%, 0.25% and 0.25%, respectively. For FFY 2012 and each subsequent fiscal year, as also mandated by the Affordable Care Act, the market basket increase will be reduced by a productivity adjustment equal to the 10-year moving average of changes in annual economy-wide private nonfarm business multi-factor productivity. For FFY 2012, the productivity adjustment equated to a 1.0% reduction in the market basket increase. For FFY 2012, the hospital market basket increase was increased by an additional 1.1% to account for an inappropriate application of rural floor budget neutrality adjustments in past years.

From FFY 2005 through 2007, the MMA required all acute care hospitals to participate in CMS’s Hospital Inpatient Quality Reporting Program (the “IQR Program”) in order to receive the full hospital market basket update. Beginning in FFY 2007, the Deficit Reduction Act of 2005 (the “DRA”) expanded the number of quality measures that were required to be reported and increased the reduction in reimbursement to hospitals that do not participate in the IQR Program from 0.4% to 2.0%. Through FFY 2012, our hospitals reported all quality measures required by CMS and received the full market basket update.

5


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Prior to October 1, 2007, CMS had established 538 DRG classifications. However, on October 1, 2007, CMS replaced the existing 538 DRGs with 745 new severity-adjusted diagnosis related groups (“Medicare Severity DRGs” or “MS-DRGs”). The new MS-DRGs are intended to more accurately reflect the cost of providing inpatient services and eliminate any incentives that hospitals may have to only treat the healthiest and most profitable patients. The MS-DRGs were phased-in over a two year period, with FFY 2009, which began on October 1, 2008, being the first year that IPPS payments to hospitals were based entirely on the new MS-DRGs.

To offset the effect of the coding and discharge classification changes that CMS believed would occur as hospitals implemented the MS-DRG system, CMS established prospective documentation and coding adjustments to the national standardized amounts of (1.2%) in FFY 2008 and (1.8%) in both FFYs 2009 and 2010. However, the Transitional Medical Assistance, Abstinence Education, and Qualifying Individuals Programs Extension Act of 2007 (the “TMA Act”), which was enacted on September 29, 2007, effectively decreased the reductions for FFYs 2008 and 2009 to (0.6%) and (0.9%), respectively. In addition, the TMA Act required CMS to conduct a “look-back” beginning in FFY 2010 and make appropriate changes to the reduction percentages based on actual FFY 2008 and 2009 claims data. Based on its evaluation, CMS determined that IPPS payments increased by 2.5% in FFY 2008 and 5.4% in FFY 2009 due solely to the implementation of the MS-DRG System. The increases exceeded the cumulative prospective adjustments by 5.8% for FFYs 2008 and 2009. The TMA Act requires CMS to recoup the increase in spending in FFYs 2008 and 2009 by FFY 2012. In the IPPS final rule for FFY 2011, CMS reduced the standardized amount by (2.9%), which represented half of the required retrospective adjustment. The remaining (2.9%) retrospective reduction will be implemented in FFY 2012. However, the (2.9%) retrospective reduction that was made in FFY 2011 will be restored in FFY 2012, which essentially means the retrospective adjustment in FFY 2012 will be negated. The (2.9%) retrospective reduction made in FFY 2012 will be restored in FFY 2013. The TMA Act also requires CMS to make an additional prospective cumulative adjustment of (3.9%) to eliminate the full effect of the documentation and coding changes of (5.4%) on future payments. CMS does have some discretion as to the timing of the implementation of this remaining prospective adjustment. CMS decided not to implement any portion of the remaining prospective adjustment in FFYs 2010 and 2011. CMS did implement (2.0%) in FFY 2012 which leaves a remaining necessary prospective adjustment of (1.9%). CMS has not stated when this remaining required prospective adjustment will be made, but CMS has considered it feasible to make all or most of the adjustment in FFY 2013 when a 2.9% adjustment will be factored into rates to offset the one-time FFY 2012 retrospective adjustment.

The following tables list our historical Medicare MS-DRG and capital payments for the years presented (in millions):

   
  Medicare
MS-DRG
Payments
  Medicare
Capital
Payments
2011   $ 503.9     $ 40.7  
2010     481.4       40.5  
2009     460.6       38.9  

In addition to MS-DRG and capital payments, hospitals may qualify for outlier payments for cases involving patients whose treatment costs are extraordinarily high when compared to the costs of treating an average patient in the same DRG.

Hospitals may also qualify for Medicare disproportionate share hospital (“DSH”) payments, if they treat a high percentage of low-income patients. The adjustment is generally based on the hospital’s disproportionate patient percentage (“DPP”), which is the sum of the number of inpatient days for patients who were entitled to both Medicare Part A and Supplemental Security Income benefits, divided by the total number of Medicare Part A inpatient days and the number of inpatient days for patients who were eligible for Medicaid (but not Medicare) divided by the total number of hospital inpatient days. Hospitals whose DPP meets or exceeds a specified threshold amount are eligible for a DSH payment adjustment. Medicare DSH payments received in the aggregate by our hospitals for 2011, 2010, and 2009, were approximately $70.7 million, $65.0 million and $58.3 million, respectively. However, the Affordable Care Act requires Medicare DSH payments to providers

6


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

to be reduced by 75% beginning in FFY 2014, subject to adjustment if the Affordable Care Act does not decrease uncompensated care to the extent anticipated.

Medicare Hospital Outpatient Prospective Payment System

The Balanced Budget Refinement Act of 1999 (“BBRA”) established a prospective payment system for outpatient hospital services that commenced on August 1, 2000. Under Medicare’s hospital outpatient prospective payment system (“OPPS”), hospital outpatient services are classified into groups called ambulatory payment classifications (“APCs”). Services in each APC are clinically similar and are similar in terms of the resources they require. Depending on the services provided, a hospital may be paid for more than one APC for an encounter. CMS establishes a payment rate for each APC by multiplying the scaled relative weight for the APC by a conversion factor. The payment rate is further adjusted to reflect geographic wage differences. The APC conversion factors for calendar years (“CYs”) 2012, 2011 and 2010 were $70.016, $68.876 and $67.439, respectively, after the inclusion of the 1.1% reduction for CY 2012 and the 0.25% reduction for CYs 2011 and 2010 required by the Affordable Care Act. APC classifications and payment rates are reviewed and adjusted on an annual basis, and, historically, the rate of increase in payments for hospital outpatient services has been higher than the rate of increase in payments for inpatient services. To receive the full increase, hospitals must satisfy the reporting requirements of the Hospital Outpatient Quality Data Reporting Program (the “HOPQDRP”). Hospitals that do not satisfy the reporting requirements of the HOPQDRP are subject to a reduction of 2.0% from the fee schedule increase factor, which in CY 2012, would result in a conversion factor of $68.616. For CY 2012 our hospitals reported all quality measures required by CMS and received the full market basket update.

The following table lists our historical Medicare APC payments for the years presented (in millions):

 
  Medicare
APC Payments
2011   $ 260.9  
2010     248.6  
2009     216.6  

Budget Control Act of 2011

On August 2, 2011, the Budget Control Act of 2011 (the “BCA”) was enacted. The BCA increased the nation’s debt ceiling while taking steps to reduce the federal deficit. The BCA requires $1.2 trillion in automatic across-the-board spending reductions for FFY 2013 through 2021, split evenly between domestic and defense spending. While certain programs (including the Medicaid program) are protected from these automatic spending reductions, the Medicare program is subject to reductions, capped at 2%.

Medicare Bad Debt Reimbursement

Under Medicare, the costs attributable to the deductible and coinsurance amounts that follow reasonable collection efforts and remain unpaid by Medicare beneficiaries can be added to the Medicare share of allowable costs as cost reports are filed. Hospitals generally receive interim pass-through payments during the cost report year which were determined by the fiscal intermediary from the prior cost report filing.

The amounts uncollectible from specific beneficiaries are to be charged off as bad debts in the accounting period in which the accounts are deemed to be worthless. In some cases, an amount previously written off as a bad debt and allocated to the program may be recovered in a subsequent accounting period. In these cases, the recoveries must be used to reduce the cost of beneficiary services for the period in which the collection is made. In determining reasonable costs for hospitals, the amount of bad debts otherwise treated as allowable costs is reduced by 30%. Under this program, our hospitals received an aggregate of approximately $19.5 million, $17.5 million, and $17.0 million for 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

7


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Physician Services

Physician services are reimbursed under the Medicare physician fee schedule (“PFS”) system, under which CMS has assigned a national relative value unit (“RVU”) to most medical procedures and services that reflects the various resources required by a physician to provide the services relative to all other services. Each RVU is calculated based on a combination of work required in terms of time and intensity of effort for the service, practice expense (overhead) attributable to the service and malpractice insurance expense attributable to the service. These three elements are each modified by a geographic adjustment factor to account for local practice costs then aggregated. The aggregated amount is multiplied by a conversion factor that accounts for inflation and targeted growth in Medicare expenditures (as calculated by the sustainable growth rate (“SGR”)) to arrive at the payment amount for each service. While RVUs for various services may change in a given year, any alterations are required by statute to be virtually budget neutral, such that total payments made under the PFS may not differ by more than $20 million from what payments would have been if adjustments were not made.

The PFS rates are adjusted each year, and reductions in both current and future payments are anticipated. The SGR formula, if implemented as mandated by statute, would result in significant reductions to payments under the PFS. Since 2003, the U.S. Congress has passed multiple legislative acts delaying application of the SGR to the PFS. For CY 2011, CMS issued a final rule that would have applied the SGR and resulted in an aggregate reduction of 24.9% to all physician payments under the PFS for FFY 2011. The Medicare and Medicaid Extenders Act of 2010 delayed application of the SGR until January 1, 2012 and the Temporary Payroll Tax Cut Continuation Act of 2011 then delayed application of the SGR for two additional months, through February 29, 2012. Congress is currently considering legislation that would prevent the pending reductions to PFS rates. It is possible that such legislation will reduce payments to other Medicare providers. We cannot predict whether Congress will enact such legislation and, if it does, the impact this may have on our Medicare revenues.

Medicaid

Medicaid programs are funded by both the federal government and state governments to provide healthcare benefits to certain low-income individuals and groups. These programs and the reimbursement methodologies are administered by the states and vary from state to state and from year to year. Amounts received under the Medicaid programs are often significantly less than the hospital’s customary charges for the services provided. Most state Medicaid payments are made under a prospective payment system, fee schedule, cost reimbursement programs, or some combination of these three methods.

Our revenues under the various state Medicaid programs, including state-funded managed care programs, were approximately $432.1 million, or 14.3% of total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2011. These payments are typically based on fixed rates determined by the individual states. Included in these payments are DSH payments received under various state Medicaid programs. For 2011, 2010, and 2009, our revenue attributable to DSH payments and other supplemental payments was approximately $74.2 million, $61.1 million, and $25.1 million, respectively. The increase in revenue from DSH payments and other supplemental payments is primarily attributable to additional funding provided by certain states, which was made available in part by additional annual state provider taxes on certain of our hospitals and changes in classification of state programs.

Many states in which we operate are facing budgetary challenges and have adopted, or may be considering, legislation that is intended to control or reduce Medicaid expenditures, enroll Medicaid recipients in managed care programs, and/or impose additional taxes on hospitals to help finance or expand their Medicaid programs. Congress has made an effort to address the financial challenges Medicaid is facing by recently increasing the amount of Medicaid funding available to states through the ARRA and the Education, Jobs, and Medicaid Assistance Act (the “Assistance Act”), which increased Federal Medical Assistance Percentage (“FMAP”) payments through June 30, 2011. Budget cuts, federal or state legislation, or other changes in the administration or interpretation of government health programs by government agencies or contracted managed care organizations could have a material adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations.

8


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Annual Cost Reports

Hospitals participating in the Medicare and some Medicaid programs, whether paid on a reasonable cost basis or under a prospective payment system, are required to meet certain financial reporting requirements. Federal and, where applicable, state regulations require submission of annual cost reports identifying medical costs and expenses associated with the services provided by each hospital to Medicare beneficiaries and Medicaid recipients.

Annual cost reports required under the Medicare and some Medicaid programs are subject to routine governmental audits. These audits may result in adjustments to the amounts ultimately determined to be payable to us under these reimbursement programs. Finalization of these audits often takes several years. Providers may appeal any final determination made in connection with an audit.

Recovery Audit Contractors

In 2005, CMS began using recovery audit contractors (“RACs”) to detect Medicare overpayments not identified through existing claims review mechanisms. The RAC program relies on private companies to examine Medicare claims filed by healthcare providers. RACs perform post-discharge audits of medical records to identify Medicare overpayments resulting from incorrect payment amounts, non-covered services, medically unnecessary services, incorrectly coded services, and duplicate services and are paid on a contingency basis. CMS has given RACs the authority to look back at claims up to three years old, provided that the claim was paid on or after October 1, 2007. Any claims identified as overpayments will be subject to a RAC program appeals process. The RAC program began as a demonstration project in five states and was made permanent by the Tax Relief and Health Care Act of 2006. The permanent RAC program was gradually expanded across the United States in 2008 and 2009 and is currently operating in all 50 states. The Affordable Care Act has further expanded the use of RACs by requiring each state to establish a Medicaid RAC program. Implementation of the Medicaid RAC program has been delayed, but all states were required to implement their RAC programs by January 1, 2012. Although we believe our claims for reimbursement submitted to the Medicare and Medicaid programs are accurate, many of our hospitals have had Medicare claims audited by the RAC program. While our hospitals have successfully appealed many of the adverse determinations raised by Medicare RAC audits, we cannot predict if this trend will continue or the results of any future audits. We cannot predict the volume or outcome of any future audits conducted by the various state Medicaid RAC programs to which our hospitals will be subject.

HMOs, PPOs and Other Private Insurers

In addition to government programs, our hospitals are reimbursed by differing types of private payors including HMOs, PPOs, other private insurance companies and employers. Our revenues from HMOs, PPOs and other private insurers were approximately $1,446.6 million, or 47.8% of total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2011. To attract additional volume, most of our hospitals offer discounts from established charges to certain large group purchasers of healthcare services. These discount programs often limit our ability to increase charges in response to increasing costs. Generally, patients covered by HMOs, PPOs and other private insurers will be responsible for certain co-payments and deductibles. We classify the co-payment and deductible portions as self-pay revenues.

Self-Pay and Charity Care

Self-pay revenues are derived from patients who do not have any form of healthcare coverage. Our revenues from self-pay patients were approximately $565.3 million, or 18.7% of total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2011. The revenues associated with self-pay patients are generally reported at our gross charges. We evaluate these patients, after the patient’s medical condition is determined to be stable, for qualifications of Medicaid or other governmental assistance programs, as well as our local hospital’s policy for charity care. We provide care to certain patients that qualify under the local charity care policy at each of our hospitals. We do not report a charity care patient’s charges in revenues or in the provision for doubtful accounts as it is our policy not to pursue collection of amounts related to these patients.

9


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

A significant portion of self-pay patients are admitted through the emergency department and often require high-acuity treatment. High-acuity treatment is more costly to provide and, therefore, results in higher billings. Over the past few years, we have seen an increase in the amount of self-pay revenues at our hospitals, which are the least collectible of all accounts. The increase in self-pay revenues has resulted in an increase in our provision for doubtful accounts.

The following table lists our self-pay revenues and charity care write-offs from continuing operations for the years presented (in millions):

     
  Self-Pay
Revenues
  Charity Care
Write-Offs
  Combined
Total
2011   $ 565.3     $ 89.4     $ 654.7  
2010     475.1       62.3       537.4  
2009     390.1       58.5       448.6  

Provision for Doubtful Accounts

To provide for accounts receivable that could become uncollectible in the future, we establish an allowance for doubtful accounts to reduce the carrying value of such receivables to their estimated net realizable value. The primary uncertainty lies with uninsured patient receivables and deductibles, co-payments or other amounts due from individual patients. Our provision for doubtful accounts had the effect of reducing total revenues by approximately $518.5 million, or 17.1% of total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2011.

We have an established process to determine the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts that relies on a number of analytical tools and benchmarks to arrive at a reasonable allowance. No single statistic or measurement determines the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts. Some of the analytical tools that we utilize include, but are not limited to, historical cash collection experience, revenue trends by payor classification and revenue days in accounts receivable.

We have experienced an increase in our self-pay revenues over the past few years which has primarily been driven by high levels of unemployment in the majority of our communities. The increase in self-pay revenues has resulted in an increase in our provision for doubtful accounts.

Health Care Reform

The Affordable Care Act was signed into law, in two parts, on March 23, 2010 and March 30, 2010. The Affordable Care Act dramatically alters the United States healthcare system and is intended to decrease the number of uninsured Americans and reduce the overall cost of healthcare. The Affordable Care Act attempts to achieve these goals by, among other things, requiring most Americans to obtain health insurance, expanding Medicare and Medicaid eligibility, reducing Medicare DSH and Medicaid payments to providers, expanding the Medicare program’s use of value-based purchasing programs, tying hospital payments to the satisfaction of certain quality criteria, bundling payments to hospitals and other providers, and instituting certain private health insurance reforms. Although a majority of the measures contained in the Affordable Care Act do not take effect until 2013, certain of the reductions in Medicare spending, such as negative adjustments to the Medicare hospital inpatient and outpatient prospective payment system market basket updates and the incorporation of productivity adjustments to the Medicare program’s annual inflation updates, became effective in 2010 and 2011 or will be implemented in 2012. Constitutional challenges to the Affordable Care Act will be heard by the United States Supreme Court in 2012. The Supreme Court will consider four issues: (1) whether the “individual mandate” — the requirement that all individuals purchase some form of health insurance — is constitutional; (2) if the individual mandate is found unconstitutional, whether it is severable from the remainder of the Affordable Care Act; (3) whether the Affordable Care Act’s requirement that states expand Medicaid eligibility or risk losing federal funds is constitutional; and (4) whether the individual mandate is a tax for purposes of the Anti-Injunction Act, meaning that plaintiffs seeking to challenge the requirement must wait until it takes effect in 2014. Additionally, several bills have been and will likely continue to be introduced in Congress to repeal or amend all or significant provisions of the Affordable Care Act. It is difficult to predict the full impact of the Affordable Care Act due to pending Supreme Court review, its complexity, lack of implementing regulations and interpretive guidance, gradual and potentially delayed

10


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

implementation, and possible repeal and/or amendment, as well as our inability to foresee how individuals and businesses will respond to the choices afforded them by the Affordable Care Act. As a result, it is difficult to predict the full impact that the Affordable Care Act will have on our revenue and results of operations.

Expanded Coverage

Based on the Congressional Budget Office (“CBO”) and CMS estimates, by 2019, the Affordable Care Act will expand coverage to 32 to 34 million additional individuals (resulting in coverage of an estimated 94% of the legal U.S. population). This increased coverage will occur through a combination of public program expansion and private sector health insurance and other reforms.

Medicaid Expansion

The primary public program coverage expansion will occur through changes in Medicaid, and to a lesser extent, expansion of the Children’s Health Insurance Program (“CHIP”). The most significant changes will expand the categories of individuals eligible for Medicaid coverage and permit individuals with relatively higher incomes to qualify. The federal government reimburses the majority of a state’s Medicaid expenses, and it conditions its payment on the state meeting certain requirements. The federal government currently requires that states provide coverage for only limited categories of low-income adults under 65 years old (e.g., women who are pregnant, and the blind or disabled). In addition, the income level required for individuals and families to qualify for Medicaid varies widely from state to state.

The Affordable Care Act materially changes the requirements for Medicaid eligibility. Commencing January 1, 2014, all state Medicaid programs are required to provide, and the federal government will subsidize, Medicaid coverage to virtually all adults under 65 years old with incomes at or under 133% of the federal poverty level (“FPL”). This expansion will create a minimum Medicaid eligibility threshold that is uniform across states. Further, the Affordable Care Act also requires states to apply a “5% income disregard” to the Medicaid eligibility standard, so that Medicaid eligibility will effectively be extended to those with incomes up to 138% of the FPL. These new eligibility requirements will expand Medicaid and CHIP coverage by an estimated 16 to 18 million persons nationwide. A disproportionately large percentage of the new Medicaid coverage is likely to be in states that currently have relatively low income eligibility requirements.

As Medicaid is a joint federal and state program, the federal government provides states with “matching funds” in a defined percentage, known as the FMAP. Beginning in 2014, states will receive an enhanced FMAP for the individuals enrolled in Medicaid pursuant to the Affordable Care Act. The FMAP percentage is as follows: 100% for CYs 2014 through 2016; 95% for 2017; 94% in 2018; 93% in 2019; and 90% in 2020 and thereafter.

The Affordable Care Act also provides that the federal government will subsidize states that create non-Medicaid plans for residents whose incomes are greater than 133% of the FPL but do not exceed 200% of the FPL. Approved state plans will be eligible to receive federal funding. The amount of that funding per individual will be equal to 95% of subsidies that would have been provided for that individual had he or she enrolled in a health plan offered through one of the Exchanges, as discussed below.

Historically, states often have attempted to reduce Medicaid spending by limiting benefits and tightening Medicaid eligibility requirements. Effective March 23, 2010, the Affordable Care Act requires states to at least maintain Medicaid eligibility standards established prior to the enactment of the law for adults until January 1, 2014 and for children until October 1, 2019. States with budget deficits may, however, seek exemptions from this requirement, but only to address eligibility standards that apply to adults making more than 133% of the FPL.

Private Sector Expansion

The expansion of health coverage through the private sector as a result of the Affordable Care Act will occur through new requirements on health insurers, employers and individuals. Commencing January 1, 2014, health insurance companies will be prohibited from imposing annual coverage limits, dropping coverage, excluding persons based upon pre-existing conditions or denying coverage for any individual who is willing to pay the premiums for such coverage. Effective January 1, 2011, each health plan must keep its annual non-medical costs lower than 15% of premium revenue for the group market and lower than 20% in the small

11


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

group and individual markets or rebate its enrollees the amount spent in excess of the percentage. In addition, effective September 23, 2010, health insurers are not permitted to deny coverage to children based upon a pre-existing condition and must allow dependent care coverage for children up to 26 years old.

Larger employers will be subject to new requirements and incentives to provide health insurance benefits to their full time employees. Effective January 1, 2014, employers with 50 or more employees that do not offer health insurance will be held subject to a penalty if an employee obtains coverage through one of the newly created American Health Benefit Exchanges (“Exchanges”) if the coverage is subsidized by the government. The employer penalties will range from $2,000 to $3,000 per employee, subject to certain thresholds and conditions.

As enacted, the Affordable Care Act uses various means to induce individuals who do not have health insurance to obtain coverage. By January 1, 2014, individuals will be required to maintain health insurance for a minimum defined set of benefits or pay a tax penalty. The penalty in most cases is $95 in 2014, $325 in 2015, $695 in 2016, and indexed to a cost of living adjustment in subsequent years. The Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”), in consultation with the Department of Health and Human Services (“HHS”), is responsible for enforcing the tax penalty, although the Affordable Care Act limits the availability of certain IRS enforcement mechanisms. In addition, for individuals and families below 400% of the FPL, the cost of obtaining health insurance will be subsidized by the federal government. Those with lower incomes will be eligible to receive greater subsidies. It is anticipated that those at the lowest income levels will have the majority of their premiums subsidized by the federal government, in some cases in excess of 95% of the premium amount. To facilitate the purchase of health insurance by individuals and small employers, each state must establish an Exchange by January 1, 2014. Based on CBO and CMS estimates, between 29 and 31 million individuals will obtain their health insurance coverage through an Exchange by 2019. Of that amount, an estimated 16 million will be individuals who were previously uninsured, and 13 to 15 million will be individuals who switched from their prior insurance coverage to a plan obtained through the Exchange. The Affordable Care Act requires that the Exchanges be designed to make the process of evaluating, comparing and acquiring coverage simple for consumers. Health insurers participating in the Exchange must offer a set of minimum benefits to be defined by HHS and may offer more benefits, and must offer at least two, and up to five, levels of plans that vary by the percentage of medical expenses that must be paid by the enrollee. Each level of plan must require the enrollee to share certain specified percentages of medical expenses up to the deductible/co-payment limit. Health insurers may establish varying deductible/co-payment levels, up to the statutory maximum (estimated to be between $6,000 and $7,000 for an individual). The health insurers must cover 100% of the amount of medical expenses in excess of the deductible/co-payment limit. For example, an individual making 100% to 200% of the FPL will have co-payments and deductibles reduced to about one-third of the amount payable by those with the same plan with incomes at or above 400% of the FPL.

Public Program Spending

The Affordable Care Act provides for Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare program spending reductions between 2010 and 2019. The CBO estimates that these will include $156 billion in Medicare fee-for-service market basket and productivity reimbursement reductions for all providers, the majority of which will come from hospitals; CMS sets this estimate at $233 billion. The CBO estimates also include an additional $36 billion in reductions of Medicare and Medicaid DSH funding ($22 billion for Medicare and $14 billion for Medicaid). CMS estimates include an additional $64 billion in reductions of Medicare and Medicaid DSH funding, with $50 billion of the reductions coming from Medicare.

Payments for Hospitals

Under the Medicare program, hospitals receive reimbursement for general, acute care hospital inpatient services under the IPPS. CMS establishes fixed IPPS payment amounts per inpatient discharge based on the patient’s assigned MS-DRG. These MS-DRG rates are updated each FFY, which begins October 1, using the hospital market basket index, which takes into account inflation experienced by hospitals and other entities outside the healthcare industry in purchasing goods and services.

12


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The Affordable Care Act provides for three types of annual reductions in the market basket. The first is a general reduction of a specified percentage each FFY starting in 2010 and extending through 2019. These reductions are as follows: FFY 2010, 0.25% for discharges occurring on or after April 1, 2010; 2011 (0.25%); 2012 (0.1%); 2013 (0.1%); 2014 (0.3%); 2015 (0.2%); 2016 (0.2%); 2017 (0.75%); 2018 (0.75%); and 2019 (0.75%).

The second type of reduction to the market basket is a “productivity adjustment” that will be implemented by HHS beginning in FFY 2012. The amount of that reduction will be the projected nationwide productivity gains over the preceding 10 years. To determine the projection, HHS will use the Bureau of Labor Statistics (“BLS”) 10-year moving average of changes in specified economy-wide productivity (the BLS data is typically a few years old). The Affordable Care Act does not contain guidelines for HHS to use in projecting the productivity figure. The market basket update for FFY 2012 was reduced by 1% as a result of this productivity adjustment.

The third type of reduction is in connection with the value-based purchasing program discussed in more detail below. Beginning in FFY 2013, CMS will reduce the IPPS payment amount for all discharges by the following: 1% for 2013; 1.25% for 2014; 1.5% for 2015; 1.75% for 2016; and 2% for 2017 and subsequent years. For each FFY, the total amount collected from these reductions will be pooled and used to fund payments to hospitals that satisfy certain quality metrics. While some or all of these reductions may be recovered if a hospital satisfies these quality metrics, the recovery amounts may be delayed.

In addition to the three market basket reductions described above, there may be other upward or downward adjustments that CMS makes to the annual market basket update in any year, making it impossible to predict in advance the overall impact on MS-DRG rates.

Quality-Based Payment Adjustments and Reductions for Inpatient Services

The Affordable Care Act establishes or expands three provisions to promote value-based purchasing and to link payments to quality and efficiency. First, HHS is directed to implement a value-based purchasing program for inpatient hospital services. This program applies beginning in FFY 2013 to payments for discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2012, and rewards hospitals based either on how well the hospitals perform on certain quality measures or how much the hospitals’ performance improves on certain quality measures from their performance during a baseline period. CMS will evaluate hospitals’ performance during a performance period and hospitals will receive points on each of a number of pre-determined measures based on the higher of (i) their level of achievement relative to an established standard or (ii) their improvement in performance from their performance during a prior baseline period. Each hospital’s combined scores on all the measures will be translated into value-based incentive payments beginning with inpatient discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2012. Hospitals that receive higher total performance scores will receive higher incentive payments than those that receive lower total performance scores. Because the Affordable Care Act provides that the funds set aside for the value-based purchasing program will be fully distributed, hospitals with high scores may receive greater reimbursement under the value-based purchasing program than they would have otherwise, and hospitals with low scores may receive reduced Medicare inpatient hospital payments.

Second, beginning in FFY 2013, inpatient payments will be reduced if a hospital experiences “excessive readmissions” within a 30-day period of discharge for heart attack, heart failure, pneumonia or other conditions designated by HHS. Hospitals with what HHS defines as “excessive readmissions” for these conditions will receive reduced payments for all inpatient discharges, not just discharges relating to the conditions subject to the excessive readmission standard. Each hospital’s performance will be publicly reported by HHS. HHS has the discretion to determine what “excessive readmissions” means, the amount of the payment reduction and other terms and conditions of this program.

Third, reimbursement will be reduced based on a facility’s hospital acquired condition (“HAC”) rates. A HAC is a condition that is acquired by a patient while admitted as an inpatient in a hospital, such as a surgical site infection. Beginning in FFY 2015, hospitals that rank in the top 25% nationally of HACs for all hospitals in the previous year will receive a 1% reduction in their total Medicare payments. In addition, effective July 1, 2011, the Affordable Care Act prohibited the use of federal funds under the Medicaid program to reimburse providers for medical services provided to treat HACs.

13


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Outpatient Market Basket and Productivity Adjustment

Hospital outpatient services paid under OPPS are classified into APCs. The APC payment rates are updated each calendar year based on the market basket. The first two market basket changes outlined above — the general reduction and the productivity adjustment — apply to outpatient services as well as inpatient services, although these are applied on a calendar year basis. The percentage changes specified in the Affordable Care Act summarized above as the general reduction for inpatients — e.g., 0.2% in 2015 — are the same for outpatients.

Medicare and Medicaid Disproportionate Share Hospital Payments

The Medicare DSH program provides for additional payments to hospitals that treat a disproportionate share of low-income patients. Under the Affordable Care Act, beginning in FFY 2014, Medicare DSH payments will be reduced to 25% of the amount they otherwise would have been absent the new law. The remaining 75% of the amount that would otherwise be paid under Medicare DSH will be effectively pooled, and this pool will be reduced further each year by a formula that reflects reductions in the national level of uninsured who are under 65 years of age. In other words, the greater the level of coverage for the uninsured nationally, the more the Medicare DSH payment pool will be reduced. Each hospital will then be paid, out of the reduced DSH payment pool, an amount allocated based upon its level of uncompensated care.

It is difficult to predict the full impact of the Medicare DSH reductions, and CBO and CMS estimates differ by $38 billion. The Affordable Care Act does not mandate what data source HHS must use to determine the reduction, if any, in the uninsured population nationally. In addition, CMS has not yet finalized how it will define “uncompensated care” for purposes of the DSH reductions. As a result, it is unclear how a hospital’s share of the Medicare DSH payment pool will be calculated. On January 18, 2012, CMS published a proposed rule, which proposes a service-specific definition of “uncompensated care.” Under this definition, “uncompensated care” would include services provided to insured individuals whose insurance does not cover a particular service or who have exhausted their insurance benefits. Costs associated with bad debt, including unpaid coinsurance and deductibles and payer discounts would not be considered “uncompensated care” under the proposed rule. How CMS ultimately defines “uncompensated care” for purposes of these DSH funding provisions could have a material effect on a hospital’s Medicare DSH reimbursements.

In addition to Medicare DSH funding, hospitals that provide care to a disproportionately high number of low-income patients may receive Medicaid DSH payments. The federal government distributes federal Medicaid DSH funds to each state based on a statutory formula. The states then distribute the DSH funding among qualifying hospitals. Although federal Medicaid law defines some level of hospitals that must receive Medicaid DSH funding, states have broad discretion to define additional hospitals that also may qualify for Medicaid DSH payments and the amount of such payments. The Affordable Care Act will reduce funding for the Medicaid DSH hospital program in FFYs 2014 through 2020 by the following amounts: 2014 ($500 million); 2015 ($600 million); 2016 ($600 million); 2017 ($1.8 billion); 2018 ($5 billion); 2019 ($5.6 billion); and 2020 ($4 billion). How such cuts are allocated among the states, and how the states allocate these cuts among providers, have yet to be determined.

Accountable Care Organizations

The Affordable Care Act requires HHS to establish a Medicare Shared Savings Program that promotes accountability and coordination of care through the creation of accountable care organizations (“ACOs”). Beginning in 2012, the program will allow providers (including hospitals), physicians and other designated professionals and suppliers to form ACOs and voluntarily work together to invest in infrastructure and redesign delivery processes to achieve high quality and efficient delivery of services. The program is intended to produce savings as a result of improved quality and operational efficiency. ACOs that achieve quality performance standards established by HHS will be eligible to share in a portion of the amounts saved by the Medicare program. HHS has significant discretion to determine key elements of the program, including what steps providers must take to be considered an ACO, how to decide if Medicare program savings have occurred, and what portion of such savings will be paid to ACOs. In addition, HHS will determine to what degree hospitals, physicians and other eligible participants will be able to form and operate an ACO without violating certain existing laws, including the Civil Monetary Penalty Law, the anti-kickback provision of the Social Security Act (the “Anti-kickback Statute”) and the provision of the Social Security Act commonly

14


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

known as “Stark law”. However, the Affordable Care Act does not authorize HHS to waive other laws that may impact the ability of hospitals and other eligible participants to participate in ACOs, such as antitrust laws.

Bundled Payment Pilot Programs

The Affordable Care Act requires HHS to establish a five-year, voluntary national bundled payment pilot program for Medicare services beginning no later than January 1, 2013. Under the program, providers would agree to receive one payment for services provided to Medicare patients for certain medical conditions or episodes of care. HHS will have the discretion to determine how the program will function. For example, HHS will determine what medical conditions will be included in the program and the amount of the payment for each condition. In addition, the Affordable Care Act provides for a five-year bundled payment pilot program for Medicaid services to begin January 1, 2012. HHS will select up to eight states to participate based on the potential to lower costs under the Medicaid program while improving care. State programs may target particular categories of beneficiaries, selected diagnoses or geographic regions of the state. The selected state programs will provide one payment for both hospital and physician services provided to Medicaid patients for certain episodes of inpatient care. For both pilot programs, HHS will determine the relationship between the programs and restrictions in certain existing laws, including the Civil Monetary Penalty Law, the Anti-kickback Statute, the Stark law and the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”) privacy, security and transaction standard requirements. However, the Affordable Care Act does not authorize HHS to waive other laws that may impact the ability of hospitals and other eligible participants to participate in the pilot programs, such as antitrust laws.

Specialty Hospital Limitations

Over the last decade, we have faced competition from hospitals that have physician ownership. The Affordable Care Act prohibits newly created physician-owned hospitals from billing for Medicare patients referred by their physician owners. As a result, the Affordable Care Act effectively prevents the formation of physician-owned hospitals after December 31, 2010. While the Affordable Care Act grandfathers existing physician-owned hospitals, it does not allow these hospitals to increase the percentage of physician ownership and significantly restricts their ability to expand services. We operate one physician owned hospital as of December 31, 2011.

Impact of Affordable Care Act on the Company

The expansion of health insurance coverage under the Affordable Care Act may result in a material increase in the number of patients using our facilities who have either private or public program coverage. In addition, a disproportionately large percentage of the new Medicaid coverage is likely to be in states that currently have relatively low income eligibility requirements. Further, the Affordable Care Act provides for a value-based purchasing program, the establishment of ACOs and bundled payment pilot programs, which will create possible sources of additional revenue.

However, it is difficult to predict the size of the potential revenue gains to the Company as a result of these elements of the Affordable Care Act, because of uncertainty surrounding a number of material factors, including the following:

how many previously uninsured individuals will obtain coverage as a result of the Affordable Care Act (while the CBO estimates 32 million, CMS estimates almost 34 million; both agencies made a number of assumptions to derive that figure, including how many individuals will ignore substantial subsidies and decide to pay the penalty rather than obtain health insurance and what percentage of people in the future will meet the new Medicaid income eligibility requirements);
what percentage of the newly insured patients will be covered under the Medicaid program and what percentage will be covered by private health insurers;
the extent to which states will enroll new Medicaid participants in managed care programs;
the pace at which insurance coverage expands, including the pace of different types of coverage expansion;

15


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the change, if any, in the volume of inpatient and outpatient hospital services that are sought by and provided to previously uninsured individuals;
the rate paid to hospitals by private payers for newly covered individuals, including those covered through the newly created Exchanges and those who might be covered under the Medicaid program under contracts with the state;
the rate paid by state governments under the Medicaid program for newly covered individuals;
how the value-based purchasing and other quality programs will be implemented;
the percentage of individuals in the Exchanges who select the high deductible plans, since health insurers offering those kinds of products have traditionally sought to pay lower rates to hospitals;
whether the net effect of the Affordable Care Act, including the prohibition on excluding individuals based on pre-existing conditions, the requirement to keep medical costs lower than a specified percentage of premium revenue, other health insurance reforms and the annual fee applied to all health insurers, will be to put pressure on the bottom line of health insurers, which in turn might cause them to seek to reduce payments to hospitals with respect to both newly insured individuals and their existing business; and
the possibility that implementation of provisions expanding health insurance coverage will be delayed or even blocked due to court challenges or revised or eliminated as a result of court challenges and efforts to repeal or amend the new law.

On the other hand, the Affordable Care Act provides for significant reductions in the growth of Medicare spending, reductions in Medicare and Medicaid DSH payments and the establishment of programs where reimbursement is tied to quality and integration. Since 49.3% of our revenues in 2011 was from Medicare and Medicaid, reductions to these programs may significantly impact us and could offset any positive effects of the Affordable Care Act. It is difficult to predict the size of the revenue reductions to Medicare and Medicaid spending, because of uncertainty regarding a number of material factors, including the following:

the amount of overall revenues we will generate from Medicare and Medicaid business when the reductions are implemented;
whether reductions required by the Affordable Care Act will be changed by statute prior to becoming effective;
the size of the Affordable Care Act’s annual productivity adjustment to the market basket beginning in 2012 payment years;
the amount of the Medicare DSH reductions that will be made, commencing in FFY 2014;
the allocation to our hospitals of the Medicaid DSH reductions, commencing in FFY 2014;
what the losses in revenues will be, if any, from the Affordable Care Act’s quality initiatives;
how successful ACOs, in which we participate, will be at coordinating care and reducing costs;
the scope and nature of potential changes to Medicare reimbursement methods, such as an emphasis on bundling payments or coordination of care programs; and
reductions to Medicare payments CMS may impose for “excessive readmissions.”

Because of the many variables involved, we are unable to predict the net effect on the Company of the expected increases in insured individuals using our facilities, the reductions in Medicare spending and reductions in Medicare and Medicaid DSH funding, and numerous other provisions in the Affordable Care Act that may affect us. Further, it is unclear how the United State Supreme Court case challenging the constitutionality of the Affordable Care Act will be resolved or what the impact will be of any resulting changes to the law. For example, should the requirement that individuals maintain health insurance ultimately

16


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

be deemed unconstitutional but the prohibition on health insurers excluding coverage due to pre-existing conditions be maintained, significant disruption to the health insurance industry could result, which could impact our revenues and operations.

Competition for Patients

Our hospitals and other healthcare businesses operate in extremely competitive environments. Competition among healthcare providers occurs primarily at the local level. Accordingly, each hospital develops its own strategies to address competition locally. A hospital’s position within the geographic area in which it operates is affected by a number of competitive factors, including, but not limited to:

the scope, breadth and quality of services a hospital offers to its patients and physicians;
whether new, competitive services require the receipt of a certificate of need or other similar authorization;
the number, quality and specialties of the physicians who admit and refer patients to the hospital;
nurses and other healthcare professionals employed by the hospital or on the hospital’s staff;
the hospital’s reputation;
its managed care contracting relationships;
its location and the location and number of competitive facilities and other healthcare alternatives;
the physical condition of its buildings and improvements;
the quality, age and state-of-the-art of its medical equipment;
its parking or proximity to public transportation;
the length of time it has been a part of the community;
the relative convenience of the manner in which care is provided (for example, whether services are available on an outpatient basis and whether services can be obtained quickly);
the choices made by the physicians on the medical staffs of our hospitals; and
the charges for its services.

In addition, tax-exempt competitors may have certain financial advantages not available to our facilities, such as endowments, charitable contributions, tax-exempt financing, and exemptions from sales, property and income taxes. In certain states, some not-for-profit hospitals are permitted by law to directly employ physicians while for-profit hospitals are prohibited from doing so.

We also face increasing competition from specialized care providers, including outpatient surgery, oncology, physical therapy and diagnostic centers, as well as competing services rendered in physician offices. To the extent that other providers are successful in developing specialized outpatient facilities, our market share for those specialized services will likely decrease. Some of our hospitals have developed specialized outpatient facilities where necessary to compete with these other providers. Physician competition also has increased as physicians, in some cases, have become equity owners in surgery centers and outpatient diagnostic centers to which they refer patients.

Competition for Professionals

Our hospitals must also compete for professional talent. A significant factor in our future success will be the ability of our hospitals to attract and retain physicians, as it is physicians who decide whether a patient is admitted to the hospital and the procedures to be performed. We seek to attract physicians by striving to employ excellent nurses, equipping our hospitals with technologically advanced equipment and an attractive, up-to-date physical plant, properly maintaining the equipment and physical plant, and otherwise creating an environment within which physicians choose to practice. While physicians may terminate their association with our hospitals at any time, we believe that by striving to maintain and improve the quality of care at our hospitals and by maintaining ethical and professional standards, our hospitals will be better positioned to attract and retain qualified physicians with a variety of specialties.

17


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We also recruit physicians to the communities in which our hospitals are located. The types, amount and duration of assistance we can provide to recruited physicians are limited by the federal physician self-referral (Stark law) law, the Anti-kickback Statute, state anti-kickback statutes, and related regulations. For example, the Stark law requires, among other things, that recruitment assistance can only be provided to physicians who meet certain geographic and practice requirements, that the amount of assistance cannot be changed during the term of the recruitment agreement, and that the recruitment payments cannot generally benefit physicians currently in practice in the community beyond recruitment costs actually incurred. In addition to these legal requirements, there is competition from other communities and facilities for these physicians, and this competition continues after the physician begins practicing in one of our communities.

Many physicians today prefer to be employed, rather than operating their own practices or joining existing medical groups. Our hospitals and affiliated entities had more employed physicians at the end of 2011 than at the end of 2010. When employing office-based physicians, we also often employ office employees and other personnel necessary to support these physicians. We expect this trend to continue.

We compete with other healthcare providers in recruiting and retaining qualified management and staff personnel responsible for the day-to-day operations of each of our hospitals, including nurses and other non-physician healthcare professionals. In some markets, the scarce availability of nurses and other medical support personnel presents a significant operating issue. This shortage may require us to enhance wages and benefits to recruit and retain nurses and other medical support personnel, recruit personnel from foreign countries, and hire more expensive temporary personnel. We also depend on the available labor pool of semi-skilled and unskilled employees in each of the markets in which we operate.

Employees

At December 31, 2011, we had more than 23,000 employees. Nurses, therapists, lab and radiology technicians, facility maintenance workers and the administrative staffs of hospitals are the majority of our employees. Additionally, we employ a number of physicians. We are subject to federal minimum wage and hour laws and various state labor laws, and we maintain a number of different employee benefit plans. Approximately 275 of our employees are subject to collective bargaining agreements. We consider our employee relations to be generally good. While some of our hospitals experience union organizing activity from time to time, we do not currently expect these efforts to materially affect our future operations.

Government Regulation

Overview

All participants in the healthcare industry are required to comply with extensive government regulations at the federal, state and local levels. Under these laws and regulations, hospitals must meet requirements for licensure and qualify to participate in government healthcare programs, including the Medicare and Medicaid programs. These requirements relate to the adequacy of medical care, equipment, personnel, operating policies and procedures, maintenance of adequate records, rate-setting, compliance with building codes and environmental protection laws. If we fail to comply with applicable laws and regulations, we may be subject to criminal penalties and civil sanctions, and our hospitals may lose their licenses and ability to participate in Medicare and Medicaid. In addition, government regulations frequently change. When regulations change, we may be required to make changes in our facilities, equipment, personnel and services so that our hospitals remain licensed and qualified to participate in these programs. We believe that our hospitals are in substantial compliance with current federal, state and local regulations and standards.

Acute care hospitals are subject to periodic inspection by federal, state and local authorities to determine their compliance with applicable regulations and requirements necessary for licensing, certification and accreditation. All of our hospitals are currently licensed under appropriate state laws and are qualified to participate in the Medicare and Medicaid programs. In addition, as of December 31, 2011, all of our hospitals, with the exception of Bluegrass Community Hospital, were accredited by the Joint Commission or HFAP.

18


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Utilization Review

Federal law contains numerous provisions designed to ensure that services rendered by hospitals to Medicare and Medicaid patients meet professionally recognized standards and are medically necessary and that claims for reimbursement are properly filed. These provisions include a requirement that a sampling of admissions of Medicare and Medicaid patients must be reviewed by quality improvement organizations, which review the appropriateness of Medicare and Medicaid patient admissions and discharges, the quality of care provided, the validity of MS-DRG classifications and the appropriateness of cases of extraordinary length of stay or cost on a post-discharge basis. Quality improvement organizations may deny payment for services or assess fines and also have the authority to recommend to HHS that a provider which is in substantial noncompliance with the standards of the quality improvement organization be excluded from participation in the Medicare program. Utilization review is also a requirement of most non-governmental managed care organizations.

Value-Based Purchasing

There is a trend in the healthcare industry toward value-based purchasing of healthcare services. These value-based purchasing programs include both public reporting of quality data and preventable adverse events tied to the quality and efficiency of care provided by facilities. Governmental programs including Medicare and Medicaid currently require hospitals to report certain quality data to receive full reimbursement updates. In addition, Medicare does not reimburse for care related to certain preventable adverse events. Many large commercial payers currently require hospitals to report quality data, and several commercial payers do not reimburse hospitals for certain preventable adverse events.

The Affordable Care Act contains a number of provisions intended to promote value-based purchasing. Effective July 1, 2011, the Affordable Care Act will prohibit the use of federal funds under the Medicaid program to reimburse providers for medical assistance provided to treat HACs. Beginning in FFY 2015, hospitals that fall into the top 25% of national risk-adjusted HAC rates for all hospitals in the previous year will receive a 1% reduction in their total Medicare payments. Hospitals with excessive readmissions for conditions designated by HHS will receive reduced payments for all inpatient discharges, not just discharges relating to the conditions subject to the excessive readmission standard.

The Affordable Care Act also requires HHS to implement a value-based purchasing program for inpatient hospital services. The Affordable Care Act requires HHS to reduce inpatient hospital payments for all discharges by a percentage beginning at 1% in FFY 2013 and increasing by 0.25% each fiscal year up to 2% in FFY 2017 and subsequent years. HHS will pool the amount collected from these reductions to fund payments to reward hospitals that meet or exceed certain quality performance standards established by HHS. HHS will determine the amount each hospital that meets or exceeds the quality performance standards will receive from the pool of dollars created by these payment reductions.

Recently, we were selected by HHS to participate in a nationwide project designed to reduce injuries to patients in a hospital setting as well as minimize exposure to preventable illnesses. As part of our participation in the project, we will receive approximately $5.0 million over the next two years to fund various types of training and education focused on patient safety and quality of care.

Fraud and Abuse Laws

Participation in the Medicare and/or Medicaid programs is heavily regulated by federal statutes and regulations. If a hospital fails to comply substantially with the numerous federal laws governing the facility’s activities, the hospital’s participation in the Medicare and/or Medicaid programs may be terminated and/or civil or criminal penalties may be imposed. For example, a hospital may lose its ability to participate in the Medicare and/or Medicaid programs if it performs any of the following acts:

making claims to Medicare and/or Medicaid for services not provided or misrepresenting actual services provided in order to obtain higher payments;
paying money to induce the referral of patients or purchase of items or services where such items or services are reimbursable under a federal or state healthcare program; or

19


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

failing to provide appropriate emergency medical screening services to any individual who comes to a hospital’s campus or otherwise failing to properly treat and transfer emergency patients.

HIPAA broadened the scope of the fraud and abuse laws by adding several criminal statutes that apply to all health plans regardless of whether any payments by such plans are made by or through a federal healthcare program. In addition, HIPAA created civil penalties for certain proscribed conduct, including upcoding and billing for medically unnecessary goods or services and established new enforcement mechanisms to combat fraud and abuse. These new mechanisms include a bounty system, where a portion of the payments recovered is returned to the applicable government agency, as well as a whistleblower program. HIPAA also expanded the categories of persons that may be excluded from participation in federal and state healthcare programs.

The Anti-kickback Statute prohibits the payment, receipt, offer or solicitation of anything of value, whether in cash or in kind, with the intent of generating referrals or orders for services or items covered by a federal or state healthcare program. Violations of the Anti-kickback Statute are punishable by criminal and civil fines, exclusion from federal and state healthcare programs, imprisonment and damages up to three times the total dollar amount involved.

The Office of Inspector General (“OIG”) of HHS is responsible for identifying fraud and abuse activities in government programs. In order to fulfill its duties, the OIG performs audits, investigations and inspections. In addition, it provides guidance to healthcare providers by identifying types of activities that could violate the Anti-kickback Statute. The OIG has identified the following hospital/physician incentive arrangements as potential violations:

payment of any incentive by a hospital each time a physician refers a patient to the hospital;
use of free or significantly discounted office space or equipment;
provision of free or significantly discounted billing, nursing or other staff services;
free training (other than compliance training) for a physician’s office staff, including management and laboratory technique training;
guarantees which provide that if a physician’s income fails to reach a predetermined level, the hospital will pay any portion of the remainder;
low-interest or interest-free loans, or loans which may be forgiven if a physician refers patients to the hospital;
payment of the costs for a physician’s travel and expenses for conferences;
payment of services which require few, if any, substantive duties by the physician or which are in excess of the fair market value of the services rendered; or
purchasing goods or services from physicians at prices in excess of their fair market value.

We have a variety of financial relationships with physicians who refer patients to our hospitals, including employment contracts, leases, joint ventures, independent contractor agreements and professional service agreements. Physicians may also own shares of our common stock. We provide financial incentives to recruit physicians to relocate to communities served by our hospitals. These incentives for relocation include minimum revenue guarantees and, in some cases, loans. The OIG is authorized to publish regulations outlining activities and business relationships that would be deemed not to violate the Anti-kickback Statute. These regulations are known as “safe harbor” regulations. Failure to comply with the safe harbor regulations does not make conduct illegal, but instead the safe harbors delineate standards that, if complied with, protect conduct that might otherwise be deemed in violation of the Anti-kickback Statute. We intend for all our business arrangements to be in full compliance with the Anti-kickback Statute and seek to structure each of our arrangements with physicians to fit as closely as possible within an applicable safe harbor. However, not all of our business arrangements fit wholly within safe harbors, so we cannot guarantee that these arrangements will not be scrutinized by government authorities or, if scrutinized, that they will be determined to be in compliance with the Anti-kickback Statute or other applicable laws. If we violate the Anti-kickback

20


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Statute, we would be subject to criminal and civil penalties and/or possible exclusion from participating in Medicare, Medicaid or other governmental healthcare programs.

The Stark law prohibits physicians from referring Medicare and Medicaid patients to selected types of healthcare entities in which they or any of their immediate family members have ownership or a compensation relationship unless an exception applies. These types of referrals are commonly known as “self referrals.” A violation of the Stark law may result in a denial of payment and require refunds to patients and the Medicare program for all claims that were unlawfully submitted during the entire period that the violation existed, civil monetary penalties of up to $15,000 for each violation, civil monetary penalties of up to $100,000 for circumvention schemes, civil monetary penalties of up to $10,000 for each day that an entity fails to report required information to HHS, and exclusion from participation in the Medicare and Medicaid programs and other federal programs. In addition, violations of the Stark law could also result in penalties under the federal False Claims Act. There are ownership and compensation arrangement exceptions to the self-referral prohibition. There are also exceptions for many of the customary financial arrangements between physicians and facilities, including employment contracts, leases and recruitment agreements, and there is a “whole hospital exception,” which allows a physician to make a referral to a hospital if the physician owns an interest in the entire hospital, as opposed to an ownership interest in a department of the hospital. The Affordable Care Act significantly modified the requirements of the whole hospital exception and placed a number of restrictions on the ownership structure, operations, and expansion of physician owned hospitals. One of our facilities is subject to those requirements. We intend for our financial arrangements with physicians to comply with the exceptions included in the Stark law and regulations. In recent years, CMS has issued a number of proposed and final rules modifying the Stark law exceptions. While some changes have been implemented, others remain in proposed form or have been delayed. Further, the Stark law and related regulations have been subject to little judicial interpretation to date. We anticipate that there will be further changes in the future that will require us to continue to modify our activities.

In addition to issuing new regulations, or applying new interpretations to existing rules or regulations, the federal government has also modified its approach for ensuring compliance with and enforcing penalties for violations of the Stark law. In 2010, CMS also issued a “self-referral disclosure protocol” for hospitals and other providers that wish to self-disclose potential violations of the Stark law and attempt to resolve those potential violations and any related overpayment liabilities at levels below the maximum penalties and amounts set forth in the statute.

Federal False Claims Act

The federal False Claims Act prohibits providers from, among other things, knowingly submitting false or fraudulent claims for payment to the federal government. The federal False Claims Act defines the term “knowingly” broadly, and while simple negligence generally will not give rise to liability, submitting a claim with reckless disregard to its truth or falsity can constitute the “knowing” submission of a false or fraudulent claim for the purposes of the False Claims Act. The “qui tam” or “whistleblower” provisions of the False Claims Act allow private individuals to bring actions under the False Claims Act on behalf of the government. These private parties are entitled to share in any amounts recovered by the government, and, as a result, the number of “whistleblower” lawsuits that have been filed against providers has increased significantly in recent years. When a private party brings a qui tam action under the federal False Claims Act, the defendant will generally not be aware of the lawsuit until the government makes a determination whether it will intervene and take a lead in the litigation. If a provider is found to be liable under the federal False Claims Act, the provider may be required to pay up to three times the actual damages sustained by the government plus mandatory civil monetary penalties of between $5,500 to $11,000 for each separate false claim. The government has used the federal False Claims Act to prosecute Medicare and other government healthcare program fraud such as coding errors, billing for services not provided, submitting false cost reports, and providing care that is not medically necessary or that is substandard in quality.

21


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Changes in the Regulatory Environment

The Fraud Enforcement and Recovery Act of 2009 expanded the scope of the federal False Claims Act by, among other things, creating liability for knowingly and improperly avoiding or decreasing an obligation to pay money to the federal government. In addition, the Affordable Care Act created federal False Claims Act liability for the knowing failure to report and return an overpayment within 60 days of the identification of the overpayment or the date by which a corresponding cost report is due, whichever is later. The Affordable Care Act also provides that claims submitted in connection with patient referrals that result from violations of the Anti-kickback Statute constitute false claims for the purposes of the federal False Claims Act.

The Affordable Care Act makes several significant changes to healthcare fraud and abuse laws, provides additional enforcement tools to the government, increases cooperation between agencies by establishing mechanisms for the sharing of information and enhances criminal and administrative penalties for non-compliance. For example, the Affordable Care Act (1) provides $350 million in increased federal funding over 10 years to fight healthcare fraud, waste and abuse; (2) expands the scope of the RAC program to include Medicaid; (3) authorizes HHS, in consultation with the OIG, to suspend Medicare and Medicaid payments to a provider of services or a supplier “pending an investigation of a credible allegation of fraud;” (4) provides Medicare contractors with additional flexibility to conduct random prepayment reviews; and (5) requires providers to adopt compliance programs that meet certain specified requirements as a condition of their Medicare enrollment. In light of the provisions of the Fraud Enforcement and Recovery Act and the Affordable Care Act relating to reporting and refunding overpayments and the robust funding for enforcement activities and audits, an increasing number of health care providers have self-reported potential violations of law and refunded overpayments to avoid incurring fines and penalties. It is likely such voluntary disclosures will continue in the future.

State Laws

Many of the states in which we operate have adopted laws similar to the Anti-kickback Statute and the Stark law. These state laws are generally very broad in scope and typically apply to patients whose treatment is covered by the Medicaid program and, in some cases, to all patients regardless of payment source. In addition, many of the states in which we operate have false claims statutes that impose civil and/or criminal liability for the types of acts prohibited by the federal False Claims Act or that otherwise prohibit the submission of false or fraudulent claims to the state government or Medicaid program. Violations of these laws are punishable by civil and/or criminal penalties and, in many cases, the loss of the facility’s license. Although we believe that our operations and arrangements with physicians and other referral sources comply with the applicable state fraud and abuse laws, most of these laws have not been interpreted by any court or governmental agency, and there can be no assurance that the regulatory authorities responsible for enforcing these laws will determine that our arrangements comply with the applicable requirements.

Emergency Medical Treatment and Active Labor Act

All of our facilities are subject to the Emergency Medical Treatment and Active Labor Act (“EMTALA”). This federal law requires any hospital that participates in the Medicare program to conduct an appropriate medical screening examination of every person who presents to the hospital’s emergency department for treatment and, if the patient is suffering from an emergency medical condition, to either stabilize that condition or make an appropriate transfer of the patient to a facility that can handle the condition. The obligation to screen and stabilize emergency medical conditions or transfer exists regardless of a patient’s ability to pay for treatment. Off-campus facilities such as specialty clinics, surgery centers and other facilities that lack emergency departments or otherwise do not treat emergency medical conditions are not generally subject to the EMTALA. They must, however, have policies in place that explain how the location should proceed in an emergency situation, such as transferring the patient to the closest hospital with an emergency department. There are severe penalties under the EMTALA if a hospital fails to screen or appropriately stabilize or transfer a patient or if the hospital delays appropriate treatment in order to first inquire about the patient’s ability to pay, including civil monetary penalties and exclusion from participation in the Medicare program. In addition, an injured patient, the patient’s family or a medical facility that suffers a financial loss as a direct result of another hospital’s violation of the law can bring a civil suit against that other hospital. CMS has actively enforced the EMTALA and has indicated that it will continue to do so in the

22


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

future. Although we believe that our hospitals comply with the EMTALA, we cannot predict whether CMS will implement new requirements in the future and, if so, whether our hospitals will comply with any new requirements.

Administrative Simplification Provisions and Privacy and Security Requirements

We are subject to the administrative simplification provisions of HIPAA which require the use of uniform electronic data transmission standards for healthcare claims and payment transactions submitted or received electronically. These provisions are intended to encourage electronic commerce in the healthcare industry. In January 2009, CMS published its 10th revision of International Statistical Classification of Diseases and Related Health Problems (“ICD-10”) and related changes to the formats used for certain electronic transactions. ICD-10 contains significantly more diagnostic and procedural codes than the existing ICD-9 coding system, and as a result, the coding for the services provided in our hospitals and clinics will require much greater specificity. Implementation of ICD-10 will require a significant investment in technology and training. We may experience delays in reimbursement while our facilities and the payors from which we seek reimbursement make the transition to ICD-10. HIPAA currently requires implementation of ICD-10 to be achieved by October 1, 2013; however, CMS recently indicated that this deadline will be extended. If any of our hospitals fail to implement the new coding system by the deadline, the affected hospital will not be paid for services. We are not able to predict the overall financial impact of the Company’s transition to ICD-10.

Additionally, we are subject to the privacy and security requirements of HIPAA and the HITECH Act, which was enacted as part of ARRA. Among other things, the HITECH Act strengthened the requirements and significantly increased the penalties for violations of the HIPAA privacy and security regulations. The privacy regulations of HIPAA apply to all health plans, all healthcare clearinghouses and healthcare providers that transmit health information in an electronic form in connection with HIPAA standard transactions. Our facilities are subject to the HIPAA privacy regulations. The privacy standards apply to individually identifiable information held or disclosed by a covered entity in any form, whether communicated electronically, on paper or orally. These standards impose extensive administrative requirements on us, require our compliance with rules governing the use and disclosure of this health information, and require us to impose these rules, by contract, on any business associate to whom we disclose such information in order to perform functions on our behalf. They also create rights for patients in their health information, such as the right to amend their health information. In addition, our facilities will continue to remain subject to any state laws that are more restrictive than the privacy regulations issued under HIPAA.

We also are subject to the HIPAA security regulations that are designed to protect the confidentiality, availability and integrity of health information. These security standards require us to establish and maintain reasonable and appropriate administrative, technical and physical safeguards to ensure the integrity, confidentiality and the availability of electronic health and related financial information. We believe that we are in material compliance with the privacy and security requirements of HIPAA.

The HITECH Act also creates a federal breach notification law that mirrors protections that many states have passed in recent years. This law requires us to notify patients of any unauthorized access, acquisition, or disclosure of their unsecured protected health information that poses significant risk of financial, reputational or other harm to a patient. In addition, a new breach notification requirement was established requiring reporting of certain unauthorized access, acquisition, or disclosure of unsecured protected health information that poses significant risk of financial, reputational or other harm to a patient to the Secretary of HHS and, in some cases, local media outlets. On August 24, 2009, HHS issued regulations implementing certain of the requirements of the HITECH Act, including the breach notification requirements providing obligations for compiling and reporting of certain information relating to breaches by providers and their business associates (the “Interim Final Breach Rule”), effective September 23, 2009. HHS subsequently promulgated and withdrew a final breach notification rule for review, but it intends to publish a final data breach rule in the coming months. Until such time as a new final breach rule is issued, the Interim Final Breach Rule remains in effect. In addition, our facilities remain subject to any state laws that relate to the reporting of data breaches that are more restrictive than the regulations issued under HIPAA and the requirements of the HITECH Act.

23


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

On July 14, 2010, HHS issued a notice of proposed rulemaking to modify the HIPAA privacy, security and enforcement regulations. These changes may require substantial operational changes for HIPAA covered entities and their business associates, including, in part, new requirements for business associate agreements and a transition period for compliance, new limits on the use and disclosure of health information for marketing and fundraising, enhanced individuals’ rights to obtain electronic copies of their medical records and restricted disclosure of certain information, new requirements for notices of privacy practices, modified restrictions on authorizations for the use of health information for research, and new changes to the HIPAA enforcement regulations. HHS has not yet released the final version of these rules, and, as a result, we cannot quantify the financial impact of compliance with these new regulations. We could, however, incur expenses associated with such compliance.

Violations of the HIPAA privacy and security regulations may result in civil and criminal penalties. The HITECH Act significantly increased the penalties for violations by introducing a tiered penalty system, with penalties of up to $50,000 per violation with a maximum civil penalty of $1.5 million in a calendar year for violations of the same requirement. The HITECH Act also extended the application of certain provisions of the security and privacy regulations to business associates and subjects business associates to civil and criminal penalties for violation of the regulations. Under the HITECH Act, HHS is required to conduct periodic compliance audits of covered entities and their business associates. The Secretary of HHS has issued an interim final rule conforming HIPAA’s enforcement regulations to the HITECH Act’s statutory revisions. This interim final rule also sets forth guidance on, among other things, how the tiered penalty structure will reflect increasing levels of culpability and provides a prohibition on the imposition of penalties for any violation that is corrected within a 30-day time period, as long as the violation was not due to willful neglect. This interim final rule became effective on November 30, 2009. The applicable state laws regulating the privacy of patient health information could impose additional penalties.

The HITECH Act also authorizes State Attorneys General to bring civil actions seeking either an injunction or damages in response to violations of HIPAA privacy and security regulations or the new data breach law that affects the privacy of their state residents. We expect vigorous enforcement of the HITECH Act’s requirements by HHS and State Attorneys General. Additional final rules relating to the HITECH Act, HIPAA enforcement and breach notification are expected to be published in the near future. Additionally, HHS announced a pilot audit program that will run until December 2012 in the first phase of HHS implementation of the HITECH Act’s requirements of periodic audits of covered entities and business associates to ensure their compliance with the HIPAA privacy and security regulations. We cannot predict whether our hospitals will be able to comply with the final rules or the financial impact to our hospitals in implementing the requirements under the final rules if and when they take effect, or whether our hospitals will be selected for an audit and the results of such an audit.

Red Flags Rule

In addition, the Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”) issued a final rule, known as the Red Flags Rule, in October 2007 requiring financial institutions and businesses that maintain accounts that permit multiple payments for primarily individual purposes. The Red Flag Program Clarification Act of 2010, signed on December 18, 2010, appears to exclude certain healthcare providers from the Red Flags Rule, but permits the FTC or relevant agencies to designate additional creditors subject to the Red Flags Rule through future rulemaking if the agencies determine that the person in question maintains accounts subject to foreseeable risk of identity theft. Compliance with any such future rulemaking may require additional expenditures in the future.

Corporate Practice of Medicine and Fee-Splitting

Some states have laws that prohibit unlicensed persons or business entities, including corporations or business organizations that own hospitals, from employing physicians. Some states also have adopted laws that prohibit direct or indirect payments or fee-splitting arrangements between physicians and unlicensed persons or business entities. Possible sanctions for violations of these restrictions include loss of a physician’s license, civil and criminal penalties and rescission of business arrangements. These laws vary from state to state, are often vague and have seldom been interpreted by the courts or regulatory agencies. We attempt to structure our arrangements with healthcare providers to comply with the relevant state laws and the few available regulatory interpretations.

24


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Certificates of Need

The construction of new facilities, the acquisition or expansion of existing facilities and the addition of new services and expensive equipment at our facilities may be subject to state laws that require prior approval by state regulatory agencies. These certificate of need laws generally require that a state agency determine the public need and give approval prior to the construction or acquisition of facilities or the addition of the new equipment or services and allow competing healthcare providers to challenge the need for the facility, service or equipment. We operate hospitals in eleven states that have adopted certificate of need laws — Alabama, Florida, Georgia, Kentucky, Louisiana, Mississippi, Nevada, North Carolina, Tennessee, Virginia and West Virginia. If we fail to obtain necessary state approval, we will not be able to expand our facilities, complete acquisitions or add new services at our facilities in these states. Violation of these state laws may result in the imposition of civil sanctions or the revocation of hospital licenses. All other states in which we operate do not require a certificate of need prior to the initiation of new healthcare services. In these other states, our facilities are subject to competition from other providers who may choose to enter the market by developing new facilities or services.

Not-for-Profit Hospital Conversion Legislation

Many states have adopted legislation regarding the sale or other disposition of hospitals operated by not-for-profit entities. In states that do not have such legislation, the attorneys general have demonstrated an interest in reviewing these transactions under their general obligations to protect charitable assets. These legislative and administrative efforts primarily focus on the appropriate valuation of the assets divested and the use of the proceeds of the sale by the not-for-profit seller. Reviews and, in some instances, approval processes adopted by state authorities can add additional time to the closing of a not-for-profit hospital acquisition. Future actions by state legislators or attorneys general may seriously delay or even prevent our ability to acquire certain hospitals.

State Hospital Rate-Setting Activity

We currently operate two hospitals in West Virginia. The West Virginia Health Care Authority requires that requests for increases in hospital charges be submitted annually. Requests for rate increases are reviewed by the West Virginia Health Care Authority and are either approved at the amount requested, approved for lower amounts than requested, or are rejected. As a result, in West Virginia, our ability to increase our rates to compensate for increased costs per admission is limited and the operating margins for our hospitals located in West Virginia may be adversely affected if we are not able to increase our rates as our expenses increase. We can provide no assurance that other states in which we operate hospitals will not enact similar rate-setting laws in the future.

Medical Malpractice Tort Law Reform

Medical malpractice tort law has historically been maintained at the state level. All states have laws governing medical liability lawsuits. Over half of the states have limits on damages awards. Almost all states have eliminated joint and several liability in malpractice lawsuits, and many states have established limits on attorney fees. Recently, many states had bills introduced in their legislative sessions to address medical malpractice tort reform. Proposed solutions include enacting limits on non-economic damages, malpractice insurance reform, and gathering lawsuit claims data from malpractice insurance companies and the courts for the purpose of assessing the connection between malpractice settlements and premium rates. Reform legislation has also been proposed, but not adopted, at the federal level that could preempt additional state legislation in this area.

Environmental Regulation

Our healthcare operations generate medical waste that must be disposed of in compliance with federal, state and local environmental laws, rules and regulations. Our operations, as well as our purchases and sales of healthcare facilities, are also subject to compliance with various other environmental laws, rules and regulations. Such compliance costs are not significant and we do not anticipate that such compliance costs will be significant in the future.

25


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Regulatory Compliance Program

It is our policy to conduct our business with integrity and in compliance with the law. We have in place and continue to enhance a company-wide compliance program that focuses on all areas of regulatory compliance including billing, reimbursement, cost reporting practices and contractual arrangements with referral sources.

This regulatory compliance program is intended to help ensure that high standards of conduct are maintained in the operation of our business and that policies and procedures are implemented so that employees act in full compliance with all applicable laws, regulations and company policies. Under the regulatory compliance program, every employee and certain contractors involved in patient care, coding and billing, receive initial and periodic legal compliance and ethics training. In addition, we regularly monitor our ongoing compliance efforts and develop and implement policies and procedures designed to foster compliance with the law. The program also includes a mechanism for employees to report, without fear of retaliation, any suspected legal or ethical violations to their supervisors, designated compliance officers in our hospitals, our compliance hotline or directly to our corporate compliance office. We believe our compliance program is consistent with standard industry practices.

The Audit and Compliance Committee of the Board of Directors oversees the Company’s compliance efforts, and receives periodic reports from the Company’s compliance and audit services groups, as well as guidelines, policies and processes for monitoring and mitigating risk relating to the financial statements and financial reporting processes, key credit risks, liquidity risks and market risks. The Company’s Quality Committee also plays a significant role in evaluating clinical performance and industry practices.

Risk Management and Insurance

We retain a substantial portion of our professional and general liability risks through a self insurance retention (“SIR”) insurance program administered in-house by our risk and insurance department with assistance from our insurance brokers. For all claims made after April 1, 2009, our SIR is $5.0 million per claim. For claims made before April 1, 2009, our SIR ranges from $10.0 million per claim to $25.0 million per claim. Our SIR level is evaluated annually as a part of our insurance program’s renewal process. We maintain professional and general liability insurance with unrelated commercial insurance carriers to provide for losses in excess of the SIR.

Our workers’ compensation program has a $2.0 million deductible for each loss in all states except for Wyoming. Workers’ compensation in Wyoming operates under a state specific program.

We also maintain directors’ and officers’, property and other types of insurance coverage with unrelated commercial carriers. Our directors’ and officers’ liability insurance coverage for current officers and directors is a program that protects us as well as the individual director or officer. The limits provided by the directors’ and officers’ policy are based on numerous factors, including the commercial insurance market. We maintain property insurance through an unrelated commercial insurance company. We maintain large property insurance deductibles with respect to our facilities in coastal regions because of the high wind exposure and the related cost of such coverage. We have three locations that are considered a high exposure to named-storm risk and carry a deductible of 3% of their respective property values.

We operate a captive insurance company under the name Point of Life Indemnity, Ltd. This captive insurance company, which is licensed by the Cayman Islands Monetary Authority and is a wholly-owned subsidiary of LifePoint, issues malpractice insurance policies to our employed physicians.

26


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Item 1A. Risk Factors.

There are several factors, some beyond our control that could cause results to differ significantly from our expectations. Some of these factors are described below. Other factors, such as market, operational, liquidity, interest rate and other risks, are described elsewhere in this report (see, for example, Part II, Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations). Any factor described in this report could by itself, or together with one or more factors, adversely affect our business, results of operations and/or financial condition. There may be factors not described in this report that could also cause results to differ from our expectations.

We cannot predict the effect that healthcare reform and other changes in government programs may have on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

The Affordable Care Act dramatically alters the United States healthcare system and is intended to decrease the number of uninsured Americans and reduce the overall cost of healthcare. The Affordable Care Act attempts to achieve these goals by, among other things, requiring most Americans to obtain health insurance, expanding Medicare and Medicaid eligibility, reducing Medicare DSH and Medicaid payments to providers, expanding the Medicare program’s use of value-based purchasing programs, tying hospital payments to the satisfaction of certain quality criteria, bundling payments to hospitals and other providers, and instituting certain private health insurance reforms. Although a majority of the measures contained in the Affordable Care Act do not take effect until 2013, certain of the reductions in Medicare spending, such as negative adjustments to the Medicare hospital inpatient and outpatient prospective payment system market basket updates and the incorporation of productivity adjustments to the Medicare program’s annual inflation updates, became effective in 2010 and 2011 or will be implemented in 2012. Challenges to the Affordable Care Act will be heard by the United States Supreme Court in 2012. The Supreme Court will consider four issues: (1) whether the “individual mandate” — the requirement that all individuals purchase some form of health insurance — is constitutional; (2) if the individual mandate is found unconstitutional, whether it is severable from the remainder of the Affordable Care Act; (3) whether the Affordable Care Act’s requirement that states expand Medicaid eligibility or risk losing federal funds is constitutional; and (4) whether the individual mandate is a tax for purposes of the Anti-Injunction Act, meaning that plaintiffs seeking to challenge the requirement must wait until it takes effect in 2014. Additionally, several bills have been and will likely continue to be introduced in Congress to repeal or amend all or significant provisions of the Affordable Care Act. It is difficult to predict the full impact of the Affordable Care Act due to pending Supreme Court review, its complexity, lack of implementing regulations and interpretive guidance, gradual and potentially delayed implementation, and possible repeal and/or amendment, as well as our inability to foresee how individuals and businesses will respond to the choices afforded them by the Affordable Care Act. As a result, it is difficult to predict the full impact that the Affordable Care Act will have on our revenue and results of operations.

Our revenues will decline if federal or state programs reduce our Medicare or Medicaid payments or if managed care companies reduce reimbursement amounts. In addition, the financial condition of payors and healthcare cost containment initiatives may limit our revenues and profitability.

In 2011, we derived 49.3% of our revenues from the Medicare and Medicaid programs, collectively. The Medicare and Medicaid programs are subject to statutory and regulatory changes, administrative rulings, interpretations and determinations concerning patient eligibility requirements, funding levels and the method of calculating payments or reimbursements and requirements for utilization review, among other things, and federal and state funding restrictions, all of which could materially increase or decrease payments from these government programs in the future, as well as affect the timing of payments to our facilities.

We are unable to predict the effect of future government healthcare funding policy changes on our operations. If the rates paid by governmental payors are reduced, if the scope of services covered by governmental payors is limited or if we or one or more of our hospitals are excluded from participation in the Medicare or Medicaid program or any other government healthcare program, there could be a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. In addition, revenues from HMOs, PPOs and other private payors are subject to contracts and other arrangements that require us to discount the amounts we customarily charge for healthcare services.

27


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

During the past several years, healthcare payors, such as federal and state governments, insurance companies and employers, have undertaken initiatives to revise payment methodologies and monitor healthcare costs. As part of their efforts to contain healthcare costs, payors increasingly are demanding discounted fee structures or the assumption by healthcare providers of all or a portion of the financial risk relating to paying for care provided, often in exchange for exclusive or preferred participation in their benefit plans. Similarly, many individuals and employers have attempted to reduce their healthcare costs by moving to private payor plans that reimburse our facilities at significantly lower rate than other competing private payors. We expect efforts to impose greater discounts and more stringent cost controls by government and other payors to continue, thereby reducing the payments we receive for our services. In addition, payors have instituted policies and procedures to substantially reduce or limit the use of inpatient services. For example, CMS has transitioned to full implementation of the MS-DRG system, which represents a refinement to the existing diagnosis-related group system. Future realignments in the MS-DRG system could impact the margins we receive for certain services. Furthermore, the Affordable Care Act provides for material reductions in the growth of Medicare program spending, including reductions in Medicare market basket updates, and Medicare DSH funding.

All of our hospitals are certified as providers of Medicaid services. Medicaid programs are jointly funded by federal and state governments and are administered by states under an approved plan that provides hospital and other healthcare benefits to qualifying individuals who are unable to afford care. A number of states, however, are experiencing budget problems and have adopted or are considering legislation designed to reduce their Medicaid expenditures, including enrolling Medicaid recipients in managed care programs and imposing additional taxes on hospitals to help finance or expand such states’ Medicaid systems. It is possible that budgetary pressures will force states to resort to some of the cost saving measures mentioned above. These efforts could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Our hospitals receive federal and/or state funding from other programs like upper payment limits (“UPL”) and the sole community hospital program. For example, one of our hospitals, Memorial Medical Center of Las Cruces, New Mexico (“MMC”), received approximately $39.5 million during 2011 under the New Mexico Sole Community Provider Program (the “SCPP”). While the funds made available to MMC (and other New Mexico hospitals that participate in the SCPP) are not tied directly to the cost of actual services provided, MMC is required to provide an annual report of its costs to Dona Ana County (the county primarily served by MMC). Once desired funding levels were established by Dona Ana County for 2009, the county submitted funds to the New Mexico Human Services Department (the “NMHSD”), which in turn were combined with funds sent by other New Mexico counties and then used by the NMHSD to request matching funds from the federal government. Once the federal matching dollars were made available to the state, the resulting sole community provider payment was made under the SCPP directly to MMC (and other hospitals participating in the SCPP) by the NMHSD. The payments made by the NMHSD to hospitals pursuant to the SCPP are based on formulas established with respect to each participating hospital. The SCPP was created in 1993 and has resulted in significant payments to MMC in prior years. Like many other states, there is a general concern in New Mexico that the SCPP cannot be sustained at current funding levels as a result of budget concerns and other factors. It seems likely, as a result, that the SCPP will soon be reconstituted. We are not able to predict what changes may be made to the SCPP, but any change in the SCPP is likely to reduce payments made to MMC.

Spending cuts resulting from the Budget Control Act of 2011 may have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operation or cash flow.

On August 2, 2011, the Budget Control Act of 2011 (the “BCA”) was enacted. The BCA increased the nation’s debt ceiling while taking steps to reduce the federal deficit. The deficit reduction component was implemented in two phases. In the first phase, the BCA imposed caps that reduced discretionary (non-entitlement) spending by more than $900 billion over 10 years, beginning in FFY 2012. Second, a bipartisan Congressional Joint Select Committee on Deficit Reduction (the “Committee”) was charged with identifying at least $1.5 trillion in deficit reduction, which could include entitlement provisions like Medicare reimbursement to providers. On November 21, 2011, the Committee announced that its members were unable to agree on any measures to reduce the deficit, and as a result, $1.2 trillion in across-the-board spending

28


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

reductions required by the BCA are scheduled to be imposed automatically for FFY 2013 through 2021, split evenly between domestic and defense spending. Certain programs (including the Medicaid program) are protected from these automatic spending reductions. While provider payments under the Medicare program would be subject to reduction under this enforcement mechanism, those reductions would be capped at 2%. The automatic spending cuts or Congressional action on other spending cuts may reduce the revenues we receive from governmental payment programs or impose additional restrictions on those programs intended to decrease the long-term cost of such programs may have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operation or cash flow. We cannot predict whether these cuts will be imposed or if they will be averted by future legislative action.

We are subject to increasingly stringent governmental regulation, and may be subjected to allegations that we have failed to comply with governmental regulations which could result in sanctions and even greater scrutiny that reduce our revenues and profitability.

All participants in the healthcare industry are required to comply with many laws and regulations at the federal, state and local government levels. These laws and regulations require that hospitals meet various requirements, including those relating to hospitals’ relationships with physicians and other referral sources, the adequacy and quality of medical care, inpatient admission criteria, privacy and security of health information, standards for equipment, personnel, operating policies and procedures, billing and cost reports, payment for services and supplies, maintenance of adequate records, compliance with building codes and environmental protection, among other matters. Many of the laws and regulations applicable to the healthcare industry are complex, and there are numerous enforcement authorities, including CMS, OIG, State Attorneys General, and contracted auditors, as well as whistleblowers. Some positions taken in connection with enforcement appear to be inconsistent with historical common practices within the industry but have not previously been challenged. Moreover, in light of the provisions of the Affordable Care Act that created potential False Claims Act liabilities for failing to report and repay known overpayments and return an overpayment within sixty (60) days of the identification of the overpayment or the date by which a corresponding cost report is due, whichever is later, hospitals and other healthcare providers are encouraged to disclose potential violations of law. It is likely that voluntary disclosure of potential violations will continue in the future.

The healthcare industry has seen a number of ongoing investigations related to patient referrals, physician recruiting practices, cost reporting and billing practices, laboratory and home healthcare services, physician ownership of hospitals and other healthcare providers, and joint ventures involving hospitals and physicians. For example, our hospital, Jackson Purchase Medical Center in Mayfield, Kentucky, entered into a five-year Corporate Integrity Agreement with the OIG on June 27, 2011 following an investigation of certain billing practices. This investigation was initiated after a Medicare beneficiary made a complaint to an Assistant United States Attorney. With an increased public emphasis on enforcement being made by state and federal agencies, including changes in laws that encourage and facilitate whistleblowers to make complaints, we anticipate that hospitals and healthcare providers, including those owned by the Company, will face an increased number of governmental inquiries arising out of complaints made by program beneficiaries or other individuals.

Hospitals continue to be one of the primary focal areas of the OIG and other governmental fraud and abuse programs. In January 2005, the OIG issued Supplemental Compliance Program Guidance for Hospitals that focuses on hospital compliance risk areas. Some of the risk areas highlighted by the OIG include correct outpatient procedure coding, revising admission and discharge policies to reflect current CMS rules, submitting appropriate claims for supplemental payments such as pass-through costs and outlier payments and a general discussion of the fraud and abuse risks related to financial relationships with referral sources. Each FFY, the OIG also publishes a General Work Plan that provides a brief description of the activities that the OIG plans to initiate or continue with respect to the programs and operations of HHS and details the areas that the OIG believes are prone to fraud and abuse. In addition, the claims review strategies used by the RACs generally include a review of high dollar claims, including inpatient hospital claims. As a result, a large majority of the total amounts recovered by RACs has come from hospitals. The Affordable Care Act expands the RAC program’s scope to include managed Medicare and to include Medicaid claims by requiring all states to establish programs to contract with RACs by January 1, 2012. In addition, CMS employs Medicaid Integrity Contractors (“MICs”) to perform post-payment audits of Medicaid claims and identify

29


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

overpayments. The Affordable Care Act increases federal funding for the MIC program for FFY 2011 and later years. In addition to RACs and MICs, the state Medicaid agencies and other contractors have also increased their review activities.

The laws and regulations with which we must comply are complex and subject to change. In the future, different interpretations or enforcement of these laws and regulations could subject our practices to allegations of impropriety or illegality or could require us to make changes in our facilities, equipment, personnel, services, capital expenditure programs and operating expenses. If we fail to comply with applicable laws and regulations, we could suffer civil or criminal penalties, including the loss of our licenses to operate our hospitals and our ability to participate in the Medicare, Medicaid and other federal and state healthcare programs.

Finally, we are subject to various federal, state and local statutes and ordinances regulating the discharge of materials into the environment. Our healthcare operations generate medical waste, such as pharmaceuticals, biological materials and disposable medical instruments that must be disposed of in compliance with federal, state and local environmental laws, rules and regulations. Our operations are also subject to various other environmental laws, rules and regulations. Environmental regulations also may apply when we renovate or refurbish hospitals, particularly older facilities.

We may continue to see the growth of uninsured and “patient due” accounts, and deterioration in the collectability of these accounts could adversely affect our collections of accounts receivable, revenues, results of operations and cash flows.

The primary collection risks associated with our accounts receivable relate to the uninsured patient accounts and patient accounts for which the primary insurance carrier has paid the amounts covered by the applicable agreement, but patient responsibility amounts (deductibles and co-payments) remain outstanding. The provision for doubtful accounts relates primarily to amounts due directly from patients. This risk has increased, and will likely continue to increase, as more individuals enroll in high deductible insurance plans or those with high co-payments or who have no insurance coverage. These trends will likely be exacerbated if general economic conditions remain challenging or if unemployment levels in the communities in which we operate rise. As unemployment rates increase, our business strategies to generate organic growth and to improve admissions and adjusted admissions at our hospitals could become more difficult to accomplish.

The amount of our provision for doubtful accounts is based on our assessments of historical collection trends, business and economic conditions, trends in federal and state governmental and private employer health coverage and other collection indicators. A continuation in trends that results in increasing the proportion of accounts receivable being comprised of uninsured accounts and deterioration in the collectability of these accounts could adversely affect our collections of accounts receivable, results of operations and cash flows. As enacted, the Affordable Care Act seeks to decrease, over time, the number of uninsured individuals. Among other things, the Affordable Care Act will, beginning in 2014, expand Medicaid and incentivize employers to offer, and require individuals to carry, health insurance or be subject to penalties. However, it is difficult to predict the full impact of the Affordable Care Act due to its complexity, lack of implementing regulations and interpretive guidance, gradual and potentially delayed implementation, pending Supreme Court action, and possible repeal and/or amendment, as well as our inability to foresee how individuals and businesses will respond to the choices afforded them by the Affordable Care Act. In addition, even after implementation of the Affordable Care Act, we may continue to experience bad debts and be required to provide uninsured discounts and charity care for undocumented aliens who are not permitted to enroll in a health insurance exchange or government healthcare programs.

Controls designed to reduce inpatient services may reduce our revenues.

Controls imposed by Medicare, Medicaid, and commercial third-party payors designed to reduce admissions and lengths of stay, commonly referred to as “utilization review,” have affected and are expected to continue to affect our facilities. Federal law contains numerous provisions designed to ensure that services rendered by hospitals to Medicare and Medicaid patients meet professionally recognized standards and are medically necessary and that claims for reimbursement are properly filed. These provisions include a requirement that a sampling of admissions of Medicare and Medicaid patients must be reviewed by quality

30


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

improvement organizations, which review the appropriateness of Medicare and Medicaid patient admissions and discharges, the quality of care provided, the validity of MS-DRG classifications and the appropriateness of cases of extraordinary length of stay or cost on a post-discharge basis. Quality improvement organizations may deny payment for services or assess fines and also have the authority to recommend to HHS that a provider which is in substantial noncompliance with the standards of the quality improvement organization be excluded from participation in the Medicare program. The Affordable Care Act potentially expands the use of prepayment review by Medicare contractors by eliminating statutory restrictions on their use, and, as a result, efforts to impose more stringent cost controls are expected to continue. Utilization review is also a requirement of most non-governmental managed care organizations and other third-party payors. Inpatient utilization, average lengths of stay and occupancy rates continue to be negatively affected by payor-required preadmission authorization and utilization review and by third party payor pressure to maximize outpatient and alternative healthcare delivery services for less acutely ill patients. Although we are unable to predict the effect these controls and changes will have on our operations, significant limits on the scope of services reimbursed and on reimbursement rates and fees could have a material, adverse effect on our business, financial position and results of operations.

The industry trend towards value-based purchasing may negatively impact our revenues.

There is a trend in the healthcare industry toward value-based purchasing of healthcare services. These value-based purchasing programs include both public reporting of quality data and preventable adverse events tied to the quality and efficiency of care provided by facilities. Governmental programs including Medicare and Medicaid currently require hospitals to report certain quality data to receive full reimbursement updates. In addition, Medicare does not reimburse for care related to certain preventable adverse events. Many large commercial payors currently require hospitals to report quality data, and several commercial payors do not reimburse hospitals for certain preventable adverse events.

The Affordable Care Act contains a number of provisions intended to promote value-based purchasing. Effective July 1, 2011, the Affordable Care Act prohibits the use of federal funds under the Medicaid program to reimburse providers for medical assistance provided to treat HACs. Beginning in FFY 2015, hospitals that fall into the top 25% of national risk-adjusted HAC rates for all hospitals in the previous year will receive a 1% reduction in their total Medicare payments. Hospitals with excessive readmissions for conditions designated by HHS will receive reduced payments for all inpatient discharges, not just discharges relating to the conditions subject to the excessive readmission standard.

The Affordable Care Act also requires HHS to implement a value-based purchasing program for inpatient hospital services. The Affordable Care Act requires HHS to reduce inpatient hospital payments for all discharges by a percentage beginning at 1% in FFY 2013 and increasing by 0.25% each fiscal year up to 2% in FFY 2017 and subsequent years. HHS will pool the amount collected from these reductions to fund payments to reward hospitals that meet or exceed certain quality performance standards established by HHS. HHS will determine the amount each hospital that meets or exceeds the quality performance standards will receive from the pool of dollars created by these payment reductions.

We expect value-based purchasing programs, including programs that condition reimbursement on patient outcome measures, to become more common and to involve a higher percentage of reimbursement amounts. We are unable at this time to predict how this trend will affect our results of operations, but it could negatively impact our revenues.

The lingering effects of the economic recession could materially adversely affect our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

The United States economy continues to experience the negative effects from an economic recession and unemployment levels remain high. While certain healthcare spending is considered non-discretionary and may not be significantly impacted by economic downturns, other types of healthcare spending may be adversely impacted by such conditions. When patients are experiencing personal financial difficulties or have concerns about general economic conditions, they may choose:

to defer or forego elective surgeries and other non-emergent procedures, which are generally more profitable lines of business for hospitals; or

31


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

a high-deductible insurance plan or no insurance at all, which increases a hospitals dependence on self-pay revenue. Moreover, a greater number of uninsured patients may seek care in our emergency rooms.

We are unable to determine the specific impact of these economic conditions on our business at this time, but we believe that the lingering effects of the economic recession could have an adverse impact on our operations and could impact not only the healthcare decisions of our patients, but also the solvency of managed care providers and other counterparties to transactions with us.

The failure of certain employers, or the closure of certain manufacturing and other facilities in our markets, can have a disproportionate impact on our hospitals.

The economies in the non-urban communities in which our hospitals primarily operate are often dependant on a small number of large employers, especially manufacturing or other facilities. These employers often provide income and health insurance for a disproportionately large number of community residents who may depend on our hospitals for care. The failure of one or more large employers, or the closure or substantial reduction in the number of individuals employed at manufacturing or other facilities located in or near many of the non-urban communities in which our hospitals primarily operate, could cause affected employees to move elsewhere for employment or lose insurance coverage that was otherwise available to them. The occurrence of these events may cause a material reduction in our revenues and results of operations or impede our business strategies intended to generate organic growth and improve operating results at our hospitals.

If we do not effectively attract, recruit and retain qualified physicians, our ability to deliver healthcare services efficiently will be adversely affected.

As a general matter, only physicians on our medical staffs may direct hospital admissions and the services ordered once a patient is admitted to a hospital. As a result, the success of our hospitals depends in part on the number and quality of the physicians on the medical staffs of our hospitals, the admitting practices of those physicians and maintaining good relations with those physicians.

The success of our efforts to recruit and retain quality physicians depends on several factors, including the actual and perceived quality of services provided by our hospitals, our ability to meet demands for new technology and our ability to identify and communicate with physicians who want to practice in non-urban communities. In particular, we face intense competition in the recruitment and retention of specialists because of the difficulty in convincing these individuals of the benefits of practicing or remaining in practice in non-urban communities. If the non-urban communities in which our hospitals primarily operate are not seen as attractive, then we could experience difficulty attracting and retaining physicians to practice in our communities. We may not be able to recruit all of the physicians we target. In addition, we may incur increased malpractice expense if the quality of physicians we recruit does not meet our expectations.

Additionally, our ability to recruit physicians is closely regulated. For example, the types, amount and duration of assistance we can provide to recruited physicians are limited by the Stark law, the Anti-kickback Statute, state anti-kickback statutes, and related regulations. For example, the Stark law requires, among other things, that recruitment assistance can only be provided to physicians who meet certain geographic and practice requirements, that the amount of assistance cannot be changed during the term of the recruitment agreement, and that the recruitment payments cannot generally benefit physicians currently in practice in the community beyond recruitment costs actually incurred by them. In addition to these legal requirements, there is competition from other communities and facilities for these physicians, and this competition continues after the physician is practicing in one of our communities.

The financial performance of our employed physicians will be affected by changes in the Medicare and Medicaid payment rates.

In recent years, physician payment amounts have been determined on a year by year basis. If the SGR is applied to the physician fee schedule in March 2012 as required by current legislation, physician Medicare payments will decrease by 27.4%. We believe that physician employment by acute care hospitals has become more common as a result of actual and potential reductions in payment amounts for physician services. Our

32


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

experience in employing physicians is consistent with industry trends. Employed physicians could present more direct risks to us than those presented by independent members of our hospitals’ medical staffs. The combination of increased salary cuts and potential liabilities are significant and if this trend continues, could have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

Our hospitals face competition for staffing, which may increase labor costs and reduce profitability.

In addition to our physicians, the operations of our hospitals are dependent on the efforts, abilities and experience of our management and medical support personnel, such as nurses, pharmacists and lab technicians. We compete with other healthcare providers in recruiting and retaining qualified management and staff personnel responsible for the day-to-day operations of each of our hospitals, including nurses and other non-physician healthcare professionals. In some markets, the scarce availability of nurses and other medical support personnel presents a significant operating issue. This shortage may require us to enhance wages and benefits to recruit and retain nurses and other medical support personnel, recruit personnel from foreign countries, and hire more expensive temporary or contract personnel. In addition, the states in which we operate could adopt mandatory nurse-staffing ratios or could reduce mandatory nurse staffing ratios already in place. State-mandated nurse-staffing ratios could significantly affect labor costs and have an adverse impact on revenues if we are required to limit admissions in order to meet the required ratios. If our labor costs increase, we may not be able to raise rates to offset these increased costs. We also depend on the available labor pool of semi-skilled and unskilled employees in each of the markets in which we operate. Because a significant percentage of our revenue consists of fixed, prospective payments, our ability to pass along increased labor costs is constrained. Our failure to recruit and retain qualified management, nurses and other medical support personnel, or to control our labor costs could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

The loss of certain physicians can have a disproportionate impact on certain of our hospitals.

Generally, the top ten attending physicians within each of our facilities represent a large share of our inpatient revenues and admissions. The loss of one or more of these physicians — even if temporary — could cause a material reduction in our revenues, which could take significant time to replace given the difficulty and cost associated with recruiting and retaining physicians.

We may be subjected to actions brought by the government under anti-fraud and abuse provisions or by individuals on the government’s behalf under the False Claims Act’s “qui tam” or “whistleblower” provisions.

The federal False Claims Act prohibits providers from, among other things, knowingly submitting false claims for payment to the federal government. The “qui tam” or “whistleblower” provisions of the False Claims Act allow private individuals to bring actions under the False Claims Act on behalf of the government. These private parties are entitled to share in any amounts recovered by the government, and, as a result, the number of “whistleblower” lawsuits that have been filed against providers has increased significantly in recent years. Defendants found to be liable under the federal False Claims Act may be required to pay three times the actual damages sustained by the government, plus mandatory civil penalties ranging between $5,500 and $11,000 for each separate false claim.

There are many potential bases for liability under the False Claims Act. The government has used the False Claims Act to prosecute Medicare and other government healthcare program fraud such as coding errors, billing for services not provided, submitting false cost reports, and providing care that is not medically necessary or that is substandard in quality. The Affordable Care Act also provides that claims submitted in connection with patient referrals that result from violations of the Anti-kickback Statute constitute false claims for the purposes of the federal False Claims Act, and some courts have held that a violation of the Stark law can result in False Claims Act liability, as well. In addition, a number of states have adopted their own false claims and whistleblower provisions whereby a private party may file a civil lawsuit in state court. We are required to provide information to our employees and certain contractors about state and federal false claims laws and whistleblower provisions and protections.

33


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Although we intend and will endeavor to conduct our business in compliance with all applicable federal and state fraud and abuse laws, many of these laws are broadly worded and may be interpreted or applied in ways that cannot be predicted. Therefore, we cannot assure you that our arrangements or business practices will not be subject to government scrutiny or be found to be in compliance with applicable fraud and abuse laws.

If our access to licensed information systems is interrupted or restricted, or if we are not able to integrate changes to our existing information systems or information systems of acquired hospitals, our operations could suffer.

Our business depends significantly on effective information systems to process clinical and financial information. Information systems require an ongoing commitment of significant resources to maintain and enhance existing systems and develop new systems in order to keep pace with continuing changes in information processing technology. We rely heavily on HCA-Information Technology and Services, Inc., (“HCA-IT”), for information systems. HCA-IT provides us with financial, clinical, patient accounting and network information services. HCA’s primary business is to own and operate hospitals, not to provide information systems. We do not control HCA-IT’s systems. If these systems fail or are interrupted, if our access to these systems is limited in the future or if HCA-IT develops systems more appropriate for the urban healthcare market and not suited for our hospitals, our operations could suffer. Our existing contract with HCA-IT, expires on December 31, 2017 (including a wind-down period) unless extended by the parties.

System conversions are costly, time consuming and disruptive for physicians and employees. Some of our hospitals have recently converted or are currently converting from the system provided by HCA-IT to another third party information system. Implementation of such conversions are very costly and, if such conversions occurred on a large scale, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

In addition, as new information systems are developed in the future, we will need to integrate them into our existing systems. Evolving industry and regulatory standards, such as HIPAA and meaningful use regulations, may require changes to our information systems in the future. We may not be able to integrate new systems or changes required to our existing systems or systems of acquired hospitals in the future effectively or on a cost-efficient basis.

If we fail to effectively and timely implement electronic health record systems, our operations could be adversely affected.

As required by ARRA, the Secretary of HHS is in the process of developing and implementing an incentive payment program for eligible hospitals and healthcare professionals that adopt and meaningfully use EHR technology. HHS intends to use the Provider Enrollment, Chain and Ownership System (“PECOS”) to verify Medicare enrollment prior to making EHR incentive program payments. If our hospitals and employed professionals are unable to meet the requirements for participation in the incentive payment program, including having an enrollment record in PECOS, we will not be eligible to receive incentive payments that could offset some of the costs of implementing EHR systems. Further, beginning in FFY 2015, eligible hospitals and professionals that fail to demonstrate meaningful use of certified EHR technology will be subject to reduced payments from Medicare. System conversions to comply with EHR could be time consuming and disruptive for physicians and employees. Failure to implement EHR systems effectively and in a timely manner could have a material adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations.

We are in process of converting certain of our clinical and patient accounting information system applications to newer versions of existing applications or all together new applications at several of our facilities. In connection with our implementations and conversions, we have incurred significant capitalized costs and additional training and implementation expenses.

34


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We are subject to potential legal and reputational risk as a result of our access to personal information of our patients.

There are numerous federal and state laws and regulations addressing patient and consumer privacy concerns, including unauthorized access to or theft of personal information. In the ordinary course of our business, we, and vendors on our behalf, collect and store sensitive data, including personal health data and other personally identifiable information of our patients. The secure processing, maintenance and transmission of this information is critical to our operations and business strategy. We have developed a comprehensive set of policies and procedures in our efforts to comply with HIPAA and other privacy laws. In 2011, the DHHS Office for Civil Rights imposed, for the first time, civil monetary penalties and imposed a corrective action plan on a covered entity for violating HIPAA’s privacy rule. If, in spite of our compliance efforts we were to experience a breach, loss, or other compromise of such personal health information, such event could disrupt our operations, damage our reputation, result in regulatory penalties, legal claims and liability under HIPAA and other state and federal laws, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may have difficulty acquiring hospitals on favorable terms.

One element of our business strategy is expansion through the acquisition of acute care hospitals primarily in non-urban markets. We face significant competition to acquire attractive hospitals, and we may not find suitable acquisitions on favorable terms. Our primary competitors for acquisitions have included for-profit and tax-exempt hospitals and hospital systems and privately capitalized start-up companies. Buyers with a strategic desire for any particular hospital — for example, a hospital located near existing hospitals or those who will realize economic synergies — have demonstrated an ability and willingness to pay premium prices for hospitals. Strategic buyers, as a result, can present a competitive barrier to our acquisition efforts.

Given the increasingly challenging regulatory and enforcement environment, our ability to acquire hospitals could be negatively impacted if targets are found to have material unresolved compliance issues, including obligations to self-report violations of law or outstanding obligations to pay amounts under the voluntary self-referral protocol or other laws. We could experience delays in closing or fail to close transactions with targets that initially were attractive but became unattractive as a result of a poor compliance program, material non-compliance with laws or failure to timely address compliance risks.

The cost of an acquisition could result in a dilutive effect on our results of operations, depending on various factors, including the amount paid for the acquisition, the acquired hospital’s results of operations, allocation of purchase price, effects of subsequent legislation and limitations on rate increases. In the past, we have occasionally experienced temporary delays in improving the operating margins or effectively integrating the operations of our acquired hospitals. In the future, if we are unable to improve the operating margins of acquired hospitals, operate them profitably or effectively integrate their operations, we may be unable to achieve our growth strategy.

Even if we are able to identify an attractive target, we may not be able to obtain financing, if necessary, for any acquisitions or joint ventures that we might make or may be required to borrow at higher rates and on less favorable terms. We may incur or assume additional indebtedness as a result of acquisitions. Our failure to acquire non-urban hospitals consistent with our growth plans could prevent us from increasing our revenues.

In recent years, the legislatures and attorneys general of several states have become more interested in sales of hospitals by tax-exempt entities. This heightened scrutiny may increase the cost and difficulty, or prevent the completion, of transactions with tax-exempt organizations in the future.

35


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We may encounter difficulty operating and integrating acquired hospitals.

We may be unable to timely and effectively integrate any hospitals that we acquire with our ongoing operations. We may experience delays in implementing operating procedures and systems in newly acquired hospitals. Integrating an acquired hospital could be expensive and time consuming and could disrupt our ongoing business, negatively affect cash flow and distract management and other key personnel. In addition, acquisition activity requires transitions from, and the integration of, operations and, usually, information systems that are used by acquired hospitals. We will rely heavily on HCA-IT and other third parties for information systems integration as part of a contractual arrangement for information technology services. We may not be successful in causing HCA-IT and other third parties to convert our newly acquired hospitals’ information systems in a timely manner.

If we acquire hospitals with unknown or contingent liabilities, we could become liable for material obligations.

Businesses we have acquired, or businesses we may acquire may have unknown or contingent liabilities for past activities of acquired businesses, including liabilities for failure to comply with healthcare laws and regulations, medical and general professional liabilities, worker’s compensation liabilities, previous tax liabilities and unacceptable business practices. Although we have historically obtained, and we intend to continue to obtain, contractual indemnification from sellers covering these matters, any indemnification obtained from sellers may be insufficient to cover material claims or liabilities for past activities of acquired businesses.

Other hospitals and outpatient facilities provide services similar to those which we offer. In addition, physicians provide services in their offices that could be provided in our hospitals. These factors increase the level of competition we face and may therefore adversely affect our revenues, profitability and market share.

Competition among hospitals and other healthcare service providers, including outpatient facilities, has intensified in recent years. We compete with other hospitals, including larger tertiary care centers located in larger metropolitan areas, and with physicians who provide services in their offices which could otherwise be provided in our hospitals. Although the hospitals with which we compete may be a significant distance away from our facilities, patients in our markets may migrate on their own to, may be referred by local physicians to, or may be encouraged by their health plan to travel to these hospitals. Furthermore, some of the hospitals with which we compete may offer more or different services than those available at our hospitals, may have more advanced equipment or may have a medical staff that is thought to be better qualified. Also, some of the hospitals that compete with our facilities are owned by tax-supported governmental agencies or not-for-profit entities supported by endowments and charitable contributions. These hospitals, in most instances, are also exempt from paying sales, property and income taxes.

We also face very significant and increasing competitions from services offered by physicians (including physicians on our medical staffs) in their offices and from other specialized care providers, including outpatient surgery, oncology, physical therapy and diagnostic centers (including many in which physicians may have an ownership interest). Some of our hospitals have and will seek to develop outpatient facilities where necessary to compete effectively. However, to the extent that other providers are successful in developing outpatient facilities or physicians are able to offer additional, advanced services in their offices, our market share for these services will likely decrease in the future.

Quality of care and value-based purchasing have also become significant trends and competitive factors in the healthcare industry. In 2005, CMS began making public performance data relating to ten quality measures that hospitals submit in connection with their Medicare reimbursement. Since that time, CMS has on several occasions increased the number of quality measures hospitals are required to report in order to receive the full IPPS and OPPS market basket updates. In addition, the Medicare program no longer reimburses hospitals for the cost of care relating to certain preventable adverse events, and many private healthcare payors have adopted similar policies. If the public performance data become a primary factor in where patients choose to receive care, and if competing hospitals have better results than our hospitals on those measures, we would expect that our patient volumes could decline.

36


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our revenues are especially concentrated in a small number of states which will make us particularly sensitive to regulatory and economic changes in those states.

Our revenues are particularly sensitive to regulatory and economic changes in states in which we generate the majority of our revenues including Kentucky, Virginia, Tennessee, New Mexico, West Virginia, Arizona, Louisiana and Alabama. The following table contains our revenues and revenues as a percentage of our total revenues by state for each of these states for the years presented (dollars in millions):

             
  Hospitals in
State as of
December 31, 2011
  Revenue Concentration by State
     Amount   % of Total Revenues
     2011   2010   2009   2011   2010   2009
Kentucky     9     $ 501.5     $ 478.9     $ 434.3       16.6 %      17.0 %      16.8 % 
Virginia     4       369.0       345.4       334.6       12.2       12.3       12.9  
Tennessee     10       345.1       257.5       202.7       11.4       9.1       7.8  
New Mexico     2       291.3       277.1       271.5       9.6       9.8       10.5  
West Virginia     2       252.1       246.2       224.9       8.3       8.7       8.7  
Arizona     2       199.1       201.2       182.3       6.6       7.1       7.0  
Louisiana     5       195.4       177.8       172.5       6.5       6.3       6.7  
Alabama     5       178.2       187.3       169.4       5.9       6.6       6.5  

Accordingly, any change in the current demographic, economic, competitive or regulatory conditions in the above-mentioned states could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and/or prospects. Medicaid changes in these states could also have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

If we do not continually enhance our hospitals with the most recent technological advances in diagnostic and surgical equipment, our ability to maintain and expand our markets may be adversely affected.

Technological advances, including with respect to computer-assisted tomography scanner (CTs), magnetic resonance imaging (MRIs) and positron emission tomography scanner (PETs) equipment, continue to evolve. In addition, the manufacturers of such equipment often provide incentives to try to increase their sales, including providing favorable financing to higher credit risk organizations. In an effort to compete, we must continually assess our equipment needs and upgrade our equipment as a result of technological improvements. We believe that the direction of the patient flow correlates directly to the level and intensity of such diagnostic equipment.

We may be subject to liabilities because of malpractice and related legal claims brought against our hospitals or our employed physicians. If we become subject to these claims, we could be required to pay significant damages, which may not be covered by insurance.

We may be subject to medical malpractice lawsuits and other legal actions arising out of the operations of our owned and leased hospitals and the activities of our employed physicians. These actions may involve large claims and significant defense costs. In an effort to resolve one or more of these matters, we may choose to negotiate a settlement. Amounts we pay to settle any of these matters may be material. We maintain professional and general liability insurance with unrelated commercial insurance carriers to provide for losses in excess of our SIR amount. As a result, one or more successful claims against us that are within our SIR amounts could have an adverse effect on our results of operations, cash flows, financial condition or liquidity. Also, some of these claims could exceed the scope of the coverage in effect, or coverage of particular claims could be denied. In addition, we operate a wholly-owned captive insurance company under the name Point of Life Indemnity, Ltd., which, issues malpractice insurance policies to our employed physicians.

Insurance coverage in the future may not continue to be available at a cost allowing us to maintain adequate levels of insurance with acceptable SIR level amounts. One or more of our insurance carriers may become insolvent and unable to fulfill its obligation to defend, pay or reimburse us when that obligation becomes due. In addition, physicians using our hospitals may be unable to obtain insurance on acceptable

37


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

terms, which could result in these physicians not being able to meet the minimum insurance requirements in the applicable hospital medical staff bylaws or necessitate a reduction in the level of insurance required to be carried under such bylaws.

We have substantial indebtedness and we may incur significant amounts of additional indebtedness in the future which could affect our ability to finance operations and capital expenditures, pursue desirable business opportunities or successfully operate our business in the future.

As of December 31, 2011, our consolidated debt, excluding the unamortized discount of convertible debt instruments, was approximately $1,652.8 million. We also have the ability to incur significant amounts of additional indebtedness, subject to the conditions imposed by the terms of our credit agreement and the agreements or indentures governing any additional indebtedness that we incur in the future. As of December 31, 2011, revolving loans available for borrowing under our credit agreement, as amended, with Citicorp North America, Inc., as administrative agent, and a syndicate of lenders (the “Credit Agreement”) were up to $320.2 million, net of outstanding letters of credit of $29.8 million. Additionally, our Credit Agreement contains uncommitted “accordion” features that permit us to borrow at a later date additional aggregate principal amounts of up to $650.0 million under the term A and the term B loan components and up to $300.0 million under the revolving loan component, subject to obtaining additional lender commitments and the satisfaction of other conditions. Our Term A Loans and Revolving Loans mature on December 15, 2012. At December 31, 2011, there were no Term A Loans or Revolving Loans outstanding. We are currently working on maturity date extensions, potential increases in available capacity and additional flexibility in terms for our Credit Agreement. If we are unable to refinance or extend principal payments due at maturity of our various debt instruments, our cash flow may not be sufficient to repay maturing debt and fund other operating requirements.

Although we believe that our future operating cash flow, together with available financing arrangements, will be sufficient to fund our operating requirements, our leverage and debt service obligations could have important consequences, including the following:

Under our Credit Agreement, we are required to satisfy and maintain specified financial ratios and tests. Failure to comply with these obligations may cause an event of default which, if not cured or waived, could require us to repay substantial indebtedness immediately. Moreover, if debt repayment is accelerated, we will be subject to higher interest rates on our debt obligations as a result of these covenants and our credit ratings may be adversely impacted.
We may be vulnerable in the event of downturns and adverse changes in the general economy or our industry. Specific examples of industry changes that could have an adverse impact on our cash flow include the implementation by the government of further limitations on reimbursement under Medicare and Medicaid.
We may have difficulty obtaining additional financing at favorable interest rates to meet our requirements for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, general corporate or other purposes.
We will be required to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow to the payment of principal and interest on indebtedness, which will reduce the amount of funds available for operations, capital expenditures and future acquisitions.
Any borrowings we incur at variable interest rates expose us to increases in interest rates generally.
A breach of any of the restrictions or covenants in our debt agreements could cause a cross-default under other debt agreements. We may be required to pay our indebtedness immediately if we default on any of the numerous financial or other restrictive covenants contained in the debt agreements. It is not certain whether we will have, or will be able to obtain, sufficient funds to make these accelerated payments. If any senior debt is accelerated, our assets may not be sufficient to repay such indebtedness and our other indebtedness.

38


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In the event of a default, we may be forced to pursue one or more alternative strategies, such as restructuring or refinancing our indebtedness, reducing or delaying capital expenditures or seeking additional equity capital. There can be no assurances that any of these strategies could be effected on satisfactory terms, if at all, or that sufficient funds could be obtained to make these accelerated payments.

Covenant restrictions under our senior secured credit facilities and our indenture will impose operating and financial restrictions on us and may limit our ability to operate our business and to make payments on the notes and other outstanding indebtedness. The exceptions to the covenants in our indenture may allow us to refinance subordinated indebtedness with senior indebtedness.

Our Credit Agreement and indenture contain covenants that restrict our ability to finance future operations or capital needs, to take advantage of other business opportunities that may be in our interest or to satisfy our obligations under the notes. These covenants restrict our ability to, among other things:

incur or guarantee additional debt or extend credit;
pay dividends or make distributions on, or redeem or repurchase, our capital stock or certain
other debt;
make other restricted payments, including investments;
dispose of assets;
engage in transactions with affiliates;
enter into agreements restricting our subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends;
create liens on our assets or engage in sale/leaseback transactions; and
effect a consolidation or merger, or sell, transfer, lease all or substantially all of our assets.

The limitations in our Credit Agreement, our indenture or other instruments governing indebtedness that we may incur in the future may restrict our ability to repay existing outstanding indebtedness. Subject to certain conditions, holders of the 3½% convertible senior subordinated notes due 2014 and the 3¼% convertible senior subordinated debentures due 2025 may convert their securities for cash, and if applicable, shares in common stock prior to the maturation of the notes offered hereby. Failure to repay the 3½% convertible senior subordinated notes due 2014 or 3¼% convertible senior subordinated debentures due 2025 upon maturity or upon conversion of the securities may result in a default.

Our revenues and volume trends may be adversely affected by certain factors over which we have no control.

Our revenues and volume trends are dependent on many factors, including physicians’ clinical decisions and availability, payor programs shifting to a more outpatient-based environment, whether or not certain services are offered, seasonal and severe weather conditions, including the effects of extreme low temperatures, hurricanes and tornados, earthquakes, current local economic and demographic changes, the intensity and timing of yearly flu outbreaks. In addition, technological developments and pharmaceutical improvements may reduce the demand for healthcare services or the profitability of the services we offer.

If our fair value declines or if our estimated future cash flows decrease, a material non-cash charge to earnings from impairment of our goodwill or our long-lived assets could result.

As of December 31, 2011, we had approximately $1,568.7 million of goodwill and approximately $1,830.4 million of long-lived assets, net of accumulated depreciation. We expect to recover the carrying values of both our goodwill as well as our long-lived assets through our future cash flows. We evaluate the carrying value of our goodwill at least annually, based on our fair value, to determine whether it is impaired. We evaluate our long-lived assets for possible impairment whenever circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset, or related group of assets, may not be recoverable from estimated future cash flows. If the carrying value of our goodwill or our long-lived assets is impaired, we may incur a material non-cash charge to earnings.

39


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Certificate of need laws and regulations regarding licenses, ownership and operation may impair our future expansion in some states.

Some states require prior approval for the purchase, construction and expansion of healthcare facilities, based on the state’s determination of need for additional or expanded healthcare facilities or services. Eleven states in which we operate hospitals require a certificate of need for capital expenditures exceeding a prescribed amount, changes in bed capacity or services, and for certain other planned activities. We may not be able to obtain certificates of need required for expansion activities in the future. In addition, all of the states in which we operate facilities require hospitals and most healthcare providers to maintain one or more licenses. If we fail to obtain any required certificate of need or license, our ability to operate or expand operations in those states could be impaired.

In states without certificate of need laws, competing providers of healthcare services are able to expand and construct facilities without the need for significant regulatory approval.

In the seven states in which we operate that do not require certificates of need for the purchase, construction and expansion of healthcare facilities or services, competing healthcare providers face low barriers to entry and expansion. If competing providers of healthcare services are able to purchase, construct or expand healthcare facilities without the need for regulatory approval, we may face decreased market share and revenues in those markets.

Different interpretations of accounting principles could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition.

Generally accepted accounting principles are complex, continually evolving and may be subject to varied interpretation by us, our independent registered public accounting firm and the SEC. Such varied interpretations could result from differing views related to specific facts and circumstances. Differences in interpretation of generally accepted accounting principles could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition.

Our stock price has been and may continue to be volatile; any significant decline may result in litigation.

The trading price of our common stock has been and may continue to be subject to wide fluctuations. This may result in stockholder lawsuits, which could divert management’s time away from operations and could result in higher legal fees and proxy costs.

Our stock price may fluctuate in response to the results or our operations and to a number of events and factors, including:

actual or anticipated quarterly variations in operating results, particularly if they differ from investors’ expectations;
changes in financial estimates and recommendations by securities analysts;
changes in government regulations including those relating to reimbursement and operational policies and procedures;
the operating and stock price performance of other companies that investors may deem comparable;
changes in overall economic factors in our markets;
news reports relating to trends or events in our markets; and
issues associated with integration of the hospitals that we acquire.

Broad market and industry fluctuations may adversely affect the price of our common stock, regardless of our operating performance.

40


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

As a result of the above factors, we could be subjected to potential stockholder lawsuits. Such lawsuits are time consuming and expensive. Among other things, such lawsuits divert management’s time and attention from operations. Such lawsuits also force us to incur substantial legal fees and proxy costs in defending our position.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments.

We have no unresolved SEC staff comments.

Item 2. Properties.

The following table presents certain information with respect to our hospitals as of December 31, 2011:

       
Hospital   City   Acquisition/Opening/
Lease Date
  Licensed
Beds
  Real Property
Status
Alabama
                                   
Andalusia Regional Hospital     Andalusia       HCA Spin-Off (a)      100       Own  
Lakeland Community Hospital     Haleyville       December 1, 2002
      59       Own  
Northwest Medical Center     Winfield       December 1, 2002       71       Own  
Russellville Hospital     Russellville       October 3, 2002       100       Own  
Vaughan Regional Medical Center     Selma       April 15, 2005       175       Own  
Arizona
                                   
Havasu Regional Medical Center(b)     Lake Havasu City       April 15, 2005       181       Own (b) 
Valley View Medical Center     Ft. Mohave       November 8, 2005       90       Own  
Colorado
                                   
Colorado Plains Medical Center     Fort Morgan       April 15, 2005       50       Lease  
Florida
                                   
Putnam Community Medical Center     Palatka       June 16, 2000       99       Own  
Georgia
                                   
Rockdale Medical Center     Conyers       February 1, 2009       146       Own  
Kansas  
Western Plains Medical Complex     Dodge City       HCA Spin-Off (a)      99       Own  
Kentucky
                                   
Bluegrass Community Hospital     Versailles       January 2, 2001       25       Own  
Bourbon Community Hospital     Paris       HCA Spin-Off (a)      58       Own  
Clark Regional Medical Center     Winchester       May 1, 2010       100       Lease  
Georgetown Community Hospital     Georgetown       HCA Spin-Off (a)      75       Own  
Jackson Purchase Medical Center     Mayfield       HCA Spin-Off (a)      107       Own  
Lake Cumberland Regional Hospital     Somerset       HCA Spin-Off (a)      295       Own  
Logan Memorial Hospital     Russellville       HCA Spin-Off (a)      75       Own  
Meadowview Regional Medical Center     Maysville       HCA Spin-Off (a)      100       Own  
Spring View Hospital     Lebanon       October 1, 2003       75       Own  
Louisiana
                                   
Acadian Medical Center     Eunice       April 15, 2005       42       Own  
Minden Medical Center     Minden       April 15, 2005       161       Own  
River Parishes Hospital     LaPlace       July 1, 2004       106       Own  
Teche Regional Medical Center     Morgan City       April 15, 2005       165       Lease  
Ville Platte Medical Center     Ville Platte       December 1, 2001       67       Own  
Mississippi
                                   
Bolivar Medical Center     Cleveland       April 15, 2005       200       Lease  
Nevada
                                   
Northeastern Nevada Regional Hospital     Elko       April 15, 2005       75       Own  

41


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

       
Hospital   City   Acquisition/Opening/
Lease Date
  Licensed
Beds
  Real Property
Status
New Mexico
                                   
Los Alamos Medical Center     Los Alamos       April 15, 2005       47       Own  
Memorial Medical Center of Las Cruces     Las Cruces       April 15, 2005       298       Lease  
North Carolina
                                   
Maria Parham Medical Center(c)     Henderson       November 1, 2011       102       Own (c) 
Person Memorial Hospital(d)     Roxboro       October 1, 2011       110       Own (d) 
Tennessee
                                   
Athens Regional Medical Center     Athens       October 1, 2001       118       Own  
Crockett Hospital     Lawrenceburg       HCA Spin-Off (a)      99       Own  
Emerald-Hodgson Hospital     Sewanee       HCA Spin-Off (a)      41       Own  
Hillside Hospital     Pulaski       HCA Spin-Off (a)      95       Own  
Livingston Regional Hospital     Livingston       HCA Spin-Off (a)      114       Own  
Riverview Regional Medical Center North     Carthage       September 1, 2010       63       Own  
Riverview Regional Medical Center South     Carthage       September 1, 2010       25       Own  
Southern Tennessee Medical Center     Winchester       HCA Spin-Off (a)      157       Own  
Sumner Regional Medical Center     Gallatin       September 1, 2010       155       Own  
Trousdale Medical Center     Hartsville       September 1, 2010       25       Own  
Texas
                                   
Ennis Regional Medical Center     Ennis       April 15, 2005       60       Lease  
Palestine Regional Medical Center     Palestine       April 15, 2005       113       Own  
Parkview Regional Hospital     Mexia       April 15, 2005       58       Lease  
Utah
                                   
Ashley Regional Medical Center     Vernal       HCA Spin-Off (a)      39       Own  
Castleview Hospital     Price       HCA Spin-Off (a)      49       Own  
Virginia
                                   
Clinch Valley Medical Center     Richlands       July 1, 2006       175       Own  
Danville Regional Medical Center     Danville       July 1, 2005       290       Own  
Memorial Hospital of Martinsville and Henry County     Martinsville       April 15, 2005       220       Own  
Wythe County Community Hospital     Wytheville       June 1, 2005       100       Lease  
West Virginia
                                   
Logan Regional Medical Center     Logan       December 1, 2002       140       Own  
Raleigh General Hospital     Beckley       July 1, 2006       300       Own  
Wyoming
                                   
Lander Regional Hospital     Lander       July 1, 2000       89       Own  
Riverton Memorial Hospital     Riverton       HCA Spin-Off (a)      70       Own  
                         6,048           

(a) We were formerly a division of HCA and were spun-off as an independent publicly-traded company on May 11, 1999.
(b) The hospital is owned and operated by a joint venture with physicians in which a LifePoint affiliate has a controlling interest. The real property on which the hospital is located is owned by the LifePoint member and leased to the joint venture.
(c) The hospital is owned and operated by a joint venture between a local not-for-profit entity and Duke-LifePoint Healthcare, our joint venture with Duke in which we have a controlling interest.
(d) The hospital is owned and operated by Duke-LifePoint Healthcare, our joint venture with Duke in which we have a controlling interest.

42


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We operate medical office buildings in conjunction with many of our hospitals. We own the majority of these medical office buildings. These office buildings are primarily occupied by physicians who practice at our hospitals. Our hospital support center is located in approximately 178,000 square feet of leased space in Brentwood, Tennessee. Our hospital support center, hospitals and other facilities are suitable for their respective uses and are generally adequate for our present needs. We recently announced plans to relocate and consolidate our entire hospital support center into a single location in Brentwood, Tennessee. The construction of the new hospital support center is scheduled to begin in the first half of 2012 with a targeted completion date in the fourth quarter of 2013.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings.

We are, from time to time, subject to claims and suits arising in the ordinary course of business, including claims for damages for personal injuries, medical malpractice, breach of contracts, wrongful restriction of or interference with physicians’ staff privileges and employment related claims. In certain of these actions, plaintiffs request payment for damages, including punitive damages that may not be covered by insurance. We are currently not a party to any pending or threatened proceeding, which, in management’s opinion, would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

In May 2009, our hospital in Andalusia, Alabama (Andalusia Regional Hospital) produced documents responsive to a request received from the U.S. Attorney’s Office for the Western District of New York regarding an investigation they are conducting with respect to the billing of kyphoplasty procedures. Kyphoplasty is a surgical spine procedure that returns a compromised vertebrae (either from trauma or osteoporotic disease process) to its previous height, reducing or eliminating severe pain. It has been reported that other unaffiliated hospitals and hospital operators in multiple states have received similar requests for information. We believe that this investigation is related to the May 22, 2008 qui tam settlement between the same U.S. Attorney’s Office and the manufacturer and distributor of the product used in performing the kyphoplasty procedure.

Based on a review of the number of the kyphoplasty procedures performed at all of our other hospitals, as part of our effort to cooperate with the U.S. Attorney’s Office, by letter dated January 20, 2010 we identified to the U.S. Attorney’s Office four additional facilities at which the number of inpatient kyphoplasty procedures approximated those performed at Andalusia Regional Hospital. We have completed our review of the relevant medical records and we are continuing to cooperate with the government’s investigation.

43


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

Market Information for Common Stock

Our common stock is listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “LPNT.” The high and low sales prices per share of our common stock were as follows for the periods presented:

   
  High   Low
2012
                 
First Quarter (through February 16, 2012)   $ 42.19     $ 34.91  
2011
                 
First Quarter   $ 40.48     $ 34.63  
Second Quarter     43.45       37.19  
Third Quarter     40.59       28.95  
Fourth Quarter     41.97       32.61  
2010
                 
First Quarter   $ 37.95     $ 28.48  
Second Quarter     39.61       31.32  
Third Quarter     36.76       29.33  
Fourth Quarter     38.77       32.88  

On February 16, 2012, the last reported sales price for our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market was $41.63 per share.

Stockholders

As of February 10, 2012, there were 46,830,399 shares of our common stock held by 10,184 holders of record.

Dividends

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock. We intend to retain future earnings to finance the growth and development of our business and, accordingly, do not currently intend to declare or pay any cash dividends on our common stock. Our Board of Directors will evaluate our future earnings, results of operations, financial condition and capital requirements in determining whether to declare or pay cash dividends. Our company is governed by Delaware law, which prohibits us from paying any dividends unless we have capital surplus or net profits available for this purpose. In addition, our Credit Agreement and certain other indebtedness of the Company impose restrictions on our ability to pay dividends.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

None.

Recent Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

Our Board of Directors has authorized the repurchase of outstanding shares of our common stock either in the open market or through privately negotiated transactions, subject to market conditions, regulatory constraints and other customary factors in accordance with repurchase plans adopted in 2009, 2010 and 2011. The 2009 repurchase plan provided for the repurchase of up to $100.0 million shares of our common stock and expired in February 2011. The 2010 repurchase plan provided for the repurchase of up to $150.0 million shares of our common stock, and we have repurchased all shares authorized for repurchase under this plan. The 2011 repurchase plan provides for the repurchase of up to $250.0 million shares of our common stock, and, in connection with this repurchase plan, we entered into a trading plan in accordance with the SEC Rule 10b5-1 (the “10b5-1 Trading Plan”) on December 15, 2011. The 10b5-1 Trading Plan will expire on February 22, 2012 unless earlier terminated in accordance with its terms. We are not obligated to repurchase

44


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

any specific number of shares under our repurchase plans. Through December 31, 2011, we have repurchased approximately 1.8 million shares in accordance with the 2011 repurchase plan. As of December 31, 2011 we had remaining authority to repurchase up to an additional $184.9 million in shares in accordance with the 2011 repurchase plan. We have designated the shares repurchased in accordance with the repurchase plans as treasury stock.

Additionally, we redeem shares from employees for minimum statutory tax withholding purposes upon vesting of certain stock awards granted pursuant to our 1998 Long Term Incentive Plan (the “LTIP”) and Management Stock Purchase Plan (the “MSPP”). We redeemed approximately 0.1 million, 0.2 million, and 0.2 million shares of certain vested LTIP and MSPP shares during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. We have designated these shares as treasury stock.

Our repurchase activity in accordance with our repurchase plans and the shares that we redeem from employees for minimum statutory tax withholding purposes upon vesting of certain stock awards granted pursuant to our various stockholder-approved stock-based compensation plans are more fully discussed in Note 8 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report.

The following table summarizes our share repurchase activity by month for the three months ended December 31, 2011:

       
Period   Total
Number of
Shares
Purchased
  Weighted
Average
Price Paid
per Share
  Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of a Publicly Announced Program   Approximate Dollar Value of Shares that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Program (In millions)
October 1, 2011 to October 31, 2011     944,510     $ 35.43       944,510     $ 184.9  
November 1, 2011 to November 30, 2011         $           $ 184.9  
December 1, 2011 to December 31, 2011     326 (a)    $ 37.36           $ 184.9  
Total     944,836     $ 35.43       944,510     $ 184.9  

(a) Represents shares redeemed for tax withholding purposes upon vesting of certain previously granted stock awards under the LTIP and MSPP plans.

45


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The following table provides aggregate information as of December 31, 2011, with respect to shares of common stock that may be issued in accordance with our existing equity compensation plans, including the LTIP, our Outside Directors Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan (the “ODSICP”) and the MSPP:

     
  Number of Securities to be Issued Upon Exercise of Outstanding Options, Warrants and Rights   Weighted-Average Exercise Price of Outstanding Options, Warrants and Rights   Number of Securities Available for Future Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans (Excluding Securities Reflected in Column(a))
Plan Category   (a)   (b)   (c)
Equity Compensation Plans Approved by Security Holders     3,730,344 (1)    $ 31.97 (2)      2,836,654 (3) 
Equity Compensation Plans not Approved by Security Holders     None       None       None  
Total     3,730,344     $ 31.97       2,836,654  

(1) Includes the following:
3,719,265 shares of common stock to be issued upon exercise of outstanding stock options granted in accordance with the LTIP; and
11,079 shares of common stock to be issued upon the vesting of deferred stock units outstanding in accordance with the ODSICP.
(2) Upon vesting, deferred stock units and restricted stock units are settled for shares of common stock on a one-for-one basis. Accordingly, the deferred stock units and restricted stock units have been excluded for purposes of computing the weighted-average exercise price.
(3) Includes the following:
2,745,552 shares of common stock available for issuance in accordance with the LTIP;
43,932 shares of common stock available for issuance in accordance with the ODSICP; and
47,170 shares of common stock available for issuance in accordance with the MSPP.

46


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Item 6. Selected Financial Data.

The table below contains our selected financial data for, or as of the end of, the last five years ended December 31, 2011. The selected financial data is derived from our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report. The timing of acquisitions and divestitures completed during the years presented affects the comparability of the selected financial data. The selected financial data excludes the operations as well as assets and liabilities of our discontinued operations in our consolidated financial statements. Additionally, we have recognized certain transaction and debt retirement costs during certain of the periods presented that affected the comparability of the selected financial data. You should read this table in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this report and in Part II, Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

         
  Years Ended December 31,
     2011   2010   2009   2008   2007
     (In millions, except per share amounts)
Statements of Operations Data:
                                            
Revenues   $ 3,026.1     $ 2,818.6     $ 2,587.3     $ 2,387.6     $ 2,261.4  
Income from continuing operations attributable to LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. stockholders     162.7       155.6       139.2       126.7       120.1  
Income from continuing operations per share:
                                            
Basic   $ 3.30     $ 2.98     $ 2.64     $ 2.41     $ 2.13  
Diluted   $ 3.22     $ 2.91     $ 2.59     $ 2.37     $ 2.09  
Weighted average shares outstanding:
                                            
Basic     49.3       52.2       52.7       52.5       56.2  
Diluted     50.5       53.5       53.8       53.5       57.2  
Cash dividends declared per share                              
Balance Sheet Data (as of end of year):
                                            
Working capital   $ 467.2     $ 498.8     $ 485.9     $ 376.2     $ 373.6  
Property and equipment, net     1,830.4       1,668.6       1,499.4       1,416.0       1,383.0  
Total assets     4,370.1       4,162.9       3,882.2       3,688.4       3,644.8  
Long-term debt, including amounts due within one year but excluding unamortized discounts of convertible debt instruments     1,652.8       1,651.7       1,502.2       1,516.7       1,517.1  
Total LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. stockholders’ equity     1,945.2       1,887.5       1,827.7       1,652.0       1,629.1  

47


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

         
  Years Ended December 31,
     2011   2010   2009   2008   2007
     (In millions, except per share amounts)
Other Financial Data:
                                            
Adjusted EBITDA(a)   $ 536.2     $ 500.1     $ 469.3     $ 449.8     $ 439.1  
Capital expenditures     219.9       168.7       166.6       157.6       158.4  
Cash provided by operating activities – continuing operations     401.2       375.7       350.3       346.6       241.4  
Cash used in investing activities – continuing operations     342.1       353.6       244.1       185.3       158.3  
Cash used in financing activities – continuing operations     140.6       0.3       13.9       119.3       165.6  

(a) We define Adjusted EBITDA as earnings before depreciation and amortization; interest expense, net; debt extinguishment costs; impairment charges; provision for income taxes; (income) loss from discontinued operations and net income attributable to noncontrolling interests. We use Adjusted EBITDA to evaluate our operating performance and as a measure of performance for incentive compensation purposes. Additionally, our credit facilities use Adjusted EBITDA for certain financial covenants. We believe Adjusted EBITDA is a measure of performance used by some investors, equity analysts and others to make informed investment decisions. In addition, multiples of current or projected Adjusted EBITDA are used to estimate current or prospective enterprise value. Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as a measure of financial performance in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), and the items excluded from Adjusted EBITDA are significant components in understanding and assessing financial performance. Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered in isolation or as an alternative to net income, cash flows generated by operating, investing or financing activities or other financial statement data presented in the consolidated financial statements as an indicator of financial performance or liquidity. Because Adjusted EBITDA is not a measurement determined in accordance with GAAP and is susceptible to varying calculations, Adjusted EBITDA as presented may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies.

The following table reconciles Adjusted EBITDA as presented above to net income attributable to LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. for the periods presented (in millions):

         
  Years Ended December 31,
     2011   2010   2009   2008   2007
Adjusted EBITDA   $ 536.2     $ 500.1     $ 469.3     $ 449.8     $ 439.1  
Less:
                                            
Depreciation and amortization     165.8       148.5       143.0       132.1       129.4  
Interest expense, net     107.1       108.1       103.2       107.7       107.4  
Debt extinguishment costs           2.4                    
Impairment charges                 1.1       1.2        
Provision for income taxes     97.8       82.4       80.3       79.9       80.5  
(Income) loss from discontinued operations     (0.2 )      0.1       5.1       23.7       25.7  
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests     2.8       3.1       2.5       2.2       1.7  
Net income attributable to LifePoint Hospitals, Inc.   $ 162.9     $ 155.5     $ 134.1     $ 103.0     $ 94.4  

48


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

We recommend that you read this discussion together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this report. Unless otherwise indicated, all relevant financial and statistical information included herein relates to our continuing operations.

We make forward-looking statements in this report, other reports and in statements we file with the SEC and/or release to the public. In addition, our senior management makes forward-looking statements orally to analysts, investors, the media and others. Broadly speaking, forward-looking statements include: projections of our revenues, net income, earnings per share, capital expenditures, cash flows, debt repayments, interest rates, operating statistics and data or other financial items; descriptions of plans or objectives of our management for future operations, services or growth plans including acquisitions, divestitures, business strategies and initiatives; interpretations of Medicare and Medicaid laws and regulations and their effect on our business; and descriptions of assumptions underlying or relating to any of the foregoing.

In this report, for example, we make forward-looking statements, including statements discussing our expectations about: future financial performance and condition; future liquidity and capital resources; future cash flows; existing and future debt and equity structure; our strategic goals; future acquisitions; our business strategy and operating philosophy, including an evaluation of growth strategies for existing markets and for potential acquisitions; effects of competition in a hospital’s market; costs of providing care to our patients; increasing risk of collection of amounts due directly from patients; changes in interest rates; our compliance with new and existing laws and regulations and the increasing costs associated with compliance; the impact of national healthcare reform; effect of credit ratings; professional fees; increased costs of salaries and benefits; industry and general economic trends; reimbursement changes; patient volumes and related revenues; access to the HCA-IT information systems; future capital expenditures, including capital expenditures related to information systems, the aggregate capital commitment to Person Memorial and Maria Parham; claims and legal actions relating to professional liabilities, governmental investigations and other matters; accounting policies; and physician recruiting and retention, including trends in physician employment.

Forward-looking statements discuss matters that are not historical facts. Because they discuss future events or conditions, forward-looking statements often include words such as “can,” “could,” “may,” “should,” “believe,” “will,” “would,” “expect,” “project,” “estimate,” “seek,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “target,” “continue” or similar expressions. You should not unduly rely on forward-looking statements, which give our expectations about the future and are not guarantees. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made. We operate in a continually changing business environment, and new risk factors emerge from time to time. We cannot predict such new risk factors nor can we assess the impact, if any, of such new risk factors on our business or the extent to which any factor or combination of factors may cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by any forward-looking statement. We do not undertake any obligation to update our forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this document or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

There are several factors, some beyond our control that could cause results to differ significantly from our expectations. Some of these factors are described in Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors. Other factors, such as market, operational, liquidity, interest rate and other risks, are described elsewhere in this section and Part II, Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk. Any factor described in this report could by itself, or together with one or more factors, adversely affect our business, results of operations and/or financial condition. There may be factors not described in this report that could also cause results to differ from our expectations.

Overview

We operate general acute care hospitals primarily in non-urban communities in the United States. At December 31, 2011, on a consolidated basis, we operated 54 hospital campuses in 18 states, having a total of 6,048 licensed beds. We generate revenues primarily through hospital services offered at our facilities. We generated $3,026.1 million, $2,818.6 million, and $2,587.3 million, respectively, in revenues from continuing operations, net of the provision for doubtful accounts, during 2011, 2010, and 2009. In 2011, we derived 49.3% of our revenues from continuing operations from the Medicare and Medicaid programs, collectively. Payments made to our hospitals pursuant to the Medicare and Medicaid programs for services rendered rarely

49


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

exceed our costs for such services. As a result, we rely largely on payments made by private or commercial payors, together with certain limited services provided to Medicare recipients, to generate an operating profit. The hospital industry continues to endure a period where the costs of providing care are rising faster than reimbursement rates from government or private commercial payors. This places a premium on efficient operation, the ability to reduce or control costs and the need to leverage the benefits of our organization across all of our hospitals.

Competitive and Structural Environment

The environment in which our hospitals operate is extremely competitive. In addition to competitive concerns, many of our communities are experiencing slow growth, and in some cases, population losses. We believe this trend has occurred primarily as a result of poor economic conditions because the economies in the non-urban communities in which our hospitals primarily operate are often dependent on a small number of larger employers, especially manufacturing or other facilities. The economies of our communities are also more sensitive to economic downturns in the manufacturing sector than the United States, generally.

Our hospitals face competition from other acute care hospitals, including larger tertiary hospitals located in larger markets and/or affiliated with universities; specialty hospitals that focus on one or a small number of very lucrative service lines but that are not required to operate emergency departments; stand-alone centers at which surgeries or diagnostic tests can be performed; and physicians on the medical staffs of our hospitals. In many cases, our competitors focus on the service lines that offer the highest margins. By doing so, our competitors can potentially draw the best-paying business out of our hospitals. This, in turn, can reduce the overall operating profit of our hospitals as we are often obligated to offer service lines that operate at a loss or that have much lower profit margins. We continue to see the shift of increasingly complex procedures from the inpatient to the outpatient setting and have also seen growth in the general shift of lower acuity procedures to physician offices and other non-hospital outpatient settings. These trends have, to some extent, offset our efforts to improve equivalent admission rates at many of our hospitals.

Our hospitals also face extreme competition in their efforts to recruit and retain physicians on their medical staffs. It is widely recognized that the United States has a shortage of physicians in certain practice areas, including specialists such as cardiologists, oncologists, urologists and orthopedists, in various areas of the country. This fact, and our ability to overcome these shortages, is directly relevant to our growth strategies because cardiologists, oncologists, urologists and orthopedists are often the physicians in highest demand in communities where our hospitals are located. Larger tertiary medical centers are acquiring physician practices and employing physicians in some of our communities. While physicians in these practices may continue to be members of the medical staffs of our hospitals, they may be less likely to refer patients to our hospitals over time.

We believe other key factors in our competition for patients is the quality of our patient care and the perception of that quality in the communities where our hospitals are located, which may be influenced by, among other things, the technology, service lines and capital improvements made at our facilities. The quality of care, and our communities’ perception of that quality, may also be influenced by the skills and experience of our non-physician employees involved in patient care.

50


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Business Strategy

In order to achieve growth in patient volumes, revenues and profitability given the competitive and structural environment, we continue to focus our business strategy on the following:

Measurement and improvement of quality of patient care and perceptions of such quality in communities where our hospitals are located;
Targeted recruiting of primary care physicians and physicians in key specialties;
Retention of physicians and efforts to improve physician satisfaction;
Retention and, where needed, recruitment of non-physician employees involved in patient care and efforts to improve employee satisfaction;
Targeted investments in new technologies, new service lines and capital improvements at our facilities;
Improvements in management of expenses and revenue cycle;
Negotiation of improved reimbursement rates with non-governmental payors; and
Strategic growth through acquisition and integration of hospitals and other healthcare facilities where valuations are attractive and we can identify opportunities for improved financial performance through our management or ownership.

Regulatory Environment

Our business and our hospitals are highly regulated, and the penalties for noncompliance are severe. We are required to comply with extensive, extremely complicated and overlapping government laws and regulations at the federal, state and local levels. These laws and regulations govern every aspect of how our hospitals conduct their operations, from what service lines must be offered in order to be licensed as an acute care hospital, to whether our hospitals may employ physicians, and to how (and whether) our hospitals may receive payments pursuant to the Medicare and Medicaid programs. The failure to comply with these laws and regulations can result in severe penalties including criminal penalties, civil sanctions, and the loss of our ability to receive reimbursements through the Medicare and Medicaid programs.

Not only are our hospitals heavily regulated, but the rules, regulations and laws to which they are subject often change, with little or no notice, and are often interpreted and applied differently by various regulatory agencies with authority to enforce such requirements. Each change or conflicting interpretation may require our hospitals to make changes in their facilities, equipment, personnel or services, and may also require that standard operating policies and procedures be re-written and re-implemented. The cost of complying with such laws and regulations is a significant component of our overall expenses. Further, this expense has grown in recent periods because of new regulatory requirements and the severity of the penalties associated with non-compliance. Management believes compliance expenses will continue to grow in the foreseeable future.

Health Care Reform

The Affordable Care Act dramatically alters the United States healthcare system and is intended to decrease the number of uninsured Americans and reduce the overall cost of healthcare. The Affordable Care Act attempts to achieve these goals by, among other things, requiring most Americans to obtain health insurance, expanding Medicare and Medicaid eligibility, reducing Medicare DSH and Medicaid payments to providers, expanding the Medicare program’s use of value-based purchasing programs, tying hospital payments to the satisfaction of certain quality criteria, bundling payments to hospitals and other providers, and instituting certain private health insurance reforms. Although a majority of the measures contained in the Affordable Care Act do not take effect until 2013, certain of the reductions in Medicare spending, such as negative adjustments to the Medicare hospital inpatient and outpatient prospective payment system market basket updates and the incorporation of productivity adjustments to the Medicare program’s annual inflation updates, became effective in 2010 and 2011 or will be implemented in 2012. The Affordable Care Act will be heard by the United State Supreme Court in 2012. The Supreme Court will consider four issues: (1) whether the “individual mandate” — the requirement that all individuals purchase some form of health insurance — is

51


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

constitutional; (2) if the individual mandate is found unconstitutional, whether it is severable from the remainder of the Affordable Care Act; (3) whether the Affordable Care Act’s requirement that states expand Medicaid eligibility or risk losing federal funds is constitutional; and (4) whether the individual mandate is a tax for purposes of the Anti-Injunction Act, meaning that plaintiffs seeking to challenge the requirement must wait until it takes effect in 2014. Additionally, several bills have been and will likely continue to be introduced in Congress to repeal or amend all or significant provisions of the Affordable Care Act. It is difficult to predict the full impact of the Affordable Care Act due to pending Supreme Court review, its complexity, lack of implementing regulations and interpretive guidance, gradual and potentially delayed implementation, and possible repeal and/or amendment, as well as our inability to foresee how individuals and businesses will respond to the choices afforded them by the Affordable Care Act. As a result, it is difficult to predict the full impact that the Affordable Care Act will have on our revenue and results of operations.

Medicare and Medicaid Reimbursement

Medicare payment methodologies have been, and are expected to be, significantly revised based on cost containment and policy considerations. CMS has already begun to implement some of the Medicare reimbursement reductions required by the Affordable Care Act. These revisions will likely be more frequent and significant as more of the Affordable Care Act’s changes and cost-saving measures become effective.

In addition, many states in which we operate are facing budgetary challenges and have adopted, or may be considering, legislation that is intended to control or reduce Medicaid expenditures, enroll Medicaid recipients in managed care programs, and/or impose additional taxes on hospitals to help finance or expand their Medicaid programs. Congress has made an effort to address the financial challenges Medicaid is facing by recently increasing the amount of Medicaid funding available to states through the ARRA and the Education, Jobs, and Medicaid Assistance Act, which increased FMAP payments through June 30, 2011. Budget cuts, federal or state legislation, or other changes in the administration or interpretation of government health programs by government agencies or contracted managed care organizations could have a material adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations.

Adoption of Electronic Health Records

The Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act (“HITECH Act”) was enacted into law on February 17, 2009 as part of ARRA. The HITECH Act includes provisions designed to increase the use of EHR by both physicians and hospitals. We intend to comply with the EHR meaningful use requirements of the HITECH Act in time to qualify for the maximum available incentive payments. Our compliance will result in significant costs including business process changes, professional services focused on successfully designing and implementing our EHR solutions along with costs associated with the hardware and software components of the project. We continue to refine our budgeted costs and the expected EHR incentive payments associated with our initiatives. We currently estimate that at a minimum total costs incurred to comply will be recovered through the total EHR incentive payments over the projected lifecycle of this initiative.

An important component of our effective implementation of our EHR initiatives involves our uninterrupted access to reliable information systems. We recently entered into an agreement with a third party technology provider to design and operate a hosted data center for our critical third party information systems. In addition to providing a hosted data center, the third party technology provider will offer help desk end-user support for certain clinical information systems, provide help desk and support functions for certain clinical information system applications, perform backups and recoveries of certain critical data, and monitor critical systems to facilitate the identifications of and rapid responses to certain system issues. We believe this arrangement will provide us with a single technology platform for the delivery of critical third party information systems and will improve the effectiveness and efficiency of key information support functions in a cost-effective and high quality manner.

Privacy and Security Regulations

We are subject to the privacy and security requirements of HIPAA and the HITECH Act, which was enacted as part of ARRA. Among other things, the HITECH Act strengthened the requirements and significantly increased the penalties for violations of the HIPAA privacy and security regulations. The privacy

52


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

regulations of HIPAA apply to all health plans, all healthcare clearinghouses and healthcare providers that transmit health information in an electronic form in connection with HIPAA standard transactions. Our facilities are subject to the HIPAA privacy regulations. The privacy standards apply to individually identifiable information held or disclosed by a covered entity in any form, whether communicated electronically, on paper or orally. These standards impose extensive administrative requirements on us, require our compliance with rules governing the use and disclosure of this health information, and require us to impose these rules, by contract, on any business associate to whom we disclose such information in order to perform functions on our behalf. They also create rights for patients in their health information, such as the right to amend their health information. In addition, our facilities will continue to remain subject to any state laws that are more restrictive than the privacy regulations issued under HIPAA.

We also are subject to the HIPAA security regulations that are designed to protect the confidentiality, availability and integrity of health information. These security standards require us to establish and maintain reasonable and appropriate administrative, technical and physical safeguards to ensure the integrity, confidentiality and the availability of electronic health and related financial information. We believe that we are in material compliance with the privacy and security requirements of HIPAA.

The HITECH Act also creates a federal breach notification law that mirrors protections that many states have passed in recent years. This law requires us to notify patients of any unauthorized access, acquisition, or disclosure of their unsecured protected health information that poses significant risk of financial, reputational or other harm to a patient. In addition, a new breach notification requirement was established requiring reporting of certain unauthorized access, acquisition, or disclosure of unsecured protected health information that poses significant risk of financial, reputational or other harm to a patient to the Secretary of HHS and, in some cases, local media outlets. On August 24, 2009, HHS issued regulations implementing certain of the requirements of the HITECH Act, including the breach notification requirements providing obligations for compiling and reporting of certain information relating to breaches by providers and their business associates (the “Interim Final Breach Rule”), effective September 23, 2009. HHS subsequently promulgated and withdrew a final breach notification rule for review, but it intends to publish a final data breach rule in the coming months. Until such time as a new final breach rule is issued, the Interim Final Breach Rule remains in effect. In addition, our facilities remain subject to any state laws that relate to the reporting of data breaches that are more restrictive than the regulations issued under HIPAA and the requirements of the HITECH Act.

On July 14, 2010, HHS issued a notice of proposed rulemaking to modify the HIPAA privacy, security and enforcement regulations. These changes may require substantial operational changes for HIPAA covered entities and their business associates, including, in part, new requirements for business associate agreements and a transition period for compliance, new limits on the use and disclosure of health information for marketing and fundraising, enhanced individuals’ rights to obtain electronic copies of their medical records and restricted disclosure of certain information, new requirements for notices of privacy practices, modified restrictions on authorizations for the use of health information for research, and new changes to the HIPAA enforcement regulations. HHS has not yet released the final version of these rules, and, as a result, we cannot quantify the financial impact of compliance with these new regulations. We could, however, incur expenses associated with such compliance.

Violations of the HIPAA privacy and security regulations may result in civil and criminal penalties. The HITECH Act significantly increased the penalties for violations by introducing a tiered penalty system, with penalties of up to $50,000 per violation with a maximum civil penalty of $1.5 million in a calendar year for violations of the same requirement. The HITECH Act also extended the application of certain provisions of the security and privacy regulations to business associates and subjects business associates to civil and criminal penalties for violation of the regulations. Under the HITECH Act, HHS is required to conduct periodic compliance audits of covered entities and their business associates. The Secretary of HHS has issued an interim final rule conforming HIPAA’s enforcement regulations to the HITECH Act’s statutory revisions. This interim final rule also sets forth guidance on, among other things, how the tiered penalty structure will reflect increasing levels of culpability and provides a prohibition on the imposition of penalties for any violation that is corrected within a 30-day time period, as long as the violation was not due to willful neglect. This interim final rule became effective on November 30, 2009. The applicable state laws regulating the privacy of patient health information could impose additional penalties.

53


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The HITECH Act also authorizes State Attorneys General to bring civil actions seeking either an injunction or damages in response to violations of HIPAA privacy and security regulations or the new data breach law that affects the privacy of their state residents. We expect vigorous enforcement of the HITECH Act’s requirements by HHS and State Attorneys General. Additional final rules relating to the HITECH Act, HIPAA enforcement and breach notification are expected to be published in the near future. Additionally, HHS announced a pilot audit program that will run until December 2012 in the first phase of HHS implementation of the HITECH Act’s requirements of periodic audits of covered entities and business associates to ensure their compliance with the HIPAA privacy and security regulations. We cannot predict whether our hospitals will be able to comply with the final rules or the financial impact to our hospitals in implementing the requirements under the final rules if and when they take effect, or whether our hospitals will be selected for an audit and the results of such an audit.

Revenue Sources

Our hospitals generate revenues by providing healthcare services to our patients. Depending upon the patient’s medical insurance coverage, we are paid for these services by governmental Medicare and Medicaid programs, commercial insurance, including managed care organizations, and directly by the patient. The amounts we are paid for providing healthcare services to our patients vary depending upon the payor. Governmental payors generally pay significantly less than the hospital’s customary charges for the services provided. Insured patients are generally not responsible for any difference between customary hospital charges and the amounts received from commercial insurance payors. However, insured patients are responsible for payments not covered by insurance, such as exclusions, deductibles and co-payments.

Revenues from governmental payors, such as Medicare and Medicaid, are controlled by complex rules and regulations that stipulate the amount a hospital is paid for providing healthcare services. We must comply with these rules and regulations to continue to be eligible to participate in the Medicare and Medicaid programs. These rules and regulations are subject to frequent changes as a result of legislative and administrative action and annual payment adjustments on both the federal and the state levels. These changes will likely become more frequent and significant as the healthcare reform provisions of the Affordable Care Act are implemented.

Revenues from HMOs, PPOs and other private insurers are subject to contracts and other arrangements that require us to discount the amounts we customarily charge for healthcare services. These discounted arrangements often limit our ability to increase charges in response to increasing costs. We actively negotiate with these payors in an effort to maintain or increase the pricing of our healthcare services; however, we have no control over patients switching their healthcare coverage to a payor with which we have negotiated less favorable reimbursement rates.

Self-pay revenues are primarily generated through the treatment of uninsured patients. Our hospitals have experienced an increase in self-pay revenues during recent years as well as throughout 2011 as a result of a combination of broad economic factors, including rising unemployment in many of our markets, reductions in state Medicaid budgets and increasing numbers of individuals and employers who choose not to purchase insurance.

To provide for accounts receivable that could become uncollectible in the future, we establish an allowance for doubtful accounts to reduce the carrying value of such receivables to their estimated net realizable value. Our provision for doubtful accounts serves to reduce our reported revenues.

For additional information about our revenue sources, please also refer to the discussion above under the subheading “Medicare and Medicaid Reimbursement.”

54


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Results of Operations

The following definitions apply throughout the remaining portion of Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations:

Admissions.  Represents the total number of patients admitted (in the facility for a period in excess of 23 hours) to our hospitals and used by management and investors as a general measure of inpatient volume.

bps.  Basis point change.

Continuing operations.  Continuing operations information includes the results of our same-hospital operations but excludes the results of our hospitals that have previously been disposed.

Effective tax rate.  Provision for income taxes as a percentage of income from continuing operations before income taxes less net income attributable to noncontrolling interests.

Emergency room visits.  Represents the total number of hospital-based emergency room visits.

Equivalent admissions.  Management and investors use equivalent admissions as a general measure of combined inpatient and outpatient volume. We compute equivalent admissions by multiplying admissions (inpatient volume) by the outpatient factor (the sum of gross inpatient revenue and gross outpatient revenue and then dividing the resulting amount by gross inpatient revenue). The equivalent admissions computation “equates” outpatient revenue to the volume measure (admissions) used to measure inpatient volume resulting in a general measure of combined inpatient and outpatient volume.

Medicare case mix index.  Refers to the acuity or severity of illness of an average Medicare patient at our hospitals.

N/A.  Not applicable.

Net revenue days outstanding.  We compute net revenue days outstanding by dividing our accounts receivable net of allowance for doubtful accounts, by our revenue per day. Our revenue per day is calculated by dividing our quarterly revenues, including revenues for held for sale / disposed of hospitals, by the number of calendar days in the quarter.

Outpatient surgeries.  Outpatient surgeries are those surgeries that do not require admission to our hospitals.

Revenues.  Revenues represent amounts recognized from all payors for the delivery of healthcare services, net of contractual discounts and the provision for doubtful accounts.

Same-hospital.  Same-hospital information includes the results of our hospital support center and the same 47 hospitals operated during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010. Same-hospital information excludes the results of Maria Parham which we acquired effective November 1, 2011 and Person Memorial which we acquired effective October 1, 2011 through our partnership arrangement with Duke; HighPoint Health System (“HighPoint”) which we acquired effective September 1, 2010; Clark Regional Medical Center (“Clark”), which we acquired effective May 1, 2010; and our hospitals that have previously been disposed.

55


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

As previously discussed, during the fourth quarter of 2011 we adopted the provisions of ASU 2011-7. ASU 2011-7 requires the presentation of revenues net of a provision for doubtful accounts. As a result of our adoption of ASU 2011-7, certain changes have been made to our historical summary results of operations. Specifically, revenues, sources by payor ratios and calculated metrics based on revenues have been updated to reflect our adoption of ASU 2011-7.

Additionally and as previously discussed, during the fourth quarter of 2011, and retrospectively for the second and third quarters of 2011, we changed the classification of our Medicaid EHR incentive payments from other revenue to other income, separate from revenues, in accordance with ASC 450-30. Accordingly, our following discussion and analysis of revenues exclude all Medicaid EHR incentive payments.

For the Three Months Ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

The following table summarizes the results of operations for the three months ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 (dollars in millions):

       
  Three Months Ended December 31,
     2011   2010
     Amount   % of
Revenues
  Amount   % of
Revenues
Revenues before provision for doubtful accounts   $ 916.4       117.3 %    $ 853.3       116.4 % 
Provision for doubtful accounts     135.1       17.3       120.4       16.4  
Revenues     781.3       100.0       732.9       100.0  
Salaries and benefits     353.5       45.2       335.2       45.7  
Supplies     122.8       15.7       112.5       15.4  
Other operating expenses     186.6       24.0       161.0       21.9  
Other income     (11.5 )      (1.5 )             
Depreciation and amortization     44.8       5.7       39.3       5.4  
Interest expense, net     25.5       3.3       30.9       4.2  
       721.7       92.4       678.9       92.6  
Income from continuing operations before income taxes     59.6       7.6       54.0       7.4  
Provision for income taxes     21.3       2.7       16.9       2.3  
Income from continuing operations     38.3       4.9       37.1       5.1  
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests     (0.6 )      (0.1 )      (0.8 )      (0.1 ) 
Income from continuing operations attributable to LifePoint Hospitals, Inc.   $ 37.7       4.8 %    $ 36.3       5.0 % 

56


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Revenues

The following table presents the components of revenues for the three months ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 (dollars in millions):

       
  Three Months Ended
December 31,
 
     2011   2010   Increase   % Increase
Continuing operations:
                                   
Revenues before provision for doubtful accounts   $ 916.4     $ 853.3     $ 63.1       7.4 % 
Provision for doubtful accounts     135.1       120.4       14.7       12.2  
Revenues   $ 781.3     $ 732.9     $ 48.4       6.6  
Same-hospital:
                                   
Revenues before provision for doubtful accounts   $ 836.4     $ 797.2     $ 39.2       4.9 % 
Provision for doubtful accounts     121.5       111.7       9.8       8.8  
Revenues   $ 714.9     $ 685.5     $ 29.4       4.3  

The following table shows the sources of our revenues by payor, including adjustments to estimated reimbursement amounts and provision for doubtful accounts, for the three months ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 (in millions):

               
  Continuing Operations   Same-Hospital
     2011   2010   2011   2010
Medicare   $ 272.8       34.9 %    $ 252.6       34.5 %    $ 249.9       35.0 %    $ 237.1       34.6 % 
Medicaid     107.6       13.8       101.2       13.8       98.7       13.8       93.0       13.6  
HMOs, PPOs and other private insurers     380.3       48.7       363.0       49.5       348.5       48.7       339.2       49.5  
Self-Pay     145.9       18.7       128.2       17.5       130.3       18.2       120.3       17.5  
Other     9.8       1.2       8.3       1.1       9.0       1.3       7.6       1.1  
Revenues before provision for doubtful accounts     916.4       117.3       853.3       116.4       836.4       117.0       797.2       116.3  
Provision for doubtful accounts     (135.1 )      (17.3 )      (120.4 )      (16.4 )      (121.5 )      (17.0 )      (111.7 )      (16.3 ) 
Revenues   $ 781.3       100.0 %    $ 732.9       100.0 %    $ 714.9       100.0 %    $ 685.5       100.0 % 

Certain changes have been made to our historical sources of revenues table above. Specifically, we previously classified certain state managed Medicaid revenues as revenues from HMOs, PPOs and other private insurers. We have determined that these revenues are more appropriately classified as Medicaid revenues. This change had no impact on our historical results of operations. These reclassifications resulted in a reduction to revenue from HMOs, PPOs and other private insurers and an increase in our Medicaid revenues.

57


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our revenues per equivalent admission from continuing operations and on a same-hospital basis were as follows for the three months ended December 31, 2011 and 2010:

       
  Three Months Ended
December 31,
 
     2011   2010   Increase   % Increase
Revenues per equivalent admission – continuing operations   $ 7,313     $ 7,091     $ 222       3.1  
Revenues per equivalent admission – same-hospital   $ 7,423     $ 7,130     $ 293       4.1  

Revenues Before Provision for Doubtful Accounts

The following table shows the key drivers of our revenues before provision for doubtful accounts for the three months ended December 31, 2011 and 2010:

       
  Three Months Ended
December 31,
  Increase
(Decrease)
  % Increase
(Decrease)
     2011   2010
Continuing operations:
                                   
Admissions     48,354       47,701       653       1.4  
Equivalent admissions     106,850       103,361       3,489       3.4  
Medicare case mix index     1.30       1.31       (0.01 )      (0.8 ) 
Average length of stay (days)     4.4       4.3       0.1       2.3  
Inpatient surgeries     13,055       13,375       (320 )      (2.4 ) 
Outpatient surgeries     39,830       39,893       (63 )      (0.2 ) 
Emergency room visits     257,046       244,014       13,032       5.3  
Outpatient factor     2.21       2.17       0.04       1.8  
Same-hospital:
                                   
Admissions     44,298       44,718       (420 )      (0.9 ) 
Equivalent admissions     96,319       96,154       165       0.2  
Medicare case mix index     1.31       1.32       (0.01 )      (0.8 ) 
Average length of stay (days)     4.2       4.3       (0.1 )      (2.3 ) 
Inpatient surgeries     11,981       12,696       (715 )      (5.6 ) 
Outpatient surgeries     37,072       37,749       (677 )      (1.8 ) 
Emergency room visits     228,375       227,417       958       0.4  
Outpatient factor     2.17       2.15       0.02       1.0  

For the three months ended December 31, 2011, our same-hospital revenues before provision for doubtful accounts increased by $39.2 million or 4.9%, to $836.4 million as compared to $797.2 million for the same period last year. This increase in our same-hospital revenues before provision for doubtful accounts is largely a result of the following:

Increases in our same-hospital Medicare revenue of approximately $12.8 million or 5.4%;
Increases in our same-hospital HMOs, PPOs and other private insurers revenue of approximately $9.3 million or 2.7%; and
Increases in our same-hospital self-pay revenue of approximately $10.0 million or 8.3%.

Increases in our same-hospital Medicare revenues were largely driven by higher Medicare equivalent admissions, benefits associated with improved Medicare reimbursement rates such as the market basket update and budget neutrality indices combined with an increase in anticipated cost report settlements. Our same-hospital HMOs, PPOs and other private insurers revenue increased primarily as a result of higher contracted rates partially offset by unfavorable equivalent admission volumes compared to the same period of the prior year. Finally, same-hospital self-pay revenue increased primarily as a result of higher emergency room visits from our self-pay population, overall high levels of unemployment in the majority of our

58


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

communities and pricing increases. While our same-hospital self-pay revenue increased during the current period as compared to the same quarter of the prior year, it remains comparable to the increases experienced during prior quarters in 2011. Increases in our self-pay revenues attributed to an increase in our provision for doubtful accounts, as further discussed in our analysis of our provision for doubtful accounts.

Provision for Doubtful Accounts

The following table summarizes the key drivers and key indicators of our provision for doubtful accounts for the three months ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 (dollars in millions):

           
  Three Months Ended December 31,  
     2011   % of
Revenues
  2010   % of
Revenues
  Increase   % Increase
Continuing operations:
                                                     
Related key indicators:
                                                     
Charity care write-offs   $ 21.7       2.8 %    $ 18.0       2.4 %    $ 3.7       20.9 % 
Self-pay revenues, net of charity care write-offs and uninsured discounts   $ 145.9       18.7 %    $ 128.2       17.5 %    $ 17.7       13.8 % 
Net revenue days outstanding
(at end of period)
    50.7       N/A       48.6       N/A       2.1       4.3 % 
Same-hospital:
                                                     
Related key indicators:                  
Charity care write-offs   $ 19.7       2.8 %    $ 16.3       2.4 %    $ 3.4       20.9 % 
Self-pay revenues, net of charity care write-offs and uninsured discounts   $ 130.3       18.2 %    $ 120.3       17.5 %    $ 10.0       8.3 % 
Net revenue days outstanding
(at end of period)
    50.2       N/A       46.4       N/A       3.8       8.2 % 

For the three months ended December 31, 2011, our provision for doubtful accounts increased by $14.7 million, or 12.2%, to $135.1 million on a continuing operations basis and by $9.8 million, or 8.8%, to $121.5 million on a same-hospital basis as compared to the same period last year. This increase was primarily the result of increases in self-pay revenues during the three months ended December 31, 2011. Same-hospital self-pay revenues increased by $10.0 million over the same period last year and represented 18.2% of revenues, as compared to 17.5% of revenues in the same period last year. Self- pay revenues continued to increase for both our inpatient and outpatient services, which were primarily driven by high levels of unemployment in the majority of our communities. Our increased provision for doubtful accounts was partially offset by an increase in both up-front cash collections and cash collections related to our insured receivables for the three months ended December 31, 2011, as compared to the same period last year. The provision for doubtful accounts relates principally to self-pay amounts due from patients. The provision and allowance for doubtful accounts are critical accounting estimates and are further discussed in Part II, Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, “Critical Accounting Estimates.”

59


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Expenses and Other Income

Salaries and Benefits

The following table summarizes our salaries and benefits, man-hours per equivalent admission and salaries and benefits per equivalent admission for the three months ended December 31, 2011 and 2010:

           
  Three Months Ended December 31,  
     2011   % of
Revenues
  2010   % of
Revenues
  Increase   % Increase
Continuing operations:
                                                     
Salaries and benefits (dollars in millions)   $ 353.5       45.2 %    $ 335.2       45.7 %    $ 18.3       5.5 % 
Man-hours per equivalent admission     101.5       N/A       100.3       N/A       1.2       1.2 % 
Salaries and benefits per equivalent admission   $ 3,286       N/A     $ 3,233       N/A     $ 53       1.6 % 
Same-hospital:
                                                     
Salaries and benefits (dollars in millions)   $ 320.4       44.8 %    $ 310.0       45.2 %    $ 10.4       3.4 % 
Man-hours per equivalent admission     100.9       N/A       99.3       N/A       1.6       1.7 % 
Salaries and benefits per equivalent admission   $ 3,299       N/A     $ 3,214       N/A     $ 85       2.6 % 

For the three months ended December 31, 2011, our salaries and benefits expense increased to $320.4 million, or 3.4%, on a same-hospital basis as compared to $310.0 million for the same period last year. This increase in our same-hospital salaries and benefits expense is primarily a result of the impact of compensation increases for our employees, an increase in our utilization of contract labor and an increase in man-hours per equivalent admission to 100.9, or 1.7% on a same-hospital basis as compared to 99.3 for the same period last year. These increases were partially offset by lower employee benefits cost, primarily medical benefits expense.

Supplies

The following table summarizes our supplies and supplies per equivalent admission for the three months ended December 31, 2011 and 2010:

           
  Three Months Ended December 31,  
     2011   % of
Revenues
  2010   % of
Revenues
  Increase   % Increase
Continuing operations:
                                                     
Supplies (dollars in millions)   $ 122.8       15.7 %    $ 112.5       15.4 %    $ 10.3       9.1 % 
Supplies per equivalent admission   $ 1,151       N/A     $ 1,089       N/A     $ 62       5.7 % 
Same-hospital:
                                                     
Supplies (dollars in millions)   $ 112.4       15.7 %    $ 105.5       15.4 %    $ 6.9       6.6 % 
Supplies per equivalent admission   $ 1,169       N/A     $ 1,097       N/A     $ 72       6.5 % 

For the three months ended December 31, 2011, our supplies expense increased to $112.4 million, or 6.6% on a same-hospital basis as compared to $105.5 million for the same period last year. This increase in our same-hospital supplies expense for the three months ended December 31, 2011 was primarily a result of an increase in our supplies expense per equivalent admission to $1,169, or 6.5%, as compared to $1,097 for the same period last year. Supplies per equivalent admission increased as a result of a higher utilization of more expensive supplies, predominantly cancer related supplies, as well as an increase in our pharmacy supplies expense.

60


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Other Operating Expenses

The following table summarizes our other operating expenses for the three months ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 (dollars in millions):

           
  Three Months Ended December 31,  
     2011   % of
Revenues
  2010   % of
Revenues
  Increase   % Increase
Continuing operations:
                                                     
Professional fees   $ 26.8       3.4 %    $ 23.0       3.1 %    $ 3.8       15.9 % 
Utilities     14.3       1.8       13.7       1.9       0.6       5.1  
Repairs and maintenance     21.5       2.8       19.5       2.7       2.0       10.2  
Rents and leases     7.8       1.0       7.0       1.0       0.8       12.3  
Insurance     14.1       1.8       9.5       1.3       4.6       48.0  
Physician recruiting     8.0       1.0       6.5       0.9       1.5       22.5  
Contract services     49.2       6.3       41.4       5.7       7.8       18.7  
Non-income taxes     18.7       2.4       17.7       2.4       1.0       5.7  
Other     26.2       3.5       22.7       2.9       3.5       15.6  
     $ 186.6       24.0 %    $ 161.0       21.9 %    $ 25.6       15.9 % 
Same-hospital:
                                                     
Professional fees   $ 23.5       3.3 %    $ 20.8       3.0 %    $ 2.7       13.0 % 
Utilities     12.8       1.8       12.6       1.8       0.2       1.4  
Repairs and maintenance     19.7       2.8       17.7       2.6       2.0       11.1  
Rents and leases     6.9       1.0       6.4       0.9       0.5       8.1  
Insurance     14.4       2.0       9.2       1.3       5.2       55.7  
Physician recruiting     7.5       1.1       6.4       0.9       1.1       16.9  
Contract services     44.6       6.2       39.4       5.7       5.2       13.0  
Non-income taxes     16.6       2.3       16.1       2.3       0.5       3.2  
Other     24.6       3.4       22.0       3.5       2.6       12.1  
     $ 170.6       23.9 %    $ 150.6       22.0 %    $ 20.0       13.2 % 

For the three months ended December 31, 2011, our other operating expenses increased to $170.6 million, or 13.2% on a same-hospital basis as compared to $150.6 million for the same period last year. This increase for the three months ended December 31, 2011 was primarily a result of increases in professional fees, insurance, contract services and other.

As a shortage of physicians continues to become more acute, we have experienced increasing professional fees in areas such as emergency room physician coverage and hospitalists. We expect this trend to continue and that professional fees as a percentage of revenues will increase in future periods.

For the three months ended December 31, 2011, our insurance expense increased compared to the same period last year primarily because of unfavorable claim development for our professional and general liability claims experienced during the current period as compared to the same period of the prior year.

On a same-hospital basis, our contract services expense increased primarily as a result of increased fees and expenses related to our conversion of the clinical and patient accounting information system applications at several of our hospitals. For the three months ended December 31, 2011, we estimate that we incurred approximately $3.3 million of additional operating expenses related to our implementation of our EHR initiatives. Finally, our other expenses increased primarily as a result of increases in our charitable program expenses as well as additional legal and consulting fees related to our recent acquisitions, including Maria Parham and Person Memorial.

61


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Other Income

We recognize EHR incentive payments received or anticipated to be received under the HITECH Act as other income in accordance with ASC 450-30 when our eligible hospitals and physician practices have demonstrated meaningful use of certified EHR technology for the applicable period and when the cost report information for the full cost report year that determines the final calculation of the EHR incentive payment is available. For the three months ended December 31, 2011, we recognized $11.5 million in Medicaid EHR incentive payments which was not available in the same period of the prior year.

During the second and third quarters of 2011, we first recognized EHR incentive payments of $4.2 million and $11.0 million, respectively, which we included in revenues. During the fourth quarter of 2011 and retrospectively for the second and third quarters of 2011, we changed the classification of our EHR incentive payments from revenues to other income. The quarterly impact of the change in our classification of EHR incentive payments recognized for the year ended December 31, 2011 is further described in Note 12 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report.

Depreciation and Amortization

For the three months ended December 31, 2011, our depreciation and amortization expense increased by $5.5 million, or 14.2% to $44.8 million, or 5.7% of revenues, on a continuing operations basis as compared to $39.3 million, or 5.4% of revenues for the same period last year. Our depreciation and amortization expense increased primarily as a result of capital improvement projects completed during 2011, as well as our recent acquisitions, including Maria Parham and Person Memorial. Throughout 2011, we have experienced a significant increase in our spending related to information systems as the result of various initiatives and requirements, including compliance with the HITECH Act. We estimate that we incurred approximately $1.7 million in additional depreciation expense during the three months ended December 31, 2011 related to our increased information systems spending. We anticipate increasing our spending related to information systems during 2012 as compared to 2011 and prior years. As a result, we anticipate that our depreciation and amortization expense as a percentage of revenues will increase in future periods.

Interest Expense

Our interest expense decreased by $5.4 million, or 17.5%, to $25.5 million, for the three months ended December 31, 2011, as compared to $30.9 million for the same period last year as a result of several factors. Effective September 23, 2010, we issued $400.0 million of 6.625% unsecured senior notes due October 1, 2020 (the “6.625% Senior Notes”). The net proceeds from this issuance were used to repay $249.2 million of our outstanding borrowings under the term B loans (the “Term B Loans”) provided pursuant to our Credit Agreement and $6.0 million of our outstanding borrowings under our Province 7½% senior subordinated notes due 2013 (the “Province 7½% Notes”). Interest on the 6.625% Senior Notes is payable at an annual fixed rate of 6.625% as compared to a variable rate under our Term B Loans, which for the three months ended December 31, 2011, on a weighted average basis, was 3.22%. On November 30, 2010, the notional amount of our interest rate swap decreased from $450.0 million to $300.0 million and effective May 30, 2011 our interest rate swap agreement matured. As the notional amount of our interest rate swap declined and then matured, a larger portion of our total outstanding debt has become subject to floating interest rates that are lower than the previously fixed rate under the agreement of 5.585% for the three months ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the same period last year. For a further discussion of our debt and corresponding interest rates, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources — Debt.”

Provision for Income Taxes

Our provision for income taxes was $21.3 million, or 2.7% of revenues, for the three months ended December 31, 2011, as compared to $16.9 million, or 2.3% of revenues, for the same period last year. The effective tax rate increased to 36.2% for the three months ended December 31, 2011, compared to 31.8% for the same period last year. Our effective tax rate was lower during the three months ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the three months ended December 31, 2011 primarily as a result of decreases in income tax liabilities due to a tax accounting method change and the expiration of statutes of limitations on various income tax returns.

62


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

For the Years Ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

The following table summarizes the results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 (dollars in millions):

       
  Years Ended December 31,
     2011   2010
     Amount   % of
Revenues
  Amount   % of
Revenues
Revenues before provision for doubtful accounts   $ 3,544.6       117.1 %    $ 3,262.4       115.7 % 
Provision for doubtful accounts     518.5       17.1       443.8       15.7  
Revenues     3,026.1       100.0       2,818.6       100.0  
Salaries and benefits     1,364.7       45.1       1,270.3       45.1  
Supplies     469.5       15.5       443.0       15.7  
Other operating expenses     682.4       22.6       605.2       21.5  
Other income     (26.7 )      (0.9 )             
Depreciation and amortization     165.8       5.5       148.5       5.2  
Interest expense, net     107.1       3.5       108.1       3.8  
Debt extinguishment costs                 2.4       0.1  
       2,762.8       91.3       2,577.5       91.4  
Income from continuing operations before income taxes     263.3       8.7       241.1       8.6  
Provision for income taxes     97.8       3.2       82.4       3.0  
Income from continuing operations     165.5       5.5       158.7       5.6  
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests     (2.8 )      (0.1 )      (3.1 )      (0.1 ) 
Income from continuing operations attributable to LifePoint Hospitals, Inc.   $ 162.7       5.4 %    $ 155.6       5.5 % 

Revenues

The following table presents the components of revenues for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 (dollars in millions):

       
  Years Ended December 31,  
     2011   2010   Increase   % Increase
Continuing operations:
                                   
Revenues before provision for doubtful accounts   $ 3,544.6     $ 3,262.4     $ 282.2       8.6 % 
Provision for doubtful accounts     518.5       443.8       74.7       16.8  
Revenues   $ 3,026.1     $ 2,818.6     $ 207.5       7.4  
Same-hospital:
                                   
Revenues before provision for doubtful accounts   $ 3,300.5     $ 3,168.1     $ 132.4       4.2 % 
Provision for doubtful accounts     479.5       429.7       49.8       11.6  
Revenues   $ 2,821.0     $ 2,738.4     $ 82.6       3.0  

63


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table shows the sources of our revenues by payor, including adjustments to estimated reimbursement amounts and provision for doubtful accounts, for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 (in millions):

               
  Continuing Operations   Same-Hospital
     2011   2010   2011   2010
Medicare   $ 1,061.3       35.0 %    $ 983.7       34.9 %    $ 990.0       35.1 %    $ 958.7       35.0 % 
Medicaid     432.1       14.3       410.8       14.6       400.8       14.2       396.7       14.5  
HMOs, PPOs and other private insurers     1,446.6       47.8       1,360.1       48.2       1,350.1       47.9       1,318.9       48.2  
Self-Pay     565.3       18.7       475.1       16.9       523.2       18.5       462.0       16.9  
Other     39.3       1.3       32.7       1.1       36.4       1.3       31.8       1.1  
Revenues before provision for doubtful accounts     3,544.6       117.1       3,262.4       115.7       3,300.5       117.0       3,168.1       115.7  
Provision for doubtful accounts     (518.5 )      (17.1 )      (443.8 )      (15.7 )      (479.5 )      (17.0 )      (429.7 )      (15.7 ) 
Revenues   $ 3,026.1       100.0 %    $ 2,818.6       100.0 %    $ 2,821.0       100.0 %    $ 2,738.4       100.0 % 

Certain changes have been made to our historical sources of revenues table above. Specifically, we previously classified certain state managed Medicaid revenues as revenues from HMOs, PPOs and other private insurers. We have determined that these revenues are more appropriately classified as Medicaid revenues. This change had no impact on our historical results of operations. These reclassifications resulted in a reduction to revenue from HMOs, PPOs and other private insurers and an increase in our Medicaid revenues.

Our revenues per equivalent admission from continuing operations and on a same-hospital basis were as follows for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010:

       
  Years Ended December 31,  
     2011   2010   Increase   % Increase
Revenues per equivalent admission – continuing operations   $ 7,126     $ 6,925     $ 201       2.9  
Revenues per equivalent admission – same-hospital   $ 7,185     $ 6,944     $ 241       3.5  

64


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Revenues Before Provision for Doubtful Accounts

The following table shows the key drivers of our revenues before provision for doubtful accounts for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010:

       
  Years Ended December 31,   Increase
(Decrease)
  % Increase
(Decrease)
     2011   2010
Continuing operations:
                                   
Admissions     195,974       188,875       7,099       3.8  
Equivalent admissions     424,676       407,026       17,650       4.3  
Medicare case mix index     1.29       1.30       (0.01 )      (0.8 ) 
Average length of stay (days)     4.3       4.4       (0.1 )      (2.3 ) 
Inpatient surgeries     53,017       53,914       (897 )      (1.7 ) 
Outpatient surgeries     156,140       155,691       449       0.3  
Emergency room visits     1,024,273       952,449       71,824       7.5  
Outpatient factor     2.17       2.16       0.01       0.6  
Same-hospital:
                                   
Admissions     183,213       183,942       (729 )      (0.4 ) 
Equivalent admissions     392,625       394,372       (1,747 )      (0.4 ) 
Medicare case mix index     1.30       1.30              
Average length of stay (days)     4.3       4.3              
Inpatient surgeries     49,720       52,743       (3,023 )      (5.7 ) 
Outpatient surgeries     147,257       151,411       (4,154 )      (2.7 ) 
Emergency room visits     940,923       921,074       19,849       2.2  
Outpatient factor     2.14       2.14              

For the year ended December 31, 2011, our revenues before provision for doubtful accounts increased by $132.4 million, or 4.2% to $3,300.5 million on a same-hospital basis as compared to $3,168.1 million for the same period last year. This increase in our same-hospital revenues before provision for doubtful accounts is largely a result of the following:

Increases in our same-hospital Medicare revenue of approximately $31.3 million or 3.3%;
Increases in our same-hospital HMOs, PPOs and other private insurers revenue of approximately $31.2 million or 2.4%; and
Increases in our same-hospital self-pay revenue of approximately $61.2 million or 13.2%.

Increases in our same-hospital Medicare revenues were largely driven by higher Medicare equivalent admissions, benefits associated with improved Medicare reimbursement rates such as the market basket update and budget neutrality indices combined with an increase in anticipated cost report settlements. Our same-hospital HMOs, PPOs and other private insurers revenue increased primarily as a result of higher contracted rates partially offset by unfavorable equivalent admission volumes compared to the same period of the prior year. Finally, same-hospital self-pay revenues increased primarily as a result of higher emergency room visits from our self-pay population, overall high levels of unemployment in the majority of our communities and pricing increases. Increases in our self-pay revenues attributed to an increase in our provision for doubtful accounts, as further discussed in our analysis of our provision for doubtful accounts.

65


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Provision for Doubtful Accounts

The following table summarizes the key drivers and key indicators of our provision for doubtful accounts for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 (dollars in millions):

           
  Years Ended December 31,  
     2011   % of
Revenues
  2010   % of
Revenues
  Increase   % Increase
Continuing operations:
                                                     
Related key indicators:
                                                     
Charity care write-offs   $ 89.4       3.0 %    $ 62.3       2.2 %    $ 27.1       43.5 % 
Self-pay revenues, net of charity care
write-offs and uninsured discounts
  $ 565.3       18.7 %    $ 475.1       16.9 %    $ 90.2       19.0 % 
Net revenue days outstanding
(at end of period)
    50.7       N/A       48.6       N/A       2.1       4.3 % 
Same-hospital:
                                                     
Related key indicators:
                                                     
Charity care write-offs   $ 79.5       2.8 %    $ 60.4       2.2 %    $ 19.1       31.7 % 
Self-pay revenues, net of charity care
write-offs and uninsured discounts
  $ 523.2       18.5 %    $ 462.0       16.9 %    $ 61.2       13.2 % 
Net revenue days outstanding
(at end of period)
    50.2       N/A       46.4       N/A       3.8       8.2 % 

For the year ended December 31, 2011, our provision for doubtful accounts increased by $74.7 million, or 16.8%, to $518.5 million on a continuing operations basis and by $49.8 million, or 11.6%, to $479.5 million on a same-hospital basis as compared to the prior year. This increase was primarily the result of increases in self-pay revenues during the year ended December 31, 2011. Same-hospital self-pay revenues increased by $61.2 million over the prior year and represents 18.5% of revenues as compared to 16.9% of revenues in the prior year. Self-pay revenues continued to increase for both our inpatient and outpatient services which were primarily driven by high levels of unemployment in the majority of our communities. Our increased provision for doubtful accounts was partially offset by an increase in both up-front cash collections and cash collections related to our insured receivables for the year ended December 31, 2011, as compared to the prior year. The provision for doubtful accounts relates principally to self-pay amounts due from patients. The provision and allowance for doubtful accounts are critical accounting estimates and are further discussed in Part II, Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, “Critical Accounting Estimates.”

Expenses and Other Income

Salaries and Benefits

The following table summarizes our salaries and benefits, man-hours per equivalent admission and salaries and benefits per equivalent admission for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010:

           
  Years Ended December 31,  
     2011   % of Revenues   2010   % of Revenues   Increase   % Increase
Continuing operations:
                                                     
Salaries and benefits (dollars in millions)   $ 1,364.7       45.1 %    $ 1,270.3       45.1 %    $ 94.4       7.4 % 
Man-hours per equivalent admission     98.7       N/A       96.3       N/A       2.4       2.5 % 
Salaries and benefits per equivalent admission   $ 3,201       N/A     $ 3,112       N/A     $ 89       2.9 % 
Same-hospital:
                                                     
Salaries and benefits (dollars in millions)   $ 1,262.3       44.7 %    $ 1,227.7       44.8 %    $ 34.6       2.8 % 
Man-hours per equivalent admission     98.0       N/A       95.9       N/A       2.1       2.3 % 
Salaries and benefits per equivalent admission   $ 3,201       N/A     $ 3,104       N/A     $ 97       3.1 % 

66


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

For the year ended December 31, 2011, our salaries and benefits expense increased to $1,262.3 million, or 2.8%, on a same-hospital basis as compared to $1,227.7 million for the prior year. This increase in our same-hospital salaries and benefits expense is primarily a result of the impact of compensation increases for our employees and an increase in man-hours per equivalent admission to 98.0, or 2.3% on a same-hospital basis as compared to 95.9 for the same period last year. These increases were partially offset by lower employee benefits costs.

Supplies

The following table summarizes our supplies and supplies per equivalent admission for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010:

           
  Years Ended December 31,  
     2011   % of
Revenues
  2010   % of
Revenues
  Increase   % Increase
Continuing operations:
                                                     
Supplies (dollars in millions)   $ 469.5       15.5 %    $ 443.0       15.7 %    $ 26.5       6.0 % 
Supplies per equivalent admission   $ 1,106       N/A     $ 1,088       N/A     $ 18       1.6 % 
Same-hospital:
                                                     
Supplies (dollars in millions)   $ 439.6       15.6 %    $ 431.1       15.7 %    $ 8.5       2.0 % 
Supplies per equivalent admission   $ 1,120       N/A     $ 1,093       N/A     $ 27       2.4 % 

For the year ended December 31, 2011, our supplies expense increased to $439.6 million, or 2.0% on a same-hospital basis, as compared to $431.1 million for the prior year. This increase in our same-hospital supplies expense for the year ended December 31, 2011 was primarily a result of an increase in our supplies expense per equivalent admission to $1,120, or 2.4%, as compared to $1,093 for the prior year. Supplies per equivalent admission increased as a result of a higher utilization of more expensive supplies, predominately cancer related supplies, as well as an increase in our pharmacy supplies expense.

67


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Other Operating Expenses

The following table summarizes our other operating expenses for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 (dollars in millions):

           
  Years Ended December 31,   Increase
(Decrease)
  % Increase
(Decrease)
     2011   % of
Revenues
  2010   % of
Revenues
Continuing operations:
                                   
Professional fees   $ 97.8       3.2 %    $ 82.9       2.9 %    $ 14.9       17.9 % 
Utilities     58.0       1.9       53.8       1.9       4.2       7.9  
Repairs and maintenance     80.2       2.7       71.8       2.5       8.4       11.7  
Rents and leases     30.0       1.0       27.0       1.0       3.0       11.3  
Insurance     39.5       1.3       42.8       1.5       (3.3 )      (7.7 ) 
Physician recruiting     28.6       0.9       24.1       0.9       4.5       18.6  
Contract services     180.7       6.0       156.5       5.6       24.2       15.4  
Non-income taxes     74.1       2.4       65.9       2.3       8.2       12.5  
Other     93.5       3.2       80.4       2.9       13.1       16.3  
     $ 682.4       22.6 %    $ 605.2       21.5 %    $ 77.2       12.8 % 
Same-hospital:
                                                     
Professional fees   $ 89.1       3.2 %    $ 78.8       2.9 %    $ 10.3       13.1 % 
Utilities     53.1       1.9       52.1       1.9       1.0       1.8  
Repairs and maintenance     74.0       2.6       69.1       2.5       4.9       7.1  
Rents and leases     26.9       1.0       25.2       0.9       1.7       6.6  
Insurance     38.7       1.4       42.2       1.5       (3.5 )      (8.4 ) 
Physician recruiting     27.5       1.0       23.9       0.9       3.6       14.7  
Contract services     168.4       6.0       153.2       5.6       15.2       9.9  
Non-income taxes     66.7       2.4       62.5       2.3       4.2       6.7  
Other     89.3       3.0       79.5       3.0       9.8       12.4  
     $ 633.7       22.5 %    $ 586.5       21.5 %    $ 47.2       8.0 % 

For the year ended December 31, 2011, our other operating expenses increased to $633.7 million, or 8.0% on a same-hospital basis, as compared to $586.5 million for the prior year. This increase in our same-hospital other operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2011 was primarily a result of increases in professional fees, contract services and other expenses.

As a shortage of physicians continues to become more acute, we have experienced increasing professional fees in areas such as emergency room physician coverage and hospitalists. We expect this trend to continue and that professional fees as a percentage of revenues will increase in future periods.

On a same-hospital basis, our contract services expense increased primarily as a result of increased fees and expenses related to our conversion of the clinical and patient accounting information system applications at several of our hospitals. For the year ended December 31, 2011, we estimate that we incurred approximately $11.2 million of additional operating expenses related to our implementation of our EHR initiatives. Finally, our other expenses increased primarily as a result of increases in our charitable program expense as well as additional legal and consulting fees related to our recent acquisitions, including Maria Parham and Person Memorial.

68


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Other Income

We recognize EHR incentive payments received or anticipated to be received under the HITECH Act as other income in accordance with ASC 450-30 when our eligible hospitals and physician practices have demonstrated meaningful use of certified EHR technology for the applicable period and when the cost report information for the full cost report year that determines the final calculation of the EHR incentive payment is available. For the year ended December 31, 2011, we recognized $26.7 million in Medicaid EHR incentive payments which was not available in the same period of the prior year.

During the second and third quarters of 2011, we first recognized EHR incentive payments of $4.2 million and $11.0 million, respectively, which we included in revenues. During the fourth quarter of 2011 and retrospectively for the second and third quarters of 2011, we changed the classification of our EHR incentive payments from revenues to other income. The $26.7 million in EHR incentive payments recognized for the year ended December 31, 2011 include this reclassification. The quarterly impact of the change in our classification of EHR incentive payments recognized for the year ended December 31, 2011 is further described in Note 12 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report.

Depreciation and Amortization

For the year ended December 31, 2011, our depreciation and amortization expense increased by $17.3 million, or 11.7% to $165.8 million, or 5.5% of revenues, on a continuing operations basis as compared to $148.5 million, or 5.2% of revenues for the prior year. Our depreciation and amortization expense increased primarily as a result of capital improvement projects completed during 2011, as well as our recent acquisitions, including Maria Parham and Person Memorial. Throughout 2011, we have experienced a significant increase in our spending related to information systems as the result of various initiatives and requirements, including compliance with the HITECH Act. We estimate that we incurred approximately $4.5 million in additional depreciation expense during the year ended December 31, 2011 related to our increased information systems spending. We anticipate increasing our spending related to information systems during 2012 as compared to 2011 and prior years. As a result, we anticipate that our depreciation and amortization expense as a percentage of revenues will increase in future periods.

Interest Expense

Our interest expense decreased by $1.0 million, or 0.9%, to $107.1 for the year ended December 31, 2011, as compared to $108.1 million for the prior year as a result of several factors. Effective September 23, 2010, we issued $400.0 million of 6.625% Senior Notes. The net proceeds from this issuance were used to repay $249.2 million of our outstanding borrowings under the Term B Loans provided pursuant to our Credit Agreement and $6.0 million of our outstanding borrowings under our Province 7½% Notes. Interest on the 6.625% Senior Notes is payable at an annual fixed rate of 6.625% as compared to a variable rate under our Term B Loans, which for the year ended December 31, 2011, on a weighted average basis, was 3.11%. On November 30, 2010, the notional amount of our interest rate swap decreased from $450.0 million to $300.0 million and effective May 30, 2011 our interest rate swap agreement matured. As the notional amount of our interest rate swap declined and then matured, a larger portion of our total outstanding debt has become subject to floating interest rates that are lower than the previously fixed rate under the agreement of 5.585% for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the same period last year. For a further discussion of our debt and corresponding interest rates, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources — Debt.”

Provision for Income Taxes

Our provision for income taxes was $97.8 million, or 3.2% of revenues, for the year ended December 31, 2011, as compared to $82.4 million, or 3.0% of revenues, for the same period last year. The effective tax rate increased to 37.6% for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to 34.6% for the same period last year. Our effective tax rate was lower during the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2011 primarily as a result of decreases in income liabilities due to a tax accounting method change and the expiration of statutes of limitations on various income tax returns.

69


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

For the Years Ended December 31, 2010 and 2009

The following table summarizes the results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 (dollars in millions):

       
  Years Ended December 31,
     2010   2009
     Amount   % of
Revenues
  Amount   % of
Revenues
Revenues before provision for doubtful accounts   $ 3,262.4       115.7 %    $ 2,962.7       114.5 % 
Provision for doubtful accounts     443.8       15.7       375.4       14.5  
Revenues     2,818.6       100.0       2,587.3       100.0  
Salaries and benefits     1,270.3       45.1       1,170.9       45.3  
Supplies     443.0       15.7       409.1       15.8  
Other operating expenses     605.2       21.5       538.0       20.8  
Depreciation and amortization     148.5       5.2       143.0       5.5  
Interest expense, net     108.1       3.8       103.2       4.0  
Debt extinguishment costs     2.4       0.1              
Impairment charges                 1.1        
       2,577.5       91.4       2,365.3       91.4  
Income from continuing operations before income taxes     241.1       8.6       222.0       8.6  
Provision for income taxes     82.4       3.0       80.3       3.1  
Income from continuing operations     158.7       5.6       141.7       5.5  
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests     (3.1 )      (0.1 )      (2.5 )      (0.1 ) 
Income from continuing operations attributable to LifePoint Hospitals, Inc.   $ 155.6       5.5 %    $ 139.2       5.4 % 

Revenues

The following table presents the components of revenues for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 (dollars in millions):

       
  Years Ended December 31,  
     2010   2009   Increase   % Increase
Continuing operations:
                                   
Revenues before provision for doubtful accounts   $ 3,262.4     $ 2,962.7     $ 299.7       10.1 % 
Provision for doubtful accounts     443.8       375.4       68.4       18.2  
Revenues   $ 2,818.6     $ 2,587.3     $ 231.3       8.9  
Same-hospital:
                                   
Revenues before provision for doubtful accounts   $ 3,168.1     $ 2,962.7     $ 205.4       6.9 % 
Provision for doubtful accounts     429.7       375.4       54.3       14.5  
Revenues   $ 2,738.4     $ 2,587.3     $ 151.1       5.8  

70


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table shows the sources of our revenues by payor, including adjustments to estimated reimbursement amounts and provision for doubtful accounts, for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 (dollars in millions):

               
  Continuing Operations   Same-Hospital
     2010   2009   2010   2009
     Amount   % of Revenues   Amount   % of Revenues   Amount   % of Revenues   Amount   % of Revenues
Medicare   $ 983.7       34.9 %    $ 891.4       34.5 %    $ 958.7       35.0 %    $ 891.4       34.5 % 
Medicaid     410.8       14.6       313.9       12.1       396.7       14.5       313.9       12.1  
HMOs, PPOs and other private insurers     1,360.1       48.2       1,335.4       51.6       1,318.9       48.2       1,335.4       51.6  
Self-Pay     475.1       16.9       390.1       15.1       462.0       16.9       390.1       15.1  
Other     32.7       1.1       31.9       1.2       31.8       1.1       31.9       1.2  
Revenues before provision for doubtful accounts     3,262.4       115.7       2,962.7       114.5       3,168.1       115.7       2,962.7       114.5  
Provision for doubtful accounts     (443.8 )      (15.7 )      (375.4 )      (14.5 )      (429.7 )      (15.7 )      (375.4 )      (14.5 ) 
Revenues   $ 2,818.6       100.0 %    $ 2,587.3       100.0 %    $ 2,738.4       100.0 %    $ 2,587.3       100.0 % 

Certain changes have been made to our historical sources of revenues table above. Specifically, we previously classified certain state managed Medicaid revenues as revenues from HMOs, PPOs and other private insurers. We have determined that these revenues are more appropriately classified as Medicaid revenues. This change had no impact on our historical results of operations. These reclassifications resulted in a reduction to revenue from HMOs, PPOs and other private insurers and an increase in our Medicaid revenues.

Our revenues per equivalent admission from continuing operations and on a same-hospital basis were as follows for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009:

       
  Years Ended December 31,  
     2010   2009   Increase   % Increase
Revenues per equivalent admission – continuing operations   $ 6,925     $ 6,586     $ 339       5.1  
Revenues per equivalent admission – same-hospital   $ 6,944     $ 6,586     $ 358       5.4  

71


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Revenues Before Provision for Doubtful Accounts

The following table shows the key drivers of our revenues before provision for doubtful accounts for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009:

       
  Years Ended December 31,   Increase
(Decrease)
  % Increase
(Decrease)
     2010   2009
Continuing operations:
                                   
Admissions     188,875       188,147       728       0.4  
Equivalent admissions     407,026       392,851       14,175       3.6  
Medicare case mix index     1.30       1.30              
Average length of stay (days)     4.4       4.3       0.1       2.3  
Inpatient surgeries     53,914       54,599       (685 )      (1.3 ) 
Outpatient surgeries     155,691       151,496       4,195       2.8  
Emergency room visits     952,449       935,824       16,625       1.8  
Outpatient factor     2.16       2.09       0.07       3.3  
Same-hospital:
                                   
Admissions     183,942       188,147       (4,205 )      (2.2 ) 
Equivalent admissions     394,372       392,851       1,521       0.4  
Medicare case mix index     1.30       1.30              
Average length of stay (days)     4.3       4.3              
Inpatient surgeries     52,743       54,599       (1,856 )      (3.4 ) 
Outpatient surgeries     151,411       151,496       (85 )      (0.1 ) 
Emergency room visits     921,074       935,824       (14,750 )      (1.6 ) 
Outpatient factor     2.14       2.09       0.05       2.4  

For the year ended December 31, 2010, our revenues before provision for doubtful accounts increased by $205.4 million, or 6.9% to $3,168.1 million on a same-hospital basis as compared to $2,962.7 million for the same period last year. Of the $205.4 million increase, $20.0 million relates to additional amounts we received from the state of Alabama in connection with settlements for DSH payments and access payments, slightly offset by inpatient and outpatient rate reductions as a part of Alabama’s new state plan amendment for Alabama’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2010. The additional $20.0 million we received from the state of Alabama corresponds with an $11.7 million increase in our non-income taxes as discussed for changes in our other operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to 2009. The remaining increase was the result of the impact of favorable commercial pricing, inclusive of improvements in our third party payor contracting, and an increase in our self-pay revenues as further discussed in our analysis of our provision for doubtful accounts for the year ended December 31, 2010.

72


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Provision for Doubtful Accounts

The following table summarizes the key drivers and key indicators of our provision for doubtful accounts for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 (dollars in millions):

           
  Years Ended December 31,  
     2010   % of
Revenues
  2009   % of
Revenues
  Increase   % Increase
Continuing operations:
                                                     
Charity care write-offs   $ 62.3       2.2 %    $ 58.5       2.3 %    $ 3.8       6.4 % 
Self-pay revenues, net of charity care write-offs and uninsured discounts   $ 475.1       16.9 %    $ 390.1       15.1 %    $ 85.0       21.8 % 
Net revenue days outstanding
(at end of period)
    48.6       N/A       45.8       N/A       2.8       6.1 % 
Same-hospital:
                                                     
Charity care write-offs   $ 60.4       2.2 %    $ 58.5       2.3 %    $ 1.9       3.1 % 
Self-pay revenues, net of charity care write-offs and uninsured discounts   $ 462.0       16.9 %    $ 390.1       15.1 %    $ 71.9       18.4 % 
Net revenue days outstanding
(at end of period)
    46.4       N/A       45.9       N/A       0.5       1.1 % 

For the year ended December 31, 2010, our provision for doubtful accounts increased by $68.4 million, or 18.2%, to $443.8 million on a continuing operations basis and by $54.3 million, or 14.5%, to $429.7 million on a same-hospital basis as compared to the prior year. This increase was primarily the result of increases in self-pay revenues during the year ended December 31, 2010. Self-pay revenues, on a continuing operations basis, increased by $85.0 million over the prior year and represents 16.9% of revenues as compared to 15.1% of revenues in the prior year. Self-pay revenues continued to increase for both our inpatient and outpatient services which were primarily driven by high levels of unemployment in the majority of our communities. Our increased provision for doubtful accounts was partially offset by an increase in both up-front cash collections and cash collections related to our insured receivables for the year ended December 31, 2010, as compared to the prior year. The provision for doubtful accounts relates principally to self-pay amounts due from patients. The provision and allowance for doubtful accounts are critical accounting estimates and are further discussed in Part II, Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, “Critical Accounting Estimates.”

Expenses

Salaries and Benefits

The following table summarizes our salaries and benefits, man-hours per equivalent admission and salaries and benefits per equivalent admission for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009:

           
  Years Ended December 31,
     2010   % of
Revenues
  2009   % of
Revenues
  Increase   % Increase
Continuing operations:
                                                     
Salaries and benefits (dollars in millions)   $ 1,270.3       45.1 %    $ 1,170.9       45.3 %    $ 99.4       8.5 % 
Man-hours per equivalent admission     96.3       N/A       93.0       N/A       3.3       3.5 % 
Salaries and benefits per equivalent admission   $ 3,112       N/A     $ 2,972       N/A     $ 140       4.7 % 
Same-hospital:
                                                     
Salaries and benefits (dollars in millions)   $ 1,227.7       44.8 %    $ 1,170.9       45.3 %    $ 56.8       4.8 % 
Man-hours per equivalent admission     95.9       N/A       93.0       N/A       2.9       3.0 % 
Salaries and benefits per equivalent admission   $ 3,104       N/A     $ 2,972       N/A     $ 132       4.5 % 

73


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

For the year ended December 31, 2010, our salaries and benefits expense increased to $1,227.7 million, or 4.8%, on a same-hospital basis as compared to $1,170.9 million for the prior year. This increase in our same-hospital salaries and benefits expense is primarily a result of the impact of an increasing number of employed physicians and their related support staff, higher employee medical benefit expenses and the impact of compensation increases for our employees. The increase in our employed physicians and their related support staff resulted in an increase of $18.8 million in our salaries and benefits expense for the years ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the prior year.

Supplies

The following table summarizes our supplies and supplies per equivalent admission for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009:

           
  Years Ended December 31,  
     2010   % of
Revenues
  2009   % of
Revenues
  Increase   % Increase
Continuing operations:
                                                     
Supplies (dollars in millions)   $ 443.0       15.7 %    $ 409.1       15.8 %    $ 33.9       8.3 % 
Supplies per equivalent admission   $ 1,088       N/A     $ 1,038       N/A     $ 50       4.8 % 
Same-hospital:
                                                     
Supplies (dollars in millions)   $ 431.1       15.7 %    $ 409.1       15.8 %    $ 22.0       5.4 % 
Supplies per equivalent admission   $ 1,093       N/A     $ 1,038       N/A     $ 55       5.3 % 

For the year ended December 31, 2010, our supplies expense increased to $431.1 million, or 5.4% on a same-hospital basis, as compared to $409.1 million for the prior year. This increase in our same-hospital supplies expense for the years ended December 31, 2010 was primarily a result of an increase in our supplies expense per equivalent admission to $1,093, or 5.3%, as compared to $1,038 for the prior year. Supplies per equivalent admission increased as a result of a higher utilization of more expensive supplies in areas such as orthopedics, cardiac devices and spine and bone as well as an increase in our pharmacy supplies expense.

74


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Other Operating Expenses

The following table summarizes our other operating expenses for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 (dollars in millions):

           
  Years Ended December 31,   Increase
(Decrease)
  % Increase
(Decrease)
     2010   % of
Revenues
  2009   % of
Revenues
Continuing operations:
                                                     
Professional fees   $ 82.9       2.9 %    $ 72.9       2.8 %    $ 10.0       13.8 % 
Utilities     53.8       1.9       50.5       2.0       3.3       6.4  
Repairs and maintenance     71.8       2.5       64.3       2.5       7.5       11.6  
Rents and leases     27.0       1.0       26.4       1.0       0.6       2.3  
Insurance     42.8       1.5       46.5       1.8       (3.7 )      (7.9 ) 
Physician recruiting     24.1       0.9       24.4       0.9       (0.3 )      (1.0 ) 
Contract services     156.5       5.6       145.5       5.6       11.0       7.6  
Non-income taxes     65.9       2.3       40.8       1.6       25.1       61.4  
Other     80.4       2.9       66.7       2.6       13.7       20.3  
     $ 605.2       21.5 %    $ 538.0       20.8 %    $ 67.2       12.5 % 
Same-hospital:
                                                     
Professional fees   $ 78.8       2.9 %    $ 72.9       2.8 %    $ 5.9       8.1 % 
Utilities     52.1       1.9       50.5       2.0       1.6       3.2  
Repairs and maintenance     69.1       2.5       64.3       2.5       4.8       7.4  
Rents and leases     25.2       0.9       26.4       1.0       (1.2 )      (4.3 ) 
Insurance     42.2       1.5       46.5       1.8       (4.3 )      (9.2 ) 
Physician recruiting     23.9       0.9       24.4       0.9       (0.5 )      (1.6 ) 
Contract services     153.2       5.6       145.5       5.6       7.7       5.3  
Non-income taxes     62.5       2.3       40.8       1.6       21.7       53.1  
Other     79.5       3.0       66.7       2.6       12.8       19.0  
     $ 586.5       21.5 %    $ 538.0       20.8 %    $ 48.5       9.0 % 

For the year ended December 31, 2010, our other operating expenses increased to $586.5 million, or 9.0% on a same-hospital basis, as compared to $538.0 million for the prior year. This increase in our same-hospital other operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2010 was primarily a result of increases in professional fees, contract services, non-income taxes and other expenses.

As a shortage of physicians continues to become more acute, we have experienced increasing professional fees in areas such as radiology, anesthesiology, emergency room physician coverage and hospitalists.

On a same-hospital basis, our contract services expense increased primarily as a result of increased accounts receivable collection fees and fees related to our conversion of the clinical and patient accounting information system applications at certain hospitals.

Our non-income taxes increased primarily as a result of $11.7 million in provider assessments paid to the state of Alabama under the new state plan amendment that is associated with the previously discussed Alabama DSH and access payments. Finally, our other expenses increased on a same-hospital basis as a result of additional training and implementation expenses from various information system initiatives in our efforts to comply with the HITECH Act as well as additional legal and consulting fees related to our recent acquisitions, including HighPoint, Clark and certain ancillary service-line acquisitions.

75


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Depreciation and Amortization

For the year ended December 31, 2010, our depreciation and amortization expense increased to $148.5 million, or 3.8%, as compared to $143.0 million for the prior year. Our depreciation and amortization expense increased primarily as a result of our 2010 acquisitions of HighPoint and Clark, capital improvement projects completed during 2010 as well as an increase in amortization expense for certain non-compete agreements as a result of ancillary service-line acquisitions completed during 2010. Throughout 2010, we experienced a significant increase in our spending related to information systems as the result of various initiatives and requirements, including compliance with the HITECH Act.

Interest Expense

Our interest expense increased by $4.9 million, or 4.7%, to $108.1 for the year ended December 31, 2010, as compared to $103.2 million for the prior year. The increase in interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2010, as compared to the prior year was a result of an increase in our outstanding debt balance, excluding unamortized discounts of convertible debt instruments, at December 31, 2010 to $1,651.7 million as compared to $1,502.2 million at December 31, 2009 and as a result of increases in our applicable annual interest rates. Effective September 23, 2010, we issued in a private placement $400.0 million of 6.625% Senior Notes. The net proceeds from this issuance were used to repay $249.2 million of our outstanding borrowings under our Term B Loans. Interest on the 6.625% Senior Notes is payable at an annual fixed rate of 6.625% as compared to a variable rate under our Term B Loans, which for the years ended December 31, 2010, on a weighted average basis, was 2.67%. These increases were offset by declines in interest expense attributable to our interest rate swap agreement. On November 30, 2010, the notional amount of our interest rate swap decreased from $450.0 million to $300.0 million. As the notional amount of our interest rate swap declined, a larger portion of our total outstanding debt was subject to floating interest rates that were lower than our fixed rate under the agreement of 5.585% for the years ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the same period last year. For a further discussion of our debt and corresponding interest rates, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources — Debt.”

Provision for Income Taxes

Our provision for income taxes was $82.4 million, or 3.0% of revenues, for the year ended December 31, 2010, as compared to $80.3 million, or 3.1% of revenues, for the same period last year. The effective tax rate decreased to 34.6% for the years ended December 31, 2010, compared to 36.6% for the same period last year.

A reconciliation of the federal income tax and statutory federal income tax rate to our provision for income taxes and effective income tax rate, respectively, on income from continuing operations before income taxes and including net income from noncontrolling interests for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, giving effect to the net (reversal) accrual of interest on the long-term income tax liability and the expiration of the statutes of limitations on various income tax returns is as follows (dollars in millions):

           
  Years Ended
December 31,
  Increase
(Decrease)
  Years Ended
December 31,
  Increase
(Decrease)
     2010   2009   2010   2009
Federal income taxes   $ 83.3     $ 76.8     $ 6.5       35.0 %      35.0 %      —bps  
State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefits     3.8       3.0       0.8       1.6       1.4       20  
Increase in valuation allowances for deferred tax assets     3.9       3.4       0.5       1.6       1.5       10  
Decrease in long-term income tax liabilities due to tax accounting method changes, statute lapses and exam closures     (6.1 )      (4.2 )      (1.9 )      (2.5 )      (1.9 )      (60 ) 
Decrease in deferred tax liabilities primarily due to exam closures     (2.6 )            (2.6 )      (1.1 )            (110 ) 
Other     0.1       1.3       (1.2 )            0.6       (60 ) 
     $ 82.4     $ 80.3     $ 2.1       34.6 %      36.6 %      (200)bps  

76


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Liquidity

Our primary sources of liquidity are cash flows provided by our operations and our debt borrowings. We believe that our internally generated cash flows and the amounts available under our debt agreements will be adequate to service existing debt, finance internal growth and fund capital expenditures and certain small to mid-size hospital acquisitions.

The following table presents summarized cash flow information for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 (in millions):

     
  2011   2010   2009
Net cash flows provided by continuing operations   $ 401.2     $ 375.7     $ 350.3  
Less: Purchases of property and equipment     (219.9 )      (168.7 )      (166.6 ) 
Free operating cash flow     181.3       207.0       183.7  
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired     (121.0 )      (184.9 )      (81.4 ) 
Proceeds from borrowings           400.0        
Payments on borrowings     (0.1 )      (255.2 )      (13.5 ) 
Repurchases of common stock     (174.6 )      (152.1 )      (3.1 ) 
Payment of debt issue costs     (0.4 )      (13.7 )       
Proceeds from exercise of stock options     39.0       20.4       10.8  
Distributions to noncontrolling interests, net of proceeds     (1.8 )      (2.4 )      (4.2 ) 
(Repurchases) sales of redeemable noncontrolling interests     (2.3 )      3.1       (0.8 ) 
Other     (1.6 )      (0.4 )      0.8  
Cash flows from operations provided by (used in) discontinued operations     0.3       (1.6 )      (0.4 ) 
Cash flows provided by investing activities by discontinued operations                 19.6  
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents   $ (81.2 )    $ 20.2     $ 111.5  

The non-GAAP metric of free operating cash flow is an important liquidity measure for us. Our computation of free operating cash flow consists of net cash flows provided by continuing operations less cash flows used for the purchase of property and equipment.

Our net cash flows provided by continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2011 were positively impacted by an increase in net income. This increase was partially offset by increases in the amount and timing of cash payments made for interest and income taxes. Our free operating cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2011 were lower as compared to 2010 and 2009 because of a significant increase in our purchases of property and equipment related to building and equipping a replacement hospital for one of our facilities and an increase in our purchases of information systems as the result of various initiatives and requirements, including compliance with the HITECH Act.

Our free operating cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2010 were positively impacted by lower tax payments as a result of the completion of our method change applications filed with the IRS during the third quarter. In addition, our free operating cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2010 were positively impacted by an increase in our income from continuing operations and the timing and amount of cash payments made for interest and salaries and benefits. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in our collection of accounts receivable, as a larger percentage of our revenues were incurred later in the third and fourth quarters as compared to the prior year.

77


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We believe that free operating cash flow is useful to investors and management as a measure of the ability of our business to generate cash and to repay and incur additional debt. Computations of free operating cash flow may differ from company to company. Therefore, free operating cash flow should be used as a complement to, and in conjunction with, our consolidated statements of cash flows presented in our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report.

Capital Expenditures

We continued to make significant, targeted investments at our hospitals to add new technologies, modernize facilities and expand the services available. These investments should assist in our efforts to attract and retain physicians, to offset outmigration of patients and to make our hospitals more desirable to our employees and potential patients.

The following table reflects our capital expenditures for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 (dollars in millions):

     
  2011   2010   2009
Capital projects   $ 80.4     $ 67.6     $ 108.6  
Routine     57.0       56.7       49.3  
Information systems     82.5       44.4       8.7  
     $ 219.9     $ 168.7     $ 166.6  
Depreciation expense   $ 162.2     $ 145.9     $ 141.7  
Ratio of capital expenditures to depreciation expense     136 %      116 %      118 % 

We have a formal and intensive review procedure for the authorization of capital expenditures. The most important financial measure of acceptability for a discretionary capital project is whether its projected discounted cash flow return on investment exceeds our projected cost of capital for that project. We expect to continue to invest in information systems, modern technologies, emergency room and operating room expansions, the construction of medical office buildings for physician expansion and the reconfiguration of the flow of patient care. During 2011, we have experienced a significant increase in our spending related to information systems as the result of various initiatives and requirements, including compliance with the HITECH Act. We anticipate that we will continue to spend more on information systems in 2012 and 2013. Additionally, in connection with our acquisition of Clark, we have committed to spend an additional approximate $60.0 million to build and equip a new hospital to replace the current hospital facility. As a result, during 2011, we spent significantly more in capital projects.

Debt

An analysis and roll-forward of our long-term debt during 2011 is as follows (in millions):

         
  December 31,
2010
  Payments of
Borrowings
  Other(a)   Amortization of
Convertible
Debt Discounts
  December 31,
2011
Senior Secured Credit Agreement:
                                            
Term B Loans   $ 443.7     $     $     $     $ 443.7  
Revolving Loans                              
Other     0.1       (0.1 )                   
6.625% Senior Notes     400.0                         400.0  
3½% Notes     575.0                         575.0  
3¼% Debentures     225.0                         225.0  
Unamortized discounts on 3¼% Debentures and 3½% Notes     (79.8 )                  24.3       (55.5 ) 
Capital leases     7.9       (1.3 )      2.5             9.1  
     $ 1,571.9     $ (1.4 )    $ 2.5     $ 24.3     $ 1,597.3  

(a) Represents the assumption of capital leases obligations in connection with certain acquisitions completed during the year ended December 31, 2011.

78


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We use leverage, or our total debt to total capitalization ratio, to make financing decisions. The following table illustrates our financial statement leverage and the classification of our debt at December 31, 2011 and 2010 (dollars in millions):

     
  December 31,
2011
  December 31,
2010
  Increase (Decrease)
Current portion of long-term debt   $ 1.9     $ 1.4     $ 0.5  
Long-term debt     1,595.4       1,570.5       24.9  
Unamortized discounts of convertible debt instruments     55.5       79.8       (24.3 ) 
Total debt, excluding unamortized discounts of convertible debt instruments     1,652.8       1,651.7       1.1  
Total LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. stockholders’ equity     1,945.2       1,887.5       57.7  
Total capitalization   $ 3,598.0     $ 3,539.2     $ 58.8  
Total debt to total capitalization     45.9 %      46.7 %      (80)bps  
Percentage of:
                          
Fixed rate debt, excluding unamortized discounts of convertible debt instruments     73.2 %      73.1 %          
Variable rate debt(a)     26.8       26.9        
       100.0 %      100.0 %       
Percentage of:
                          
Senior debt     51.6 %      51.6 %       
Subordinated debt, excluding unamortized discounts of convertible debt instruments     48.4       48.4        
       100.0 %      100.0 %       

(a) The above calculations do not consider the effect of our interest rate swap. Through May 30, 2011, we had an interest rate swap in effect which mitigated a portion of our floating rate risk on our outstanding variable rate borrowings under our Credit Agreement, by converting our variable rate debt to an annual fixed rate of 5.585%. Effective May 30, 2011, our interest rate swap agreement matured. As of December 31, 2010, our interest rate swap decreased our variable rate debt as a percentage of our outstanding debt from 26.9% to 8.7%. Please refer to Note 7 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report for a discussion of our interest rate swap agreement.

Our Term A Loans and our Revolving Loans components mature on December 15, 2012. We are currently working on maturity date extensions, potential increases in available capacity and additional flexibility in terms for our Credit Agreement. Our Credit Agreement is guaranteed on a senior secured basis by our subsidiaries with certain limited exceptions. A more detailed discussion of our debt, including the terms of our individual debt instruments is included in Note 7 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report.

Liquidity and Capital Resources Outlook

We expect to increase our level of spending for capital expenditures in 2012 as compared to 2011. We have large projects in process at a number of our facilities. We are reconfiguring some of our hospitals to more effectively accommodate patient services, restructuring existing surgical capacity in some of our hospitals to permit additional patient volume and a greater variety of services, and implementing various information system initiatives in our efforts to comply with the HITECH Act. For the year ended December 31, 2011, we spent $82.5 million on information systems. We anticipate spending in excess of $90.0 million on information systems in 2012. At December 31, 2011, we had uncompleted projects with an estimated additional cost to complete and equip of approximately $80.7 million. We anticipate funding these expenditures through cash provided by operating activities, available cash and borrowings available under our Credit Agreement.

79


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our business strategy contemplates the selective acquisition of additional hospitals and other healthcare service providers, and we regularly review potential acquisitions. These acquisitions may, however, require additional financing. We regularly evaluate opportunities to sell additional equity or debt securities, obtain credit agreements from lenders or restructure our long-term debt or equity for strategic reasons or to further strengthen our financial position. The sale of additional equity or convertible debt securities could result in additional dilution to our stockholders.

In connection with our acquisitions of Maria Parham and Person Memorial, we have committed to invest an additional $60.0 million in capital expenditures and improvements over the next 10 years. Additionally, we have agreed to spend $8.0 million over the next 10 years and $3.0 million over the next five years for the continuation of existing or the initiation of new physician recruitment activities at Maria Parham and Person Memorial, respectively.

We believe that cash generated from our operations and borrowings available under our Credit Agreement will be sufficient to meet our working capital needs, the purchase prices for any potential facility acquisitions, planned capital expenditures and other expected operating needs over the next twelve months and into the foreseeable future prior to the maturity dates of our outstanding debt.

Contractual Obligations, Commitments and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Contractual Obligations

We have various contractual obligations, which are recorded as liabilities in our consolidated financial statements. Other items, such as certain purchase commitments and other executory contracts, are not recognized as liabilities in our consolidated financial statements but are required to be disclosed. For example, we are required to make certain minimum lease payments for the use of property under certain of our operating lease agreements.

The following table summarizes our significant contractual obligations as of December 31, 2011 and the future periods in which such obligations are expected to be settled in cash (in millions):

         
  Payment Due by Period
Contractual Obligations   Total   2012   2013 – 2014   2015 – 2016   After 2016
Long-term debt obligations(a)   $ 2,070.6     $ 71.8     $ 1,134.4     $ 67.6     $ 796.8  
Capital lease obligations     21.9       3.7       5.2       4.0       9.0  
Operating lease obligations(b)     53.0       17.3       19.4       7.0       9.3  
Other long-term liabilities(c)     148.7       42.5       56.1       35.6       14.5  
Purchase obligations(d)     1,130.0       196.9       146.3       128.9       657.9  
Total   $ 3,424.2     $ 332.2     $ 1,361.4     $ 243.1     $ 1,487.5  

(a) Included in long-term debt obligations are principal and interest owed on our outstanding debt obligations. These obligations are explained further in Note 7 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report. We used the 3.28% effective interest rate at December 31, 2011 for our $443.7 million outstanding Term B Loans to estimate interest payments on this variable rate debt instrument. The maturity date of the $443.7 million Term B Loans is contingent upon refinancing our outstanding 3½% Notes beyond their current maturity date of May 15, 2014. In the event we do not refinance our 3½% Notes, the extended portion of the Term B Loans mature on February 13, 2014. For purposes of the above table, we assumed that we would not refinance our 3½% Notes beyond their current maturity date and the $443.7 million Term B Loans would mature on February 13, 2014. Holders of our $225.0 million outstanding 3¼% Debentures may require us to purchase for cash some or all of the 3¼% Debentures on February 15, 2013, February 15, 2015, and February 15, 2020. For purposes of the above table, we assumed that our 3¼% Debentures would be outstanding during the entire term, which ends on August 15, 2025. These amounts exclude our unamortized convertible debt discounts and related non-cash amortization.
(b) This reflects our future minimum operating lease payments. We enter into operating leases in the normal course of business. Substantially all of our operating lease agreements have fixed payment terms based on the passage of time. Some lease agreements provide us with the option to renew the lease. Our future operating lease obligations would change if we exercised these renewal options and if we entered into

80


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

additional operating lease agreements. Please refer to Note 10 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report for more information regarding our operating leases.
(c) Our reserves for self-insurance claims and other liabilities balance was $139.1 million and our long-term income tax liability balance was $18.0 million in our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2011. The reserves for self-insurance claims and other liabilities balance included the $105.3 million long-term portion of our reserves for self-insurance claims and $33.8 million related to other long-term liabilities. In addition to the long-term portion of our reserves for self-insurance claims of $105.3 million, the above table includes the current portion of our reserves for self-insurance claims of $41.6 million. We have excluded the $18.0 million long-term income tax liability because of the uncertainty of the dollar amounts to be ultimately paid as well as the timing of such amounts. Additionally, we have excluded a portion of the other liabilities as they are non-cash liabilities. Please refer to “Critical Accounting Estimates — Reserves for Self-Insurance Claims” in this report for more information on our reserves for self-insurance claims.
(d) The following table summarizes our significant purchase obligations as of December 31, 2011 and the future periods in which such obligations are expected to be settled in cash (in millions):

         
  Payment Due by Period
Purchase Obligations   Total   2012   2013 – 2014   2015 – 2016   After 2016
HCA-IT services(e)   $ 129.4     $ 21.8     $ 40.9     $ 43.7     $ 23.0  
Capital expenditure obligations(f)     780.4       52.6       55.6       51.0       621.2  
Physician commitments(g)     13.6       13.6                    
GEMS obligations(h)     31.2       31.2                    
Other purchase obligations(i)     175.4       77.7       49.8       34.2       13.7  
Total   $ 1,130.0     $ 196.9     $ 146.3     $ 128.9     $ 657.9  
(e) HCA-IT provides various information systems services, including, but not limited to, financial, clinical, patient accounting and network information services to us under a contract that expires on December 31, 2017, including a wind-down period. The amounts are based on estimated fees that will be charged to our hospitals with an annual fee increase that is capped by the consumer price index increase. We used a 3.5% annual rate increase as the estimated consumer price index increase for the contract period. These fees will increase if we acquire additional hospitals and use HCA-IT for information system conversion services at the acquired hospitals.
(f) We had projects under construction with an estimated additional cost to complete and equip of approximately $80.7 million as of December 31, 2011. Because we can terminate substantially all of the related construction contracts at any time without paying a termination fee, these costs are excluded from the above table except for amounts contractually committed by us. We are subject to annual capital expenditure commitments in connection with several of our facilities including our recently acquired facilities Maria Parham and Person Memorial. Additionally, in connection with our acquisition of Clark, we have committed to spend an additional approximate $60.0 million to build and equip a new hospital to replace the current hospital facility.
(g) In consideration for a physician relocating to one of the communities in which our hospitals are located and agreeing to engage in private practice for the benefit of the respective community, we may advance certain amounts of money to that physician, normally over a period of one year, to assist in establishing the physician’s practice. Our liability balance for contract-based physician minimum revenue guarantees was $13.6 million at December 31, 2011 and depends upon the cash collections of a physician’s private practice during the guarantee period.
(h) General Electric Medical Services (“GEMS”) provides diagnostic imaging equipment maintenance and bio-medical services to us pursuant to a contract that expires on December 31, 2012.
(i) Reflects our minimum commitments to purchase goods or services under non-cancelable contracts as of December 31, 2011. In connection with the on-going implementation of our initiatives to comply with EHR, we have made substantial commitments to purchase goods and services to facilitate our conversions of the clinical and patient accounting information system applications at our hospitals. Additionally, in connection with our recently acquired facilities Maria Parham and Person Memorial, we have committed to spend an additional $8.0 million over the next 10 years and an additional $3.0 million over the next five years, respectively, for the continuation of existing or initiation of new physician recruitment activities.

81


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We had standby letters of credit outstanding of approximately $29.8 million as of December 31, 2011, all of which relates to the self-insured retention levels of our professional and general liability insurance and workers’ compensation programs as security for the payment of claims.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

Please refer to Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report for a discussion of the impact of recently issued accounting pronouncements.

Critical Accounting Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts and related disclosures. We consider an accounting estimate to be critical if:

it requires assumptions to be made that were uncertain at the time the estimate was made; and
changes in the estimate or different estimates that could have been made could have a material impact on our consolidated results of operations or financial condition.

Our management has discussed the development and selection of these critical accounting estimates with the audit committee of our Board of Directors and with our independent registered public accounting firm, and they both have reviewed the disclosure presented below relating to our critical accounting estimates. Our critical accounting estimates include the following areas:

Revenue recognition and accounts receivable;
Goodwill impairment analysis;
Reserves for self-insurance claims;
Accounting for stock-based compensation; and
Accounting for income taxes.

The following discussion of critical accounting estimates is not intended to be a comprehensive list of all of our accounting policies that require estimates. We believe that of our significant accounting policies, as discussed in Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report, the estimates discussed below involve a higher degree of judgment and complexity. We believe the current assumptions and other considerations used to estimate amounts reflected in our consolidated financial statements are appropriate. However, if actual experience differs from the assumptions and other considerations used in estimating amounts reflected in our consolidated financial statements, the resulting changes could have a material adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations and our financial condition.

The discussion that follows presents information about our critical accounting estimates, as well as the effects of hypothetical changes in the material assumptions used to develop each estimate.

Revenue Recognition and Accounts Receivable

We recognize revenues in the period in which services are provided. Accounts receivable primarily consist of amounts due from third-party payors and patients. Our ability to collect outstanding receivables is critical to our results of operations and cash flows. Amounts we receive for treatment of patients covered by governmental programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, and other third-party payors such as HMOs, PPOs and other private insurers, are generally less than our established billing rates. Additionally, to provide for accounts receivable that could become uncollectible in the future, we establish an allowance for doubtful accounts to reduce the carrying value of such receivables to their estimated net realizable value. Accordingly, our revenues and accounts receivable are reduced to net realizable value through an allowance for contractual discounts and a provision for doubtful accounts.

82


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Approximately 97.1%, 97.7%, and 98.2% of our revenues during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively, relate to discounted charges, which were comprised of the following sources (as a percentage of revenues):

     
  2011   2010   2009
Medicare     35.0 %      34.9 %      34.5 % 
Medicaid     14.3       14.6       12.1  
HMOs, PPOs and other private insurers     47.8       48.2       51.6  

Revenues are recorded at estimated net amounts due from patients, third-party payors and others for healthcare services provided. For certain payors, such as Medicare, Medicaid, as well as some managed care payors with which we have contractual arrangements, the contractual allowances are calculated by computerized logging systems based on defined payment terms. For other payors, the contractual allowances are determined based on historical data by insurance plan. All contractual adjustments, regardless of type of payor or method of calculation, are reviewed and compared to actual experience.

We monitor our processes for calculating contractual allowances through:

review of payment discrepancy reports for logged payors;
analysis of historical contractual allowance trends based on actual claims paid by HMOs, PPOs and other private insurers;
review of contractual allowance information reflecting current contract terms;
consideration and analysis of changes in charge rates and payor mix reimbursement levels; and
other issues that may impact contractual allowances.

Medicare and Medicaid

The majority of services performed on Medicare and Medicaid patients are reimbursed at predetermined reimbursement rates. The differences between the established billing rates (i.e., gross charges) and the predetermined reimbursement rates are recorded as contractual discounts and deducted from gross charges. Under the Medicaid program’s prospective reimbursement systems, there is no adjustment or settlement of the difference between the actual cost to provide the service and the predetermined reimbursement rates.

Discounts for retrospectively cost-based revenues are estimated based on historical and current factors and are adjusted in future periods when settlements of filed cost reports are received. Final settlements under these programs are subject to adjustment based on administrative review and audit by third party intermediaries, which can take several years to resolve completely. Adjustments related to final settlements increased our revenues by $13.1 million, $4.9 million, and $5.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

Because the laws and regulations governing the Medicare and Medicaid programs are complex and subject to change, the estimates of contractual discounts we record could change by material amounts. A significant increase in our estimate of contractual discounts for Medicare and Medicaid would lower our earnings. This would adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition, liquidity and future access to capital.

HMOs, PPOs and Other Private Insurers

Amounts we receive for the treatment of patients covered by HMOs, PPOs and other private insurers (collectively “managed care plans”) are generally less than our established billing rates. We include contractual allowances as a reduction to revenues in our consolidated financial statements based on payor specific identification and payor specific factors for rate increases and denials. For most managed care plans, estimated contractual allowances are adjusted to actual contractual allowances as cash is received and claims are reconciled.

83


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

If our overall estimated contractual discount percentage on our managed care program revenues for the year ended December 31, 2011 were changed by 1%, our after-tax income from continuing operations would change by approximately $12.7 million, or diluted earnings per share of $0.25. This is only one example of reasonably possible sensitivity scenarios. The process of determining the allowance requires us to estimate the amount expected to be received based on payor contract provisions, historical collection data as well as other factors and requires a high degree of judgment. It is impacted by changes in managed care contracts and other related factors. A significant increase in our estimate of contractual discounts for managed care plans would lower our earnings. This would adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition, liquidity and future access to capital.

Provision and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

To provide for accounts receivable that could become uncollectible in the future, we establish an allowance for doubtful accounts. Our allowance for doubtful accounts, included in our consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 was $537.4 million and $459.8 million, respectively. Our provision for doubtful accounts, included in our consolidated results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, was $518.5 million, $443.8 million, and $375.4 million, respectively.

The largest component of our allowance for doubtful accounts relates to accounts for which patients are responsible, which we refer to as patient responsibility accounts or self-pay accounts. These accounts include both amounts payable by uninsured patients and co-payments and deductibles payable by insured patients. In general, we attempt to collect deductibles, co-payments and self-pay accounts prior to the time of service for non-emergency care. If we do not collect these patient responsibility accounts prior to the delivery of care, the accounts are handled through our billing and collections processes.

The approximate amounts and percentages of billed insured and uninsured (including self-pay, co-payments, deductibles and Medicaid pending) gross accounts receivable (prior to allowance for contractual discounts and allowance for doubtful accounts) in summarized aging categories are as follows for the periods presented (in millions):

           
  December 31, 2011
     Insured Receivables   Uninsured Receivables   Combined
     Amount   Percent of
Receivables
  Amount   Percent of
Receivables
  Amount   Percent of
Receivables
0 to 90 days   $ 524.8       90.2 %    $ 175.8       26.9 %    $ 700.6       56.7 % 
91 to 150 days     31.7       5.5       105.8       16.2       137.5       11.1  
151 to 360 days     20.4       3.5       238.6       36.5       259.0       21.0  
Over 361     4.8       0.8       132.9       20.4       137.7       11.2  
     $ 581.7       100.0 %    $ 653.1       100.0 %    $ 1,234.8       100.0 % 

           
  December 31, 2010
     Insured Receivables   Uninsured Receivables   Combined
     Amount   Percent of
Receivables
  Amount   Percent of
Receivables
  Amount   Percent of
Receivables
0 to 90 days   $ 434.1       85.1 %    $ 147.8       27.1 %    $ 581.9       55.1 % 
91 to 150 days     40.5       7.9       90.8       16.6       131.3       12.4  
151 to 360 days     31.9       6.3       206.9       37.9       238.8       22.6  
Over 361     3.8       0.7       100.5       18.4       104.3       9.9  
     $ 510.3       100.0 %    $ 546.0       100.0 %    $ 1,056.3       100.0 % 

We verify each patient’s insurance coverage as early as possible before a scheduled admission or procedure, including with respect to eligibility, benefits and authorization/pre-certification requirements, in order to notify patients of the amounts for which they will be responsible. We attempt to verify insurance coverage within a reasonable amount of time for all emergency room visits and urgent admissions in compliance with EMTALA.

84


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In general, we perform the following steps in collecting accounts receivable:

if possible, cash collection of deductibles, co-payments and self-pay accounts prior to or at the time service is provided;
billing and follow-up with third party payors;
collection calls;
utilization of collection agencies; and
if collection efforts are unsuccessful, write-off of the accounts.

Our policy is to write-off accounts after all collection efforts have failed, which is generally one year after the date of discharge of the patient. Patient responsibility accounts represent the majority of our write-offs. All of our hospitals retain third-party collection agencies for billing and collection of delinquent accounts. At most of our hospitals, more than one collection agency is used to promote competition and improve performance results. The selection of collection agencies and the timing of referral of an account to a collection agency vary among our hospitals.

We determine the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts utilizing a number of analytical tools and benchmarks. No single statistic or measurement alone determines the adequacy of the allowance. Specifically, we monitor the revenue trends by payor classification on a month-by-month basis along with the composition of our accounts receivable agings. This review is focused primarily on trends in self-pay revenues, accounts receivable, co-payment receivables, historic payment patterns and other factors such as revenue days in accounts receivable.

The process of determining our allowance for doubtful accounts requires us to estimate uncollectible self-pay accounts. Our estimate of uncollectible self-pay accounts is primarily based on our collection history, adjusted for anticipated changes in collection trends, if significant. Our estimate may be impacted by changes in regional economic conditions, business office operations, payor mix and trends in federal or state governmental healthcare coverage or other third party payors. If the actual self-pay collection percentage would change by 1.5% from our estimated self-pay collection percentage for the year ended December 31, 2011, our after-tax income from continuing operations would change by approximately $5.3 million, or diluted earnings per share of $0.11, and our net accounts receivable would change by $2.2 million at December 31, 2011. The resulting change in this analytical tool is considered to be a reasonably likely change that would affect our overall assessment of this critical accounting estimate.

Goodwill Impairment Analysis

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets of acquired businesses. Our goodwill included in our consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 was $1,568.7 million and $1,550.7 million, respectively. Please refer to Note 4 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report for a detailed rollforward of our goodwill.

In accordance with ASC 350-10, “Intangibles — Goodwill and Other” (“ASC 350-10”) goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are reviewed by us at least annually for impairment. Our business comprises a single operating reporting unit for impairment test purposes. For the purposes of these analyses, our estimate of fair value are based on a combination of the income approach, which estimates the fair value of us based on our future discounted cash flows, and the market approach, which estimates the fair value of us based on comparable market prices. Our estimate of future discounted cash flows is based on assumptions and projections we believe to be currently reasonable and supportable. Our assumptions take into account revenue and expense growth rates, patient volumes, changes in payor mix, and changes in legislation and other payor payment patterns.

If we determine the carrying value of goodwill is impaired, or if the carrying value of a business that is to be sold or otherwise disposed of exceeds its fair value, then we reduce the carrying value, including any allocated goodwill, to fair value. During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2009 and 2010, we performed our annual impairment tests as of October 1, and did not incur an impairment charge.

85


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Reserves for Self-Insurance Claims

We are subject to potential professional liability claims, employee workers’ compensation claims and other claims. To mitigate a portion of this risk, we maintain insurance for individual professional liability claims and employee workers’ compensation claims exceeding a self-insured retention level. For all claims made after April 1, 2009, our self-insured retention level is $5.0 million per claim. For claims made before April 1, 2009, our self-insured retention level ranges from $10.0 million per claim to $25.0 million per claim. Our self-insured retention level is evaluated annually as a part of our insurance program’s renewal process.

Additionally, as of December 31, 2011, our self-insured retention level for workers’ compensation claims is $2.0 million per claim in all states in which we operate except for Wyoming. We participate in a state specific program in Wyoming for our workers’ compensation claims arising in this state.

Each year, we obtain quotes from various insurers with respect to the cost of obtaining insurance coverage. We compare these quotes to our most recent actuarially determined estimates of losses at various self-insured retention levels. Accordingly, changes in insurance costs affect the self-insured retention level we choose each year. As insurance costs have decreased in recent years, we have reduced our self-insured retention levels.

Our reserves for self-insurance claims reflects the current estimate of all outstanding losses, including incurred but not reported losses, based upon actuarial calculations as of the balance sheet date. The loss estimates included in the actuarial calculations may change in the future based upon updated facts and circumstances. Our expense for self-insurance claims coverage each year includes: the actuarially determined estimate of losses for the current year, including claims incurred but not reported; the change in the estimate of losses for prior years based upon actual claims development experience as compared to prior actuarial projections; the insurance premiums for losses in excess of our self-insured retention levels; the administrative costs of the insurance program; and interest expense related to the discounted portion of the liability.

Our reserves for professional liability claims are based upon quarterly actuarial calculations. Our reserves for employee worker’s compensation claims are based upon semiannual actuarial calculations. Our reserve calculations consider historical claims data, demographic considerations, severity factors and other actuarial assumptions, which are discounted to present value. We have discounted our reserves for self-insured claims to their present value using a discount rate of 2.50%, 3.15%, and 3.60% at December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. As a result of the decreases in our applied discount rate, our self-insurance claims expense increased by approximately $2.5 million, $1.6 million, and $1.2 million which decreased our net income by approximately $1.6 million, $1.0 million, $0.8 million and decreased our diluted earnings per share by $0.03, $0.02, and $0.01 during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. We select a discount rate by considering a risk-free interest rate that corresponds to the period when the self-insured claims are incurred and projected to be paid.

The following table provides information regarding our reserves for self-insured claims at December 31, 2011 and 2010 (in millions):

   
  December 31,
2011
  December 31,
2010
Undiscounted   $ 157.4     $ 143.6  
Discounted (as reported)   $ 146.9     $ 128.7  

86


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table presents the changes in our reserves for self-insured claims for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 (in millions):

     
  2011   2010   2009
Reserve at the beginning of the period   $ 128.7     $ 119.3     $ 103.2  
Increase for the provision of current year claims, including discontinued operations     45.7       46.1       43.5  
(Decrease) increase for the provision of prior year claims, including discontinued operations     (6.2 )      (3.7 )      2.5  
Payments related to current year claims     (3.5 )      (4.0 )      (6.2 ) 
Payments related to prior year claims     (20.3 )      (30.6 )      (24.9 ) 
Provision for the change in discount rate     2.5       1.6       1.2  
Reserve at the end of the period   $ 146.9     $ 128.7     $ 119.3  

As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, less than 1% of our reserves for self-insured claims represents reserves for settled and unpaid claims. Our average lag time between the settlement and payment of a self-insured claim ranges from 1 to 2 weeks.

Our estimated reserves for self-insured claims will be significantly affected if current and future claims differ from historical trends. While we monitor reported claims closely and consider potential outcomes when determining our reserves for self-insured claims, the complexity of the claims, the extended period of time to settle the claims and the wide range of potential outcomes complicates the estimation process. In addition, certain states have passed varying forms of tort reform which attempt to limit the amount of awards. If such laws are passed in the states where our hospitals are located, our loss estimates could decrease.

Our estimate of reserves for self-insured claims are based upon actuarial calculations and are significantly influenced by key assumptions and other factors. These factors include, but are not limited to: historical paid claims; trending of loss development factors; trends in the frequency and severity of claims, which can differ significantly by jurisdiction as a result of the legislative and judicial climate in such jurisdictions; coverage limits of third-party insurance and actuarial determined statistical confidence levels. Given the number of assumptions and characteristics of each assumption considered in establishing the reserves for self-insured claims, it is difficult to compute the individual financial impact of each assumption or groups of assumptions. Some of the assumptions are dependent upon the quantitative measurement of other assumptions, and therefore are not accurately evaluated in isolation. For example, a change in the frequency of claims assumption is also affected by the estimated severity of these claims resulting in an inability to properly isolate and quantify the impact of a change in this assumption.

Professional and general liability claims are typically resolved over an extended period of time, often as long as five years or more, while workers’ compensation claims are typically resolved in one to two years. Our reserves for self-insured claims are comprised of estimated indemnity and expense payments related to reported events and incurred but not reported events as of the end of the period. We have the ability to reliably determine the amount and timing of payments based on sufficient history of our claims development, the use of external actuarial expertise and our rigorous review process. Actuarial payment patterns are based on our individual hospital historical data both prior to and after our inception in 1999. The processes, performed by both external actuaries and our management, enable us to reliably determine the amount of our ultimate losses as well as the timing of the loss settlements such that discounting of the reserves for self-insured claims is appropriate. Given the number of factors considered in establishing the reserves for self-insured claims, it is neither practical nor meaningful to isolate a particular assumption or parameter of the process and calculate the impact of changing that single item.

Ultimately, from an actuarial standpoint, the sensitivity in the estimates of reserves for self-insured claims is reflected in the various actuarial confidence levels. Our best estimate of our reserves for self-insured claims utilizes a statistical confidence level that is 50%. Higher statistical confidence levels, while not representative of our best estimate, reflect reasonably likely outcomes upon the ultimate resolution of related claims. Using a

87


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

higher statistical confidence level would increase the estimated reserves for self-insured claims. Changes in our estimates of reserves for self-insured claims are non-cash charges and accordingly, do not impact our liquidity or capital resources.

The assumptions included in the table below are presented for the sensitivity analysis (in millions):

 
December 31, 2011 reserve:
        
As reported   $ 146.9  
With 70% Confidence Level   $ 155.9  
With 80% Confidence Level   $ 165.2  
With 90% Confidence Level   $ 191.3  
December 31, 2010 reserve:
        
As reported   $ 128.7  
With 70% Confidence Level   $ 139.8  
With 80% Confidence Level   $ 148.1  
With 90% Confidence Level   $ 171.4  

The combination of changing conditions and the extended time required for claim resolution results in a loss estimation process that requires actuarial skill and the application of judgment, and such estimates require periodic revision. As a result of the variety of factors that must be considered, there is a risk that actual incurred losses may develop differently from estimates. The results of our quarterly and semi annually completed actuarial calculations decreased our self-insured claims expense by $6.2 million and $3.7 million, which increased our net income by approximately $3.9 million and $2.4 million, or $0.08 and $0.05 per diluted share, during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2009, the results of our quarterly and semi annually completed actuarial calculations increased our self-insured claims expense by $2.5 million, which decreased our net income by approximately $1.6 million, or $0.03 per diluted share.

Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation

We issue stock-based awards, including stock options and other stock-based awards (nonvested stock, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance shares and deferred stock units) to certain officers, employees and non-employee directors in accordance with our various stockholder-approved stock-based compensation plans. We account for our stock-based awards in accordance with the provisions of ASC 718-10, “Compensation — Stock Compensation” (“ASC 718-10”) and accordingly recognize compensation expense over each of the stock-based award’s requisite service period based on the estimated grant date fair value. Our stock-based compensation from continuing operations, included in our consolidated results of operations, was $24.0 million, $22.4 million, and $22.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

The fair value of other stock-based awards is determined based on the closing price of our common stock on the day prior to the grant date. Stock-based compensation expense for our other stock-based awards is recorded equally over the vesting periods of such awards generally ranging from six months to three years.

We estimate the fair value of stock options granted using the Hull-White II Valuation Model (“HW-II”) lattice option valuation model and a single option award approach. We use the HW-II because it considers characteristics of fair value option pricing, such as an option’s contractual term and the probability of exercise before the end of the contractual term. In addition, the complications surrounding the expected term of an option are material, as indicated in ASC 718-10. Given our reasonably large pool of unexercised options, we believe a lattice model that specifically addresses this fact and models a full term of exercises is the most appropriate and reliable means of valuing our stock options. We are amortizing the fair value on a straight-line basis over the requisite service periods of the awards, which are the vesting periods of three years. The stock options vest 33.3% on each grant anniversary date over three years of continued employment.

88


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table shows the weighted average assumptions we used to develop the fair value estimates under our HW-II option valuation model and the resulting estimates of weighted-average fair value per share of stock options granted during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

     
  2011   2010   2009
Expected volatility     36.0 %      39.9 %      40.3 % 
Risk free interest rate (range)     0.01% – 3.58 %      0.06% – 3.69 %      0.05% – 3.58 % 
Expected dividends                  
Average expected term (years)     5.4       5.4       5.4  
Fair value per share of stock options granted   $ 11.73     $ 11.22     $ 8.02  

Population Stratification

In accordance with ASC 718-10, a company should aggregate individual awards into relatively homogeneous groups with respect to exercise and post-vesting employment behaviors for the purpose of refining the expected term assumption, regardless of the valuation technique used to estimate the fair value. In addition, ASC 718-10 indicates that a company may generally make a reasonable fair value estimate with as few as one or two groupings. We have determined that a single employee population group is appropriate based on an analysis of our historical exercise patterns.

Expected Volatility

Volatility is a measure of the tendency of investment returns to vary around a long-term average rate. Historical volatility is an appropriate starting point for setting this assumption in accordance with ASC 718-10. According to ASC 718-10, companies should also consider how future experience may differ from the past. This may require using other factors to adjust historical volatility, such as implied volatility, peer-group volatility and the range and mean-reversion of volatility estimates over various historical periods. ASC 718-10 acknowledges that there is likely to be a range of reasonable estimates for volatility. In addition, ASC 718-10 requires that if a best estimate cannot be made, management should use the mid-point in the range of reasonable estimates for volatility. We estimate the volatility of our common stock at the date of grant based on both historical volatility and implied volatility from traded options of our common stock, consistent with ASC 718-10.

Risk-Free Interest Rate

Lattice models require risk-free interest rates for all potential times of exercise obtained by using a grant-date yield curve. A lattice model would, therefore, require the yield curve for the entire time period during which employees might exercise their options. We base the risk-free rate on the implied yield in effect at the time of option grant on United States Treasury zero-coupon issues with equivalent remaining terms.

Expected Dividends

We have never paid any cash dividends on our common stock and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Accordingly, we use an expected dividend yield of zero.

Pre-Vesting Forfeitures

Pre-vesting forfeitures do not affect the fair value calculation, but they affect the expense calculation. ASC 718-10 requires us to estimate pre-vesting forfeitures at the time of grant and revise those estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. We use historical data to estimate pre-vesting forfeitures and record share-based compensation expense only for those awards that are expected to vest.

We apply a dynamic forfeiture rate methodology over the vesting period of the award. The dynamic forfeiture rate methodology incorporates the lapse of time into the resulting expense calculation and results in a forfeiture rate that diminishes as the granted awards approach its vest date. Accordingly, the dynamic forfeiture rate methodology results in a more consistent stock compensation expense calculation over the vesting period of the award.

89


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Post-Vesting Cancellations

Post-vesting cancellations include vested options that are cancelled, exercised or expire unexercised. Lattice models treat post-vesting cancellations and voluntary early exercise behavior as two separate assumptions. We use historical data to estimate post-vesting cancellations.

Expected Term

ASC 718-10 calls for an extinguishment calculation, dependent upon how long a granted option remains outstanding before it is fully extinguished. While extinguishment may result from exercise, it can also result from post-vesting cancellation or expiration at the contractual term. Expected term is an output in lattice models so we do not have to determine this amount.

The fair value calculations of our stock option grants are affected by assumptions that are believed to be reasonable based upon the facts and circumstances at the time of grant. Changes in our volatility estimates can materially affect the fair values of our stock option grants. If our estimated weighted-average volatility for the year ended December 31, 2011 were 10% higher, our after-tax income from continuing operations would decrease by approximately $0.3 million, or less than $0.01 per diluted share.

Accounting for Income Taxes

Deferred tax assets generally represent items that will result in a tax deduction in future years for which we have already recorded the tax benefit in our income statement. We assess the likelihood that deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income. To the extent we believe that recovery is not probable, a valuation allowance is established. To the extent we establish a valuation allowance or increase this allowance, we must include an expense as part of the income tax provision in our results of operations. Our deferred tax asset balances in our consolidated balance sheets were $255.3 million and $218.1 million as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Our valuation allowances for deferred tax assets in our consolidated balance sheets were $59.8 million and $57.9 million as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

In addition, significant judgment is required in determining and assessing the impact of certain tax-related contingencies. We establish accruals when, despite our belief that our tax return positions are fully supportable, it is probable that we have incurred a loss related to tax contingencies and the loss or range of loss can be reasonably estimated. We adjust the accruals related to tax contingencies as part of our provision for income taxes in our results of operations based upon changing facts and circumstances, such as progress of a tax audit, development of industry related examination issues, as well as legislative, regulatory or judicial developments. A number of years may elapse before a particular matter, for which we have established an accrual, is audited and resolved.

The first step in determining the deferred tax asset valuation allowance is identifying reporting jurisdictions where we have a history of tax and operating losses or are projected to have losses in future periods as a result of changes in operational performance. We then determine if a valuation allowance should be established against the deferred tax assets for that reporting jurisdiction.

The second step is to determine the amount of the valuation allowance. We will generally establish a valuation allowance equal to the net deferred tax asset (deferred tax assets less deferred tax liabilities) related to the jurisdiction identified in step one of the analysis. In certain cases, we may not reduce the valuation allowance by the amount of the deferred tax liabilities depending on the nature and timing of future taxable income attributable to deferred tax liabilities.

In assessing tax contingencies, we apply the provisions of ASC 740-10, “Income Taxes”. We apply the recognition threshold and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return and follow the guidance on various matters such as derecognition, interest, penalties and disclosure. We classify interest and penalties as a component of income tax expense.

During each reporting period, we assess the facts and circumstances related to recorded tax contingencies. If tax contingencies are no longer deemed probable based upon new facts and circumstances, the contingency is reflected as a reduction of the provision for income taxes in the current period.

90


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our deferred tax liabilities exceeded our deferred tax assets by $73.5 million as of December 31, 2011, excluding the impact of valuation allowances. Historically, we have produced federal taxable income. Therefore, we believe that the likelihood of not realizing the federal tax benefit of our deferred tax assets is remote. However, we do have subsidiaries with a history of tax losses in certain state jurisdictions and, based upon those historical tax losses, we assumed that the subsidiaries would not be profitable in the future for those states’ tax purposes. If our assertion regarding the future profitability of those subsidiaries was incorrect, then our deferred tax assets would be understated by the amount of the valuation allowance of $59.8 million at December 31, 2011.

The IRS may propose adjustments for items we have failed to identify as tax contingencies. If the IRS were to propose and sustain assessments equal to 10% of our taxable income for 2011, we would incur approximately $9.2 million of additional tax payments for 2011 plus interest and penalties, if applicable.

Segment Reporting

We have five operating divisions as of December 31, 2011. We realign these operating divisions frequently based upon changing circumstances, including acquisition and divestiture activity. We consider these operating divisions as one operating segment, healthcare services, for segment reporting purposes and for goodwill impairment testing in accordance with ASC 280-10, “Segment Reporting” (“ASC 280-10”), and ASC 350-10.

In accordance with ASC 350-10, we determined that our five operating divisions and related acute care hospitals comprise one reporting unit because of their similar economic characteristics in each of the following areas:

the way we manage our operations and extent to which our acquired facilities are integrated into our existing operations as a single reporting unit;
our goodwill is recoverable from the collective operations of our five operating divisions and related acute care hospitals and not individually from one single operating division or hospital;
our operating divisions are frequently realigned based upon changing circumstances, including acquisition and divestiture activity; and
because of the collective size of our five operating divisions, each division and acute care hospital benefits from its participation in a group purchasing organization.

Inflation

The healthcare industry is labor-intensive. Wages and other expenses increase during periods of inflation and when labor shortages in marketplaces occur. In addition, suppliers pass along rising costs to us in the form of higher prices. Private insurers pass along their rising costs in the form of lower reimbursement to us. Our ability to pass on these increased costs in increased rates is limited because of increasing regulatory and competitive pressures and the fact that the majority of our revenues are fee-based. Accordingly, inflationary pressures could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

91


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.

Interest Rates

The following discussion relates to our exposure to market risk based on changes in interest rates:

Outstanding Debt

As of December 31, 2011, we had outstanding debt, excluding $55.5 million of unamortized discounts on our convertible debt instruments, of $1,652.8 million, 26.8%, or $443.7 million, of which was subject to variable rates of interest.

Our Term B Loans, 6.625% Senior Notes, 3½% Notes and 3¼% Debentures are our long-term debt instruments with carrying amounts different from their fair value as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010. The carrying amount and fair value of these instruments as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 were as follows (in millions):

       
  Carrying Amount   Fair Value
     December 31,
2011
  December 31,
2010
  December 31, 2011   December 31,
2010
Term B Loans   $ 443.7     $ 443.7     $ 432.6     $ 445.4  
6.625% Senior Notes   $ 400.0     $ 400.0     $ 413.0     $ 398.0  
3½% Notes, excluding unamortized discount   $ 575.0     $ 575.0     $ 592.3     $ 579.3  
3¼% Debentures, excluding unamortized discount   $ 225.0     $ 225.0     $ 230.3     $ 225.6  

The fair values of our Term B Loans and 6.625% Senior Notes were estimated using the average bid and ask price as determined by published rates. The fair values of our 3½% Notes and 3¼% Debentures were estimated using the quoted market prices determined by the closing share price of our common stock.

Cash Balances

Certain of our outstanding cash balances are invested overnight with high credit quality financial institutions. We do not hold direct investments in auction rate securities, collateralized debt obligations, structured investment vehicles or mortgage-backed securities. We do not have significant exposure to changing interest rates on invested cash at December 31, 2011. As a result, the interest rate market risk implicit in these investments at December 31, 2011, if any, is low.

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

Information with respect to this Item is contained in our consolidated financial statements beginning on Page F-1 of this report.

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

We did not experience a change in or disagreement with our accountants during the year ended December 31, 2011.

92


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.

Conclusion Regarding the Effectiveness of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report pursuant to Rule 13a-15 of the Exchange Act. Based upon that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective in ensuring that information required to be disclosed by us (including our consolidated subsidiaries) in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported on a timely basis.

Pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, we have included a report of management’s assessment of the design and operating effectiveness of our internal controls as part of this report. Our independent registered public accounting firm also attested to, and reported on, the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Management’s report and the independent registered public accounting firm’s attestation report are included in our consolidated financial statements beginning on page F-1 of this report under the captions entitled “Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting” and “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.”

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There has been no change in our internal control over financial reporting during the fourth quarter ended December 31, 2011 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. Other Information.

None.

93


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.

Executive Officers

This information is incorporated by reference to the information contained under the caption “Compensation of Executive Officers — Executive Officers of the Company” included in our proxy statement relating to our 2012 annual meeting of stockholders.

Code of Ethics

Our Board of Directors expects its members, as well as our officers and employees, to act ethically at all times and to acknowledge in writing their adherence to the policies comprising our Code of Conduct, which is known as “Common Ground,” and, as applicable, our Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers and Chief Executive Officer (the “Code of Ethics”). The Code of Ethics and Common Ground are posted on our website located at www.lifepointhospitals.com under the heading “Corporate Governance.” We intend to disclose any amendments to our Code of Ethics and any waiver from a provision of our code, as required by the SEC, on our website within four business days following such amendment or waiver.

Directors

This information is incorporated by reference to the information contained under the caption “Proposal 1: Election of Directors” included in our proxy statement relating to our 2012 annual meeting of stockholders.

Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act

This information is incorporated by reference to the information contained under the caption “Additional Information — Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” included in our proxy statement relating to our 2012 annual meeting of stockholders.

Stockholder Nominees

This information is incorporated by reference to the information contained under the caption “Board of Directors and Committees — Director Nomination Process” included in our proxy statement relating to our 2012 annual meeting of stockholders.

Audit and Compliance Committee

This information is incorporated by reference to the information contained under the caption “Audit and Compliance Committee Report” included in our proxy statement relating to our 2012 annual meeting of stockholders.

Item 11. Executive Compensation.

This information is incorporated by reference to the information contained under the captions “Compensation Committee Report,” “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” “Compensation of Executive Officers,” and “Board of Directors and Committees — Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation,” and “Compensation of Directors,” included in our proxy statement relating to our 2012 annual meeting of stockholders.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.

This information is incorporated by reference to the information contained under the captions “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” and “Compensation of Executive Officers — Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control” included in our proxy statement relating to our 2012 annual meeting of stockholders.

Information concerning our equity compensation plans is included in Part II, Item 5. of this report under the caption “Equity Compensation Plan Information.”

94


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

This information is incorporated by reference to the information contained under the captions “Corporate Governance — Certain Relationships and Related Transactions”, “Corporate Governance — Independence of Directors” and “Board of Directors and Committees — Committees of the Board of Directors” included in our proxy statement relating to our 2012 annual meeting of stockholders.

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services.

This information is incorporated by reference to the information contained under the caption “Proposal 2: Ratification of Selection of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” and “Fees and Services of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” included in our proxy statement relating to our 2012 annual meeting of stockholders.

95


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a)  Index to Consolidated Financial Statements, Financial Statement Schedules and Exhibits:

(1) Consolidated Financial Statements:

See Item 8 in this report.

The consolidated financial statements required to be included in Part II, Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, begin on Page F-1 and are submitted as a separate section of this report.

(2) Consolidated Financial Statement Schedules:

All schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or not required, or because the required information is included in the consolidated financial statements or notes in this report.

(3) Exhibits:

   
Exhibit
Number
    Description of Exhibits
3.1      Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed by LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. on April 19, 2005, File No. 333-124151).
3.2      Fourth Amended and Restated By-Laws of LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 15, 2010, File No. 000-51251).
4.1      Form of Specimen Stock Certificate (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the Registration Statement on Form S-4, as amended, filed by Historic LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. on October 25, 2004, File No. 333-119929).
4.2      Form of 3.25% Convertible Senior Subordinated Debenture due 2025 (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 10, 2005, File No. 000-51251).
4.3      Registration Rights Agreement, dated August 10, 2005, between LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. as Representatives of the Initial Purchasers (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 10, 2005, File No. 000-51251).
4.4      Amended and Restated Rights Agreement, dated February 25, 2009, by and between LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 25, 2009, File No. 000-51251).
4.5      Subordinated Indenture, dated as of May 27, 2003, between Province Healthcare Company and U.S. Bank Trust National Association, as Trustee (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the Province Healthcare Company Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2003, File No. 001-31320).
4.6      First Supplemental Indenture to Subordinated Indenture, dated as of May 27, 2003, by and among Province Healthcare Company and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee, relating to Province Healthcare Company’s 7½% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the Province Healthcare Company Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2003, File No. 001-31320).

96


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

   
Exhibit
Number
    Description of Exhibits
 4.7      Second Supplemental Indenture to Subordinated Indenture, dated as of April 1, 2005, by and among Province Healthcare Company and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the Province Healthcare Company Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 1, 2005, File No. 001-31320).
 4.8      Indenture, dated August 10, 2005, between LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. and Citibank, N.A., as Trustee (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 10, 2005, File No. 000-51251).
 4.9      Indenture, dated May 29, 2007, by and between LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. as Issuer and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 31, 2007, File No. 000-51251).
 4.10     Indenture, dated September 23, 2010, by and among LifePoint Hospitals, Inc., the Guarantors (as defined therein) and Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. as trustee (including the Form of 6.625% Senior Notes due 2020) (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 27, 2010, File No. 000-51251).
 4.11     Registration Rights Agreement, dated September 23, 2010, by and among LifePoint Hospitals, Inc., the Guarantors (as defined therein) and Barclays Capital Inc. as representative of the several initial purchasers (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 27, 2010, File No. 000-51251).
10.1      Computer and Data Processing Services Agreement, dated May 19, 2008, by and between HCA Information Technology Services, Inc. and LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 21, 2008, File No. 000-51251).
10.2      Comprehensive Service Agreement for Diagnostic Imaging and Biomedical Services, executed on January 7, 2005, between LifePoint Hospital Holdings, Inc. and GE Healthcare Technologies (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the Historic LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004, File No. 000-29818).
10.3      Amended and Restated 1998 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended by the Amendment dated May 13, 2008, the Amendment dated December 10, 2008, the Amendment dated April 27, 2010, and the Amendment dated June 8, 2010 (incorporated by reference from Appendix A and B to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Proxy Statement filed April 29, 2010, File No. 000-51251).*
10.4      Form of LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009, File No. 000-51251).*
10.5      Form of LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Restricted Stock Award Agreement (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009, File No. 000-51251).*
10.6      LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Executive Performance Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference from Appendix C to the Historic LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Proxy Statement dated April 28, 2004, File No. 000-29818).*
10.7      First Amendment, dated December 10, 2008, to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Executive Performance Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008, File No. 000-51251).*

97


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

   
Exhibit
Number
    Description of Exhibits
10.8      Form of LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Performance Award Agreement (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009, File No. 000-51251).*
10.9      LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Change in Control Severance Plan, as amended and restated (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 16, 2008, File No. 000-51251).*
10.10     LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Amended and Restated Management Stock Purchase Plan, as amended by the Amendment dated May 22, 2003, the Amendment dated May 13, 2008, the Amendment dated December 10, 2008, the Amendment dated March 24, 2009, the Amendment dated April 27, 2010, and the Amendment dated June 8, 2010 (incorporated by reference from Appendix C and D to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Proxy Statement filed April 29, 2010, File No. 000-51251).*
10.11     Form of Outside Directors Restricted Stock Agreement (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2006, File No. 000-51251).*
10.12     LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Amended and Restated Outside Directors Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan, dated May 14, 2008 (incorporated by reference from Appendix F to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Proxy Statement filed April 29, 2010, File No. 000-51251).*
10.13     Amendment dated March 24, 2009, to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Amended and Restated Outside Directors Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2009, File No. 000-51251).*
10.14     Amendment dated April 27, 2010, to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Amended and Restated Outside Directors Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference from Appendix F to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Proxy Statement filed April 29, 2010, File No. 000-51251).*
10.15     Amendment dated June 8, 2010, to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Amended and Restated Outside Directors Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference from Appendix E to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Proxy Statement filed April 29, 2010, File No. 000-51251).*
10.16     Form of LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Deferred Restricted Stock Award (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009, File No. 000-51251).*
10.17     LifePoint Hospitals Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 15, 2009, File No. 000-51251).*
10.18        Amendment to the LifePoint Hospitals Deferred Compensation Plan, dated December 22, 2010 (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2011, File No. 000-51251).*
10.19        Amendment to the LifePoint Hospitals Deferred Compensation Plan, dated March 14, 2011 (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2011, File No. 000-51251).*

98


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

   
Exhibit
Number
    Description of Exhibits
10.20     Credit Agreement, dated as of April 15, 2005, by and among LifePoint Hospitals, Inc., as borrower, the lenders referred to therein, Citicorp North America, Inc. as administrative agent, Bank of America, N.A., CIBC World Markets Corp., SunTrust Bank, UBS Securities LLC, as co- syndication agents and Citigroup Global Markets, Inc., as sole lead arranger and sole bookrunner (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 19, 2005, File No. 000-51251).
10.21     Incremental Facility Amendment dated August 23, 2005, among LifePoint Hospitals, Inc., as borrower, Citicorp North America, Inc., as administrative agent and the lenders party thereto (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 23, 2005, File No. 000-51251).
10.22     Amendment No. 2 to the Credit Agreement, dated October 14, 2005, among LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. as borrower, Citicorp North America, Inc., as administrative agent and the lenders party thereto (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 18, 2005, File No. 000-51251).
10.23     Incremental Facility Amendment No. 3 to the Credit Agreement, dated June 30, 2006 among LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. as borrower, Citicorp North America, Inc. as administrative agent and the lenders party thereto. (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 30, 2006, File No. 000-51251).
10.24     Incremental Facility Amendment No. 4 to the Credit Agreement, dated September 8, 2006, among LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. as borrower, Citicorp North America, Inc. as administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto (incorporated by reference from exhibits to LifePoint Hospitals’ Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 12, 2006, File No. 000-51251).
10.25     Amendment No. 5 to the Credit Agreement, dated as of May 11, 2007, among LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. as borrower, Citicorp North America, Inc., as administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 24, 2007, File No. 000-51251).
10.26     Amendment No. 6 to the Credit Agreement, dated as of April 6, 2009, among LifePoint Hospitals, Inc., as borrower, Citicorp North America, Inc., as administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009, File No. 000-51251).
10.27     Amendment No. 7 to the Credit Agreement, dated as of February 26, 2010, among LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. as borrower, Citicorp North America, Inc. as administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 1, 2010, File No. 000-51251).
10.28        Amendment No. 8 to the Credit Agreement, dated as of September 17, 2010, among LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. as borrower, Citicorp North America, Inc. as administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010, File No. 000-51251).
 10.29      ISDA 2002 Master Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2006, between Citibank, N.A. and LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K/A dated September 8, 2006, File No. 000-51251).

99


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

   
Exhibit
Number
    Description of Exhibits
 10.30      Schedule to the ISDA 2002 Master Agreement (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K/A dated September 8, 2006, File No. 000-51251).
 10.31      Confirmation, dated as of June 2, 2006, between LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. and Citibank, N.A. (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K/A dated September 8, 2006, File No. 000-51251).
 10.32      Executive Severance and Restrictive Covenant Agreement, dated December 11, 2008, by and between LifePoint CSGP, LLC and William F. Carpenter III (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008, File No. 000-51251).*
 10.33      Form of Indemnification Agreement (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 29, 2008, File No. 000-51251).
 10.34       Recoupment Policy Relating to Unearned Incentive Compensation of Executive Officers (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 20, 2008, File No. 000-51251).*
 12.1       Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
 21.1       List of Subsidiaries
 23.1       Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 31.1       Certification of the Chief Executive Officer of LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 31.2       Certification of the Chief Financial Officer of LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002
 32.1       Certification of the Chief Executive Officer of LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 32.2       Certification of the Chief Financial Officer of LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002
101.INS     XBRL Instance Document**
101.SCH     XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document**
101.CAL     XBRL Taxonomy Calculation Linkbase Document**
101.DEF     XBRL Taxonomy Definition Linkbase Document**
101.LAB     XBRL Taxonomy Label Linkbase Document**
101.PRE     XBRL Taxonomy Presentation Linkbase Document**

* — Management Compensation Plan or Arrangement
** — Furnished electronically herewith

100


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
  Page
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting     F-2  
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm     F-4  
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm     F-5  
Consolidated Statements of Operations — for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009     F-6  
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income — for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009     F-7  
Consolidated Balance Sheets — December 31, 2011 and 2010     F-8  
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows — for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009     F-9  
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity — for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009     F-10  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — December 31, 2011     F-11  

F-1


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Management of LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. is responsible for the preparation, integrity and fair presentation of its published consolidated financial statements. The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and, as such, include amounts based on judgments and estimates made by management. The Company also prepared the other information included in the annual report and is responsible for its accuracy and consistency with the consolidated financial statements.

Management is also responsible for establishing and maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that pertain to the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report reliable financial data. The Company maintains a system of internal control over financial reporting, which is designed to provide reasonable assurance to the Company’s management and Board of Directors regarding the preparation of reliable published financial statements and safeguarding of the Company’s assets. The system includes a documented organizational structure and division of responsibility, established policies and procedures, including a code of conduct to foster a strong ethical climate, which are communicated throughout the Company, and the careful selection, training and development of our people.

The Board of Directors, acting through its Audit and Compliance Committee, is responsible for the oversight of the Company’s accounting policies, financial reporting and internal control. The Audit and Compliance Committee of the Board of Directors is comprised entirely of outside directors who are independent of management. The Audit and Compliance Committee is responsible for the appointment and compensation of the independent registered public accounting firm. It meets periodically with management, the independent registered public accounting firm and the internal auditors to ensure that they are carrying out their responsibilities. The Audit and Compliance Committee is also responsible for performing an oversight role by reviewing and monitoring the financial, accounting and auditing procedures of the Company in addition to reviewing the Company’s financial reports. Internal auditors monitor the operation of the internal control system and report findings and recommendations to management and the Audit and Compliance Committee. Corrective actions are taken to address control deficiencies and other opportunities for improving the internal control system as they are identified. The independent registered public accounting firm and the internal auditors have full and unlimited access to the Audit and Compliance Committee, with or without management, to discuss the adequacy of internal control over financial reporting, and any other matters which they believe should be brought to the attention of the Audit and Compliance Committee.

Management recognizes that there are inherent limitations in the effectiveness of any system of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of internal control. Accordingly, even effective internal control over financial reporting can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and may not prevent or detect misstatements. Further, because of changes in conditions, the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting may vary over time.

The Company assessed its internal control system as of December 31, 2011 in relation to criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting described in “Internal Control — Integrated Framework” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on its assessment, the Company has determined that, as of December 31, 2011, its system of internal control over financial reporting was effective.

The Company acquired one hospital effective October 1, 2011 and one hospital effective November 1, 2011. The Company excluded both of these hospitals from its assessment of and conclusion on the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting. For the year end December 31, 2011, these hospitals contributed approximately $20.9 million or 0.7% of the Company’s total revenues and, as of December 31, 2011, accounted for approximately $104.1 million or 2.4% of its total assets.

F-2


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The consolidated financial statements have been audited by the independent registered public accounting firm of Ernst & Young LLP, which was given unrestricted access to all financial records and related data, including minutes of all meetings of stockholders, the Board of Directors and committees of the Board. Reports of the independent registered public accounting firm, which includes the independent registered public accounting firm’s attestation report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, are also presented within this document.

 
/s/ William F. Carpenter III

Chief Executive Officer and
Chairman of the Board of Directors
  /s/ Jeffrey S. Sherman

Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer

Brentwood, Tennessee
February 17, 2012

F-3


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of LifePoint Hospitals, Inc.

We have audited LifePoint Hospitals, Inc.’s (the “Company”) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

As indicated in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, management’s assessment of and conclusion on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting did not include the internal controls of two hospitals acquired during the year ended December 31, 2011, which are included in the 2011 consolidated financial statements of LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. and. constituted $104.1 million and $80.6 million of total and net assets, respectively, as of December 31, 2011 and $20.9 million of revenues for the year then ended. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting of the Company also did not include an evaluation of the internal control over financial reporting of these two hospitals.

In our opinion, LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011 of LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. and our report dated February 17, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

 
  /s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Nashville, Tennessee
February 17, 2012

F-4


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of LifePoint Hospitals, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. at December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

As disclosed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its presentation of net revenue and provision for doubtful accounts as a result of the adoption of the amendments to the FASB Accounting Standards Codification resulting from Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-7, “Presentation and Disclosure of Patient Service Revenue, Provision for Bad Debts, and the Allowance for Doubtful Accounts for Certain Health Care Entities”.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), LifePoint Hospitals, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 17, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

 
  /s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Nashville, Tennessee
February 17, 2012

F-5


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
For the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
(In millions, except per share amounts)

     
  2011   2010   2009
Revenues before provision for doubtful accounts   $ 3,544.6     $ 3,262.4     $ 2,962.7  
Provision for doubtful accounts     518.5       443.8       375.4  
Revenues     3,026.1       2,818.6       2,587.3  
Salaries and benefits     1,364.7       1,270.3       1,170.9  
Supplies     469.5       443.0       409.1  
Other operating expenses     682.4       605.2       538.0  
Other income     (26.7 )             
Depreciation and amortization     165.8       148.5       143.0  
Interest expense, net     107.1       108.1       103.2  
Debt extinguishment costs           2.4        
Impairment charges                 1.1  
       2,762.8       2,577.5       2,365.3  
Income from continuing operations before income taxes     263.3       241.1       222.0  
Provision for income taxes     97.8       82.4       80.3  
Income from continuing operations     165.5       158.7       141.7  
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes     0.2       (0.1 )      (5.1 ) 
Net income     165.7       158.6       136.6  
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests     (2.8 )      (3.1 )      (2.5 ) 
Net income attributable to LifePoint Hospitals, Inc.   $ 162.9     $ 155.5     $ 134.1  
Basic earnings (loss) per share attributable to LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. stockholders:
                          
Continuing operations   $ 3.30     $ 2.98     $ 2.64  
Discontinued operations                 (0.10 ) 
Net income   $ 3.30     $ 2.98     $ 2.54  
Diluted earnings (loss) per share:
                          
Continuing operations   $ 3.22     $ 2.91     $ 2.59  
Discontinued operations                 (0.10 ) 
Net income   $ 3.22     $ 2.91     $ 2.49  
Weighted average shares and dilutive securities outstanding:
                          
Basic     49.3       52.2       52.7  
Diluted     50.5       53.5       53.8  
Amounts attributable to LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. stockholders:
                          
Income from continuing operations, net of income taxes   $ 162.7     $ 155.6     $ 139.2  
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes     0.2       (0.1 )      (5.1 ) 
Net income   $ 162.9     $ 155.5     $ 134.1  

F-6


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
For the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
(In millions)

     
  2011   2010   2009
Net income   $ 165.7     $ 158.6     $ 136.6  
Other comprehensive income, net of income taxes:
                          
Unrealized gains on changes in fair value of interest rate swap, net of income tax provisions of $2.8, $7.1 and $5.9 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively     4.0       13.4       10.9  
Other comprehensive income     4.0       13.4       10.9  
Comprehensive income     169.7       172.0       147.5  
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests     (2.8 )      (3.1 )      (2.5 ) 
Comprehensive income attributable to LifePoint Hospitals, Inc.   $ 166.9     $ 168.9     $ 145.0  

F-7


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
  
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
December 31, 2011 and 2010
(Dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

   
  2011   2010
ASSETS
                 
Current assets:
                 
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 126.2     $ 207.4  
Accounts receivable, less allowances for doubtful accounts of $537.4 and $459.8 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively     430.6       387.3  
Inventories     87.2       84.6  
Prepaid expenses     26.4       13.9  
Income taxes receivable     1.6       5.5  
Deferred tax assets     125.7       99.7  
Other current assets     42.3       24.7  
       840.0       823.1  
Property and equipment:
                 
Land     93.5       85.9  
Buildings and improvements     1,631.6       1,532.9  
Equipment     1,084.0       950.2  
Construction in progress (estimated cost to complete and equip after December 31, 2011 is $80.7)     105.7       39.4  
       2,914.8       2,608.4  
Accumulated depreciation     (1,084.4 )      (939.8 ) 
       1,830.4       1,668.6  
Deferred loan costs, net     21.7       27.2  
Intangible assets, net     89.5       73.1  
Other     19.8       20.2  
Goodwill     1,568.7       1,550.7  
Total assets   $ 4,370.1     $ 4,162.9  
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
                 
Current liabilities:
                 
Accounts payable   $ 99.6     $ 89.0  
Accrued salaries     103.1       101.4  
Interest rate swap           7.9  
Other current liabilities     168.2       124.6  
Current maturities of long-term debt     1.9       1.4  
       372.8       324.3  
Long-term debt     1,595.4       1,570.5  
Deferred income tax liabilities     259.0       211.2  
Reserves for self-insurance claims and other liabilities     139.1       131.8  
Long-term income tax liability     18.0       18.5  
Total liabilities     2,384.3       2,256.3  
Redeemable noncontrolling interests     26.2       15.3  
Equity:
                 
LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. stockholders’ equity:
                 
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued            
Common stock, $0.01 par value; 90,000,000 shares authorized; 63,233,088 and 61,450,098 shares issued at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively     0.6       0.6  
Capital in excess of par value     1,354.8       1,289.4  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss           (4.0 ) 
Retained earnings     1,066.9       904.0  
Common stock in treasury, at cost, 14,925,875 and 9,991,316 shares at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively     (477.1 )      (302.5 ) 
Total LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. stockholders’ equity     1,945.2       1,887.5  
Noncontrolling interests     14.4       3.8  
Total equity     1,959.6       1,891.3  
Total liabilities and equity   $ 4,370.1     $ 4,162.9  

F-8


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
For the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
(In millions)

     
  2011   2010   2009
Cash flows from operating activities:
                          
Net income   $ 165.7     $ 158.6     $ 136.6  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
                          
(Income) loss from discontinued operations     (0.2 )      0.1       5.1  
Stock-based compensation     24.0       22.4       22.3  
Depreciation and amortization     165.8       148.5       143.0  
Amortization of physician minimum revenue guarantees     19.8       17.1       13.6  
Amortization of convertible debt discounts     24.3       22.6       21.1  
Amortization of deferred loan costs     5.9       7.1       8.3  
Debt extinguishment costs           2.4        
Deferred income taxes (benefit)     23.1       (29.0 )      (7.2 ) 
Reserve for self-insurance claims, net of payments     18.0       10.3       16.8  
Increase (decrease) in cash from operating assets and liabilities, net of effects from acquisitions and divestitures:
                          
Accounts receivable     (29.5 )      (39.1 )      (3.5 ) 
Inventories and other current assets     (20.1 )      (5.4 )      (6.9 ) 
Accounts payable and accrued expenses     2.9       13.2       (10.7 ) 
Income taxes payable /receivable     3.9       48.8       9.9  
Other     (2.4 )      (1.9 )      1.9  
Net cash provided by operating activities-continuing operations     401.2       375.7       350.3  
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities-discontinued operations     0.3       (1.6 )      (0.4 ) 
Net cash provided by operating activities     401.5       374.1       349.9  
Cash flows from investing activities:
                          
Purchases of property and equipment     (219.9 )      (168.7 )      (166.6 ) 
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired     (121.0 )      (184.9 )      (81.4 ) 
Other     (1.2 )            3.9  
Net cash used in investing activities-continuing operations     (342.1 )      (353.6 )      (244.1 ) 
Net cash provided by investing activities-discontinued operations                 19.6  
Net cash used in investing activities     (342.1 )      (353.6 )      (224.5 ) 
Cash flows from financing activities:
                          
Proceeds from borrowings           400.0        
Payments of borrowings     (0.1 )      (255.2 )      (13.5 ) 
Repurchases of common stock     (174.6 )      (152.1 )      (3.1 ) 
Payment of debt financing costs     (0.4 )      (13.7 )       
Proceeds from exercise of stock options     39.0       20.4       10.8  
Proceeds from employee stock purchase plans     1.2       1.0       1.0  
Distributions to noncontrolling interests, net of proceeds     (1.8 )      (2.4 )      (4.2 ) 
(Repurchases) sales of redeemable noncontrolling interests     (2.3 )      3.1       (0.8 ) 
Capital lease payments and other     (1.6 )      (1.4 )      (4.1 ) 
Net cash used in financing activities     (140.6 )      (0.3 )      (13.9 ) 
Change in cash and cash equivalents     (81.2 )      20.2       111.5  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year     207.4       187.2       75.7  
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year   $ 126.2     $ 207.4     $ 187.2  
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
                          
Interest payments   $ 79.2     $ 71.0     $ 76.1  
Capitalized interest   $ 2.0     $ 0.8     $ 1.1  
Income taxes paid, net   $ 71.0     $ 62.5     $ 75.4  

F-9


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
For the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
(In millions)

               
               
  LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Stockholders    
    
  
Common Stock
  Capital in Excess of Par Value   Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
  Retained
Earnings
  Treasury
Stock
  Noncontrolling
Interests
  Total
     Shares   Amount
Balance at January 1, 2009     53.4       0.6       1,212.6       (28.3 )      614.4       (147.3 )      3.5       1,655.5  
Net income                             134.1             2.5       136.6  
Other comprehensive income                       10.9                         10.9  
Exercise of stock options and tax benefits of stock-based awards     0.8             11.8                               11.8  
Stock activity in connection with employee stock purchase plan                 1.0                               1.0  
Stock-based compensation     0.8             22.3                               22.3  
Repurchases of common stock, at cost     (0.2 )                              (3.1 )            (3.1 ) 
Cash distributions to noncontrolling interests, net of proceeds                 (1.3 )                        (2.9 )      (4.2 ) 
Balance at December 31, 2009     54.8       0.6       1,246.4       (17.4 )      748.5       (150.4 )      3.1       1,830.8  
Net income                             155.5             3.1       158.6  
Other comprehensive income                       13.4                         13.4  
Exercise of stock options and tax benefits of stock-based awards     0.7             19.7                               19.7  
Stock activity in connection with employee stock purchase plan     0.1             1.0                               1.0  
Stock-based compensation     0.4             22.4                               22.4  
Repurchases of common stock, at cost     (4.5 )                              (152.1 )            (152.1 ) 
Cash distributions to noncontrolling interests, net of proceeds                 (0.1 )                        (2.4 )      (2.5 ) 
Balance at December 31, 2010     51.5       0.6       1,289.4       (4.0 )      904.0       (302.5 )      3.8       1,891.3  
Net income                             162.9             2.8       165.7  
Other comprehensive income                       4.0                         4.0  
Exercise of stock options and tax benefits of stock-based awards     1.3             43.5                               43.5  
Stock activity in connection with employee stock purchase plan                 1.2                               1.2  
Stock-based compensation     0.4             24.0                               24.0  
Repurchases of common stock, at cost     (4.9 )                              (174.6 )            (174.6 ) 
Noncash change in noncontrolling interests as a result of acquisition and other                 (3.7 )                        10.0       6.3  
Cash proceeds from (cash distributions to) noncontrolling interests                 0.4                         (2.2 )      (1.8 ) 
Balance at December 31, 2011     48.3     $ 0.6     $ 1,354.8     $     $ 1,066.9     $ (477.1 )    $ 14.4     $ 1,959.6  

F-10


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2011

Note 1. Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Organization

LifePoint Hospitals, Inc., a Delaware corporation, acting through its subsidiaries, operates general acute care hospitals primarily in non-urban communities in the United States (“U.S.”). Unless the context otherwise indicates, LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. and its subsidiaries are referred to herein as “LifePoint” or the “Company.” At December 31, 2011, on a consolidated basis, the Company operated 54 hospital campuses in 18 states. Unless noted otherwise, discussions in these notes pertain to the Company’s continuing operations, which exclude the results of those facilities that have been previously disposed.

Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and all subsidiaries and entities controlled by the Company through the Company’s direct or indirect ownership of a majority interest and exclusive rights granted to the Company as the sole general partner or controlling member of such entities. Additionally, the Company consolidates any entities for which it receives the majority of the entity’s expected returns or is at risk for the majority of the entity’s expected losses based upon its investment or financial interest in the entity. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions within the Company have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the Company’s accompanying consolidated financial statements and notes to consolidated financial statements. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Discontinued Operations

In accordance with the provisions of Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 360-10, “Property, Plant and Equipment”, (“ASC 360-10”), the Company has presented the operating results, financial position and cash flows of its previously disposed facilities as discontinued operations, net of income taxes, in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

General and Administrative Costs

The majority of the Company’s expenses are “cost of revenue” items. Costs that could be classified as “general and administrative” by the Company would include its hospital support center overhead costs, which were $136.4 million, $120.6 million and $100.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

In accordance with ASC 825-10, “Financial Instruments”, the fair value of the Company’s financial instruments are further described as follows.

Cash and Cash Equivalents, Accounts Receivable and Accounts Payable

The carrying amounts reported in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets for cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate fair value because of the short-term maturity of these instruments.

F-11


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2011

Note 1. Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

Long-Term Debt

The Company’s term B loans (the “Term B Loans”) under its credit agreement, as amended, with Citicorp North America, Inc., as administrative agent, and a syndicate of lenders (the “Credit Agreement”), 6.625% unsecured senior notes due October 1, 2020 (the “6.625% Senior Notes”), 3½% convertible senior subordinated notes due May 15, 2014 (the “3½% Notes”) and 3¼% convertible senior subordinated debentures due August 15, 2025 (the “3¼% Debentures”) are the Company’s long-term debt instruments where the carrying amounts are different from their fair value. The carrying amount and fair value of these instruments as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 were as follows (in millions):

       
  Carrying Amount   Fair Value
     2011   2010   2011   2010
Term B Loans   $ 443.7     $ 443.7     $ 432.6     $ 445.4  
6.625% Senior Notes   $ 400.0     $ 400.0     $ 413.0     $ 398.0  
3½% Notes, excluding unamortized discount   $ 575.0     $ 575.0     $ 592.3     $ 579.3  
3¼% Debentures, excluding unamortized discount   $ 225.0     $ 225.0     $ 230.3     $ 225.6  

The fair values of the Company’s Term B Loans and 6.625% Senior Notes were estimated using the average bid and ask price as determined by published rates. The fair values of the Company’s 3½% Notes and 3¼% Debentures were estimated using the quoted market prices determined by the closing share price of the Company’s common stock.

Interest Rate Swap

Through May 30, 2011, the Company had an interest rate swap in effect with Citibank, N.A. (“Citibank”) that the Company had designated as a cash flow hedge instrument. Effective May 30, 2011, the Company’s interest rate swap agreement matured. Through May 30, 2011, the fair value of the Company’s interest rate swap agreement was determined in accordance with ASC 815-10, “Derivatives and Hedging” (“ASC 815-10”), based on the amount at which it could be settled, which is referred to in ASC 815-10 as the exit price. The exit price was based upon observable market assumptions and appropriate valuation adjustments for credit risk. The Company categorized its interest rate swap as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy, which ASC 820-10 “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures” (“ASC 820-10”), defines as observable market-based inputs or unobservable inputs that are corroborated by market data.

Because the Company’s interest rate swap agreement matured on May 30, 2011, the fair value of the interest rate swap at December 31, 2011 was zero. The fair value of the Company’s interest rate swap at December 31, 2010 reflected a liability of $7.9 million and is included as a current liability under the caption “Interest rate swap” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. The Company’s interest rate swap is further described in Note 7.

Revenue Recognition and Accounts Receivable

The Company recognizes revenues in the period in which services are performed. Accounts receivable primarily consist of amounts due from third-party payors and patients. The Company’s ability to collect outstanding receivables is critical to its results of operations and cash flows. Amounts the Company receives for treatment of patients covered by governmental programs such as Medicare and Medicaid and other third-party payors such as health maintenance organizations, preferred provider organizations and other private insurers are generally less than the Company’s established billing rates. Additionally, to provide for accounts receivable that could become uncollectible in the future, the Company establishes an allowance for doubtful accounts to reduce the carrying value of such receivables to their estimated net realizable value. Accordingly, the revenues and accounts receivable reported in the Company’s consolidated financial statements are recorded at the net amount expected to be received.

F-12


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2011

Note 1. Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

The Company’s revenues by payor and approximate percentages of revenues were as follows for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 (in millions):

           
  2011   2010   2009
     Amount   Ratio   Amount   Ratio   Amount   Ratio
Medicare   $ 1,061.3       35.0 %    $ 983.7       34.9 %    $ 891.4       34.5 % 
Medicaid     432.1       14.3       410.8       14.6       313.9       12.1  
HMOs, PPOs and other private insurers     1,446.6       47.8       1,360.1       48.2       1,335.4       51.6  
Self-pay     565.3       18.7       475.1       16.9       390.1       15.1  
Other     39.3       1.3       32.7       1.1       31.9       1.2  
Revenues before provision for doubtful accounts     3,544.6       117.1       3,262.4       115.7       2,962.7       114.5  
Provision for doubtful accounts     (518.5 )      (17.1 )      (443.8 )      (15.7 )      (375.4 )      (14.5 ) 
Revenues   $ 3,026.1       100.0 %    $ 2,818.6       100.0 %    $ 2,587.3       100.0 % 

Contractual Discounts and Cost Report Settlements

The Company derives a significant portion of its revenues from Medicare, Medicaid and other payors that receive discounts from its established billing rates. The Company must estimate the total amount of these discounts to prepare its consolidated financial statements. The Medicare and Medicaid regulations and various managed care contracts under which these discounts must be calculated are complex and are subject to interpretation and adjustment. The Company estimates the allowance for contractual discounts on a payor-specific basis given its interpretation of the applicable regulations or contract terms. These interpretations sometimes result in payments that differ from the Company’s estimates. Additionally, updated regulations and contract renegotiations occur frequently, necessitating regular review and assessment of the estimation process by management. Changes in estimates related to the allowance for contractual discounts affect revenues reported in the Company’s accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Cost report settlements under reimbursement agreements with Medicare and Medicaid are estimated and recorded in the period the related services are rendered and are adjusted in future periods as final settlements are determined. There is a reasonable possibility that recorded estimates will change by a material amount in the near term. The net adjustments to estimated cost report settlements resulted in increases to revenues of approximately $13.1 million, $4.9 million and $5.4 million, increases to net income of approximately $8.4 million, $3.2 million, and $3.4 million, and increases to diluted earnings per share of approximately $0.17, $0.06 and $0.06 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The net cost report settlements due from the Company included as a current liability under the caption “Other current liabilities” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, were approximately $4.1 million at both December 31, 2011 and 2010. The Company’s management believes that adequate provisions have been made for adjustments that may result from final determination of amounts earned under these programs.

Laws and regulations governing Medicare and Medicaid programs are complex and subject to interpretation. The Company believes that it is in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations and is not aware of any pending or threatened investigations involving allegations of potential wrongdoing that would have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements. Compliance with such laws and regulations can be subject to future government review and interpretation as well as significant regulatory action including fines, penalties and exclusion from the Medicare and Medicaid programs.

F-13


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2011

Note 1. Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

Charity Care

Self-pay revenues are derived primarily from patients who do not have any form of healthcare coverage. The revenues associated with self-pay patients are generally reported at the Company’s gross charges. The Company evaluates these patients, after the patient’s medical condition is determined to be stable, for their ability to pay based upon federal and state poverty guidelines, qualifications for Medicaid or other governmental assistance programs, as well as the local hospital’s policy for charity care. The Company provides care without charge to certain patients that qualify under the local charity care policy of each of its hospitals. For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Company estimates that its costs of care provided under its charity care programs approximated $25.0 million, $18.4 million and $18.1 million, respectively.

The Company’s management estimates its costs of care provided under its charity care programs utilizing a calculated ratio of costs to gross charges multiplied by the Company’s gross charity care charges provided. The Company’s gross charity care charges include only services provided to patients who are unable to pay and qualify under the Company’s local charity care policies. To the extent the Company receives reimbursement through the various governmental assistance programs in which it participates to subsidize its care of indigent patients, the Company does not include these patients charges in its cost of care provided under its charity care program. Additionally, the Company does not report a charity care patient’s charges in revenues or in the provision for doubtful accounts as it is the Company’s policy not to pursue collection of amounts related to these patients.

Previously, the Company reported its estimates of services provided under its charity care programs based on gross charges. In connection with the Company’s adoption of ASU 2010-23, “Measuring Charity Care for Disclosure,” (“ASU 2010-23”) amounts previously reported for care provided under its charity care programs have been restated to reflect the Company’s estimates of its direct and indirect costs of providing these services. This change had no impact on the Company’s results of operations.

Provision and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

During the fourth quarter of 2011 and retrospectively for all periods presented, the Company adopted the provisions of ASU No. 2011-7, “Presentation and Disclosure of Patient Service Revenue, Provision for Bad Debts, and the Allowance for Doubtful Accounts for Certain Health Care Entities” (“ASU 2011-7”). ASU 2011-7 requires the presentation of revenues net of the provision for doubtful accounts. Previously, the Company’s provision for doubtful accounts was included as a component of operating expenses. The impact of the Company’s adoption of ASU 2011-7 is further described in Note 2.

To provide for accounts receivable that could become uncollectible in the future, the Company establishes an allowance for doubtful accounts to reduce the carrying value of such receivables to their estimated net realizable value. The primary uncertainty lies with uninsured patient receivables and deductibles, co-payments or other amounts due from individual patients.

The Company has an established process to determine the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts that relies on a number of analytical tools and benchmarks to arrive at a reasonable allowance. No single statistic or measurement determines the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts. Some of the analytical tools that the Company utilizes include, but are not limited to, historical cash collection experience, revenue trends by payor classification and revenue days in accounts receivable. Accounts receivable are written off after collection efforts have been followed in accordance with the Company’s policies.

F-14


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2011

Note 1. Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

A summary of activity in the Company’s allowance for doubtful accounts is as follows (in millions):

       
  Balances at
Beginning of
Year
  Additions
Recognized
as a
Reduction to
Revenues(a)
  Accounts
Written Off,
Net of
Recoveries
  Balances at
End of Year
Year ended December 31, 2011   $ 459.8     $ 517.7     $ (440.1 )    $ 537.4  
Year ended December 31, 2010   $ 433.2     $ 442.7     $ (416.1 )    $ 459.8  
Year ended December 31, 2009   $ 374.4     $ 379.7     $ (320.9 )    $ 433.2  

(a) Additions recognized as a reduction to revenues include amounts related to the Company’s continuing and discontinued operations in the Company’s accompanying consolidated financial statements.

The allowances for doubtful accounts as a percent of gross accounts receivable, net of contractual discounts were 55.5% and 54.3% as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Additionally, as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the allowances for doubtful accounts as a percentage of uninsured receivables were 82.3% and 84.2%, respectively.

Concentration of Revenues

During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, approximately 49.3%, 49.5% and 46.6%, respectively, of the Company’s revenues related to patients participating in the Medicare and Medicaid programs, collectively. The Company’s management recognizes that revenues and receivables from government agencies are significant to the Company’s operations, but it does not believe that there are significant credit risks associated with these government agencies. The Company’s management does not believe that there are any other significant concentrations of revenues from any particular payor that would subject the Company to any significant credit risks in the collection of its accounts receivable.

The Company’s revenues are particularly sensitive to regulatory and economic changes in certain states where the Company generates significant revenues. The following is an analysis by state of revenues as a percentage of the Company’s total revenues for those states in which the Company generates significant revenues for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

             
  Hospitals in
State as of
December 31,
2011
  Revenue Concentration by State
     Amount   % of Revenues
     2011   2010   2009   2011   2010   2009
Kentucky     9     $ 501.5     $ 478.9     $ 434.3       16.6 %      17.0 %      16.8 % 
Virginia     4       369.0       345.4       334.6       12.2       12.3       12.9  
Tennessee     10       345.1       257.5       202.7       11.4       9.1       7.8  
New Mexico     2       291.3       277.1       271.5       9.6       9.8       10.5  
West Virginia     2       252.1       246.2       224.9       8.3       8.7       8.7  
Arizona     2       199.1       201.2       182.3       6.6       7.1       7.0  
Louisiana     5       195.4       177.8       172.5       6.5       6.3       6.7  
Alabama     5       178.2       187.3       169.4       5.9       6.6       6.5  

Certain changes have been made to the historical revenue by state table above to reflect the Company’s adoption of ASU 2011-7. Specifically, the historical revenue reported in the table above has been reduced by the Company’s provision for doubtful accounts.

F-15


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2011

Note 1. Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

Other Income

The American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (“ARRA”) provides for incentive payments under the Medicare and Medicaid programs for certain hospitals and physician practices that demonstrate meaningful use of certified electronic health record (“EHR”) technology. These provisions of ARRA, collectively referred to as the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act (the “HITECH Act”), are intended to promote the adoption and meaningful use of interoperable health information technology and qualified EHR technology.

The Company accounts for EHR incentive payments in accordance with ASC 450-30, “Gain Contingencies” (“ASC 450-30”). In accordance with ASC 450-30, the Company recognizes a gain for EHR incentive payments when its eligible hospitals and physician practices have demonstrated meaningful use of certified EHR technology for the applicable period and when the cost report information for the full cost report year that determines the final calculation of the EHR incentive payment is available. The demonstration of meaningful use is based on meeting a series of objectives and varies among hospitals and physician practices, between the Medicare and Medicaid programs and within the Medicaid program from state to state. Additionally, meeting the series of objectives in order to demonstrate meaningful use becomes progressively more stringent as its implementation is phased in through stages as outlined by the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services.

For the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company recognized $26.7 million in EHR incentive payments in accordance with the HITECH Act under the Medicaid program. These payments are reflected separately in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations under the caption “Other income”. Amounts recognized as other income that the Company anticipates collecting in future periods, but that were uncollected as of the balance sheet date are included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet under the caption “Other current assets”. As of December 31, 2011, outstanding receivables from Medicaid for EHR incentive payments totaled approximately $14.9 million.

The Company recognized EHR incentive payments during the second and third quarters of 2011 of $4.2 million and $11.0 million, respectively, which the Company included in revenues. During the fourth quarter of 2011 and retrospectively for the second and third quarters of 2011, the Company changed the classification of its EHR incentive payments from revenues to other income. The $26.7 million in EHR incentive payments recognized for the year ended December 31, 2011 include this reclassification. The quarterly impact of the change in the Company’s classification of EHR incentive payments recognized for the year ended December 31, 2011 is further described in Note 12.

The Company incurs both capital expenditures and operating expenses in connection with the implementation of its various EHR initiatives. The amount and timing of these expenditures does not directly correlate with the timing of the Company’s receipt or recognition of the EHR incentive payments.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on hand and marketable securities with original maturities of three months or less. The Company places its cash in financial institutions that are federally insured in limited amounts.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out) or market and are comprised of purchased items. These inventory items are primarily operating supplies used in the direct or indirect treatment of patients.

F-16


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2011

Note 1. Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

Long-Lived Assets

Property and Equipment

Purchases of property and equipment are recorded at cost. Property and equipment acquired in connection with business combinations are recorded at estimated fair value in accordance with the acquisition method of accounting as prescribed in ASC 805-10, “Business Combinations” (“ASC 805-10”). Routine maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Expenditures that increase capacities or extend useful lives are capitalized. Fully depreciated assets are retained in property and equipment accounts until they are disposed of. Allocated interest on funds used to pay for the construction or purchase of major capital additions is included in the cost of each capital addition.

Depreciation is calculated by applying the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of buildings and improvements and equipment. Assets under capital leases are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the estimated useful life of the assets or life of the lease term, excluding any lease renewals, unless the lease renewals are reasonably assured. Capitalized internal-use software costs are amortized over their expected useful life, which is generally four years. Useful lives are as follows:

 
  Years
Buildings and improvements (including those under capital leases)     10 – 40  
Equipment     3 – 10  
Equipment under capital leases     3 – 5  

Depreciation expense was $162.2 million, $145.9 million and $141.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Amortization expense related to assets under capital leases and capitalized internal-use software costs are included in depreciation expense.

As of December 31, 2011, the majority of the Company’s assets under capital leases are primarily comprised of prepaid capital leases. The Company’s assets under capital leases are set forth in the following table at December 31, 2011 and 2010 (in millions):

   
  2011   2010
Buildings and improvements   $ 221.1     $ 221.6  
Equipment     34.2       29.2  
       255.3       250.8  
Accumulated amortization     (71.3 )      (58.8 ) 
     $ 184.0     $ 192.0  

The Company evaluates its long-lived assets for possible impairment whenever circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset, or related group of assets, may not be recoverable from estimated future cash flows, in accordance with ASC 360-10. Fair value estimates are derived from established market values of comparable assets or internal calculations of estimated future net cash flows. The Company’s estimates of future cash flows are based on assumptions and projections it believes to be reasonable and supportable. The Company’s assumptions take into account revenue and expense growth rates, patient volumes, changes in payor mix and changes in legislation and other payor payment patterns. These assumptions vary by type of facility. The Company incurred a $1.1 million pre-tax impairment charge in continuing operations during the year ended December 31, 2009 related to the impairment of certain operating assets for which the Company considered its existing carrying amounts exceeded the current estimated fair values of these assets.

F-17


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2011

Note 1. Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

Deferred Loan Costs

The Company records deferred loan costs for expenditures related to acquiring or issuing new debt instruments. These expenditures include bank fees and premiums as well as attorney’s and filing fees. The Company amortizes these deferred loan costs over the life of the respective debt instrument using the effective interest method.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

The Company accounts for its acquisitions in accordance with ASC 805-10 using the acquisition method of accounting. Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquired entity over the net amounts assigned to assets acquired and liabilities assumed. In accordance with ASC 350-10, “Intangibles — Goodwill and Other” (“ASC 350-10”), goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are reviewed by the Company at least annually for impairment. The Company’s business comprises a single operating reporting unit for impairment test purposes. For the purposes of these analyses, the Company’s estimates of fair value are based on a combination of the income approach, which estimates the fair value of the Company based on its future discounted cash flows, and the market approach, which estimates the fair value of the Company based on comparable market prices. During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Company performed its annual impairment tests as of October 1 and did not incur an impairment charge.

The Company’s intangible assets relate to contract-based physician minimum revenue guarantees; non-competition agreements; certificates of need and certificates of need exemptions; and licenses, provider numbers, accreditations and other. Contract-based physician minimum revenue guarantees and non-competition agreements are amortized over the terms of the agreements. The certificates of need, certificates of need exemptions, licenses, provider numbers, accreditations and other have been determined to have indefinite lives and, accordingly, are not amortized. The Company’s goodwill and intangible assets are further described in Note 4.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. The Company assesses the likelihood that deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income. To the extent the Company believes that recovery is not likely, a valuation allowance is established. To the extent the Company establishes a valuation allowance or increases this allowance, the Company must include an expense within the provision for income taxes in the consolidated statements of operations. The Company classifies interest and penalties related to its tax positions as a component of income tax expense. Income taxes are further described in Note 5.

Point of Life Indemnity, Ltd.

The Company operates, with approval from the Cayman Islands Monetary Authority, a captive insurance company under the name Point of Life Indemnity, Ltd. Through this wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, the captive insurance company issues malpractice insurance policies to certain of the Company’s employed physicians. Fees charged to these employed physicians are eliminated in consolidation. Reserves for the Company’s estimate of the related outstanding claims, including incurred but not reported losses, are actuarially determined and are included as a component of the Company’s reserves for professional liability self-insurance claims, as further discussed in this note.

F-18


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2011

Note 1. Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

Reserves for Self-Insurance Claims

Given the nature of the Company’s operating environment, it is subject to potential professional liability claims, employee workers’ compensation claims and other claims. To mitigate a portion of this risk, the Company maintains insurance for individual professional liability claims and employee workers’ compensation claims exceeding a self-insured retention level. For all professional liability claims made after April 1, 2009, the Company’s self-insured retention level is $5.0 million per claim. For professional liability claims made before April 1, 2009, the Company’s self-insured retention level ranges from $10.0 million to $25.0 million per claim. Additionally, as of December 31, 2011, the Company’s self-insured retention level for workers’ compensation claims is $2.0 million per claim in all states in which it operates except for Wyoming. The Company participates in a state specific program in Wyoming for its workers’ compensation claims arising in this state. The Company’s self-insured retention levels are evaluated annually as a part of its insurance program’s renewal process.

The Company’s reserves for self-insurance claims reflects the current estimate of all outstanding losses, including incurred but not reported losses, based upon actuarial calculations as of the balance sheet date. The loss estimates included in the actuarial calculations may change in the future based upon updated facts and circumstances. The Company’s expense for self-insurance claims coverage each year includes: the actuarially determined estimate of losses for the current year, including claims incurred but not reported; the change in the estimate of losses for prior years based upon actual claims development experience as compared to prior actuarial projections; the insurance premiums for losses in excess of the Company’s self-insured retention levels; the administrative costs of the insurance program; and interest expense related to the discounted portion of the liability. The Company’s expense for self-insurance claims was approximately $45.3 million, $47.1 million, and $51.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

The Company’s reserves for professional liability claims are based upon quarterly actuarial calculations. The Company’s reserves for employee worker’s compensation claims are based upon semiannual actuarial calculations. These reserve calculations consider historical claims data, demographic considerations, severity factors and other actuarial assumptions, which are discounted to present value. The Company’s reserves for self-insured claims have been discounted to their present value using a discount rate of 2.50%, 3.15%, and 3.60% at December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. As a result of the decreases in the applied discount rate during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, the Company’s self-insurance claims expense increased by approximately $2.5 million, $1.6 million, and $1.2 million which decreased the Company’s net income by approximately $1.6 million, $1.0 million, and $0.8 million, or $0.03, $0.02, and $0.01 per diluted share, respectively. The Company’s management selects a discount rate by considering a risk-free interest rate that corresponds to the period when the self-insured claims are incurred and projected to be paid.

Professional and general liability claims are typically resolved over an extended period of time, often as long as five years or more, while workers’ compensation claims are typically resolved in one to two years. Accordingly, the Company’s reserves for self-insured claims, comprised of estimated indemnity and expense payments related to reported events and incurred but not reported events as of the end of the period, include both a current and long-term component. The current portion of the Company’s reserves for self-insured claims is included under the caption “Other current liabilities” and the long-term portion is included under the caption “Reserves for self-insurance claims and other liabilities” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

F-19


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2011

Note 1. Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

The following table provides information regarding the classification of the Company’s reserves for self-insured claims at December 31, 2011 and 2010 (in millions):

   
  2011   2010
Current portion   $ 41.6     $ 32.8  
Long-term portion     105.3       95.9  
     $ 146.9     $ 128.7  

The combination of changing conditions and the extended time required for claim resolution results in a loss estimation process that requires actuarial skill and the application of judgment, and such estimates require periodic revision. As a result of the variety of factors that must be considered, there is a risk that actual incurred losses may develop differently from estimates. The results of the Company’s quarterly and semiannual actuarial calculations resulted in changes to its reserves for self-insured claims for prior years. As a result, for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company’s related self-insured claims expense decreased by $6.2 million and $3.7 million, which increased net income by approximately $3.9 million and $2.4 million, or $0.08 and $0.05 per diluted share, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company’s related self-insured claims expense increased by $2.5 million, which decreased net income by approximately $1.6 million, or $0.03 per diluted share.

Self-Insured Medical Benefits

The Company is self-insured for substantially all of the medical expenses and benefits of its employees. The reserve for medical benefits primarily reflects the current estimate of incurred but not reported losses based upon an annual actuarial calculation as of the balance sheet date. The undiscounted reserve for self-insured medical benefits was $21.9 million and $17.2 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Noncontrolling Interests and Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests

Noncontrolling interests represent the portion of equity in a subsidiary not attributable, directly or indirectly, to a parent. The Company’s accompanying consolidated financial statements include all assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses at their consolidated amounts, which include the amounts attributable to the Company and the noncontrolling interest. The Company recognizes as a separate component of equity and earnings the portion of income or loss attributable to noncontrolling interests based on the portion of the entity not owned by the Company.

Certain of the Company’s noncontrolling interests include redemption features that cause these interests not to meet the requirements for classification as equity in accordance with ASC 480-10-S99-3, “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity”. Redemption of these interests features would require the delivery of cash. Accordingly, these redeemable noncontrolling interests are classified in the mezzanine section of the Company’s accompanying consolidated balance sheets under the caption “Redeemable noncontrolling interests”.

In January, 2011, the Company formed a joint venture with Duke University Health System (“Duke”), with a mission to own and operate community hospitals as well as improve the delivery of healthcare services in North Carolina and the surrounding area. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company, through its joint venture with Duke, acquired two hospitals and one ancillary service-line business, as more fully discussed in Note 3.

F-20


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2011

Note 1. Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

The following table presents the changes in the Company’s redeemable noncontrolling interests during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 (in millions):

 
Balance at January 1, 2010   $ 12.0  
Sales     4.4  
Repurchases     (1.3 ) 
Noncash adjustment to redemption amounts     0.2  
Balance at December 31, 2010     15.3  
Acquisition of Maria Parham (Note 3)     11.9  
Noncash adjustment to redemption amounts     1.3  
Repurchases     (2.3 ) 
Balance at December 31, 2011   $ 26.2  

Segment Reporting

The Company has five operating divisions as of December 31, 2011. The Company realigns these operating divisions frequently based upon changing circumstances, including acquisition and divestiture activity. The Company considers these five operating divisions as one operating segment, healthcare services, for segment reporting purposes and for goodwill impairment testing in accordance with ASC 280-10, “Segment Reporting”, (“ASC 280-10”) and ASC 350-10.

In accordance with ASC 350-10, the Company has determined that its five operating divisions and related acute care hospitals comprise one reporting unit because of their similar economic characteristics in each of the following areas:

the way the Company manages its operations and extent to which its acquired facilities are integrated into its existing operations as a single reporting unit;
the Company’s goodwill is recoverable from the collective operations of its five operating divisions and related acute care hospitals and not individually from one single operating division or hospital;
its operating divisions are frequently realigned based upon changing circumstances, including acquisition and divestiture activity; and
because of the collective size of its five operating divisions, each division and acute care hospital benefits from its participation in a group purchasing organization.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company issues stock options and other stock-based awards to key employees and directors under various stockholder-approved stock-based compensation plans, as further described in Note 9. The Company accounts for its stock-based awards in accordance with the provisions of ASC 718-10 “Compensation —  Stock Compensation”, (“ASC 718-10”). In accordance with ASC 718-10, the Company recognizes compensation expense based on the estimated grant date fair value of each stock-based award.

Defined Contribution Plan

The Company has a defined contribution retirement plan that covers substantially all of the Company’s employees. The Company’s defined contribution plan expense was $4.3 million, $11.7 million, and $15.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Effective January 1, 2011, the Company changed its discretionary matching policy from a pre-determined matching percentage to an annual discretionary match based on the Company’s performance.

F-21


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2011

Note 1. Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

Earnings (Loss) Per Share (“EPS”)

EPS is based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding and dilutive stock options, convertible notes, when dilutive, and nonvested shares. In addition, the numerator of EPS, net income, is adjusted for interest expense related to the Company’s convertible notes, when dilutive, as more fully discussed in Note 7 and Note 11. The computation of the Company’s basic and diluted EPS is set forth in Note 11.

Note 2. New Accounting Standards

ASU 2011-8, “Intangibles — Goodwill and Other” (“ASU 2011-8”)

In September 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU 2011-8. Previously, entities were required to test goodwill for impairment, on at least an annual basis, by first comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the resulting fair value of a reporting unit was less than its carrying amount, then the second step of the test would be performed to measure the amount of the impairment loss, if any. ASU 2011-8 permits an entity to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test. If, after assessing the totality of events or circumstances, an entity determines it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then performing the two-step goodwill impairment test is unnecessary.

In accordance with ASU 2011-8, an entity has the option to bypass the qualitative assessment for any reporting unit in any period and proceed directly to performing the first step of the two-step goodwill impairment test. Additionally, ASU 2011-8 permits an entity to resume performing the qualitative assessment in any subsequent period. The Company adopted the provisions of ASU 2011-8 during the fourth quarter of 2011 without impact to the Company’s annual impairment tests as of October 1 for the year ended December 31, 2011, as further discussed in Note 1.

ASU 2011-7, “Presentation and Disclosure of Patient Service Revenue, Provision for Bad Debts, and the Allowance for Doubtful Accounts for Certain Health Care Entities”

In July 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-7. ASU 2011-07 requires the presentation of revenues net of the provision for doubtful accounts as well as requiring certain additional disclosures designed to help users understand how contractual discounts and bad debts affect recorded revenue in both interim and annual financial statements. Previously, the Company’s provision for doubtful accounts was included as a component of operating expenses. The Company adopted the provisions of ASU 2011-7 during the fourth quarter of 2011 and retrospectively for all periods presented. The adoption of ASU 2011-7 changed the Company’s determination of revenues as well as operating costs, however, it did not impact the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

F-22


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2011

Note 2. New Accounting Standards  – (continued)

The following is a summary of the line items impacted by the adoption of ASU 2011-7 in the Company’s accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 (in millions):

           
  For the Years Ended December 31,
     2010   2009
     As
Originally
Reported
  Adjustments
for the
Adoption of
ASU 2011-7
  As
Currently
Reported
  As
Originally
Reported
  Adjustments
for the
Adoption of
ASU 2011-7
  As
Currently
Reported
Revenues   $ 3,262.4     $ (443.8 )    $ 2,818.6     $ 2,962.7     $ (375.4 )    $ 2,587.3  
Total operating expenses     3,021.3       (443.8 )      2,577.5       2,740.7       (375.4 )      2,365.3  
Income from continuing operations before income taxes   $ 241.1     $     $ 241.1     $ 222.0     $     $ 222.0  

In addition to the above noted changes, certain calculations and metrics that are based on revenues have been adjusted to reflect revenues including the provision for doubtful accounts.

ASU 2011-5, “Presentation of Comprehensive Income” (“ASU 2011-5”)

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-5. ASU 2011-5 eliminated the Company’s previously elected option to present components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in stockholders’ equity. Instead, ASU 2011-5 requires that all non-owner changes in stockholders’ equity be presented either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. The Company adopted the provisions of ASU 2011-5 during the fourth quarter of 2011 and retrospectively for all periods presented with the inclusion of a separate, consecutive consolidated statement of comprehensive income. Through May 30, 2011, The Company’s only component of other comprehensive income related to changes in the fair value of its interest rate swap derivative instrument. Effective May 30, 2011, the Company’s interest rate swap agreement matured, as further discussed in Note 7. The adoption of ASU 2011-5 did not impact the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

ASU 2010-24, “Presentation of Insurance Claims and Related Insurance Recoveries” (“ASU 2010-24”)

Effective January 1, 2011 and retrospectively for all periods presented, the Company adopted the provisions of ASU 2010-24 which further clarifies that health care entities should not net insurance recoveries against the related claim liabilities. In connection with the Company’s adoption of ASU 2010-24, the Company recorded increases under the captions “Other assets” and “Reserves for self-insurance claims and other liabilities” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet by $10.5 million as of December 31, 2010. The $10.5 million increase as of December 31, 2010 represents the Company’s estimate of recoveries for certain claims in excess of our self-insured retention levels for workers’ compensation claims and professional and general liability claims. The adoption of ASU 2010-24 had no impact on the Company’s results of operations or cash flows.

F-23


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2011

Note 2. New Accounting Standards  – (continued)

The following is a summary of the line items impacted by the adoption of ASU 2010-24 in the Company’s December 31, 2010 accompanying consolidated balance sheet (in millions):

     
  As Originally
Reported
  Adjustments
for the
Adoption of
ASU 2010-24
  As Currently
Reported
Other   $ 9.7     $ 10.5     $ 20.2  
Total assets   $ 4,152.4     $ 10.5     $ 4,162.9  
Reserves for self-insurance claims and other liabilities   $ 121.3     $ 10.5     $ 131.8  
Total liabilities   $ 2,245.8     $ 10.5     $ 2,256.3  
Total liabilities and equity   $ 4,152.4     $ 10.5     $ 4,162.9  

ASU 2010-23, “Measuring Charity Care for Disclosure”

In August 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-23. ASU 2010-23 standardizes the basis of disclosure of charity care as cost and specifies the elements of cost to be used in charity care disclosures. Effective January 1, 2011 and retrospectively for all periods presented, the Company adopted the provisions of ASU 2010-23, as more fully described in Note 1. The adoption of ASU 2010-23 had no impact on the Company’s results of operations.

Note 3. Acquisitions

2011 Acquisitions

Maria Parham Medical Center (“Maria Parham”)

Effective November 1, 2011, the Company, through its joint venture with Duke, acquired an 80% interest in Maria Parham, a 102 bed hospital located in Henderson, North Carolina for approximately $57.9 million. The Company has committed to invest in Maria Parham an additional $45.0 million in capital expenditures and improvements as well as an additional $8.0 million for the continuation of existing or initiation of new physician recruitment activities both over the next 10 years. The results of operations of Maria Parham are included in the Company’s results of operations beginning November 1, 2011.

The fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition were as follows (in millions):

 
Current assets   $ 11.8  
Property and equipment     68.1  
Intangible assets     1.3  
Total assets acquired, excluding cash     81.2  
Current liabilities     10.0  
Long-term liabilities     1.4  
Total liabilities assumed     11.4  
Redeemable noncontrolling interest     11.9  
Net assets acquired   $ 57.9  

In connection with the acquisition of Maria Parham, the Company entered into an agreement to provide management and administrative support for the operations of the hospital. The Company has concluded that due to its economic interest in Maria Parham combined with its agreement to provide management and administrative support, it is the primary beneficiary. Accordingly, the Company has consolidated the operations of Maria Parham in accordance with ASC 810, “Consolidations”.

F-24


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2011

Note 3. Acquisitions  – (continued)

Person Memorial Hospital (“Person Memorial”)

Effective October 1, 2011, the Company, through its joint venture with Duke, acquired Person Memorial, a 110 bed hospital located in Roxboro, North Carolina for approximately $22.7 million. The Company has committed to invest in Person Memorial an additional $6.0 million in capital expenditures and improvements over the next 5 years with a total commitment of $15.0 million within the next 10 years as well as an additional $3.0 million for the continuation of existing or initiation of new physician recruitment activities over the next 5 years. The results of operations of Person Memorial are included in the Company’s results of operations beginning October 1, 2011.

The fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition were as follows (in millions):

 
Current assets   $ 6.2  
Property and equipment     19.3  
Intangible assets     0.9  
Total assets acquired, excluding cash     26.4  
Total liabilities assumed     3.7  
Net assets acquired   $ 22.7  

2010 Acquisitions

HighPoint Health Systems (“HighPoint”)

Effective September 1, 2010, the Company acquired Sumner Regional Health Systems, subsequently renamed HighPoint Health Systems, for approximately $145.0 million plus net working capital. HighPoint includes Sumner Regional Medical Center a 155 bed hospital located in Gallatin, Tennessee, Trousdale Medical Center, a 25 bed hospital located in Hartsville, Tennessee and Riverview Regional Medical Center, a two campus hospital system with a combined 88 beds in Carthage, Tennessee. The results of operations of HighPoint are included in the Company’s results of operations beginning September 1, 2010.

Clark Regional Medical Center (“Clark”)

Effective May 1, 2010, the Company acquired the operations, working capital and equipment of Clark, a 100 bed hospital located in Winchester, Kentucky for approximately $10.1 million. In connection with this transaction, the Company entered into a lease agreement for the existing Clark hospital. The Company has committed to spend an additional approximate $60.0 million to build and equip a new hospital to replace the current hospital facility. The Company began construction during the third quarter of 2010 and anticipates opening the replacement hospital in the second quarter of 2012. The results of operations of Clark are included in the Company’s results of operations beginning May 1, 2010.

2009 Acquisitions

Rockdale Medical Center (“Rockdale”)

Effective February 1, 2009, the Company acquired Rockdale Medical Center, a 138 bed hospital located in Conyers, Georgia, for approximately $82.6 million. The results of operations of Rockdale are included in the Company’s results of operations beginning February 1, 2009.

Ancillary Service-Line Acquisitions

The Company completed certain ancillary service-line acquisitions, including physician practices, totaling $40.4 million, $17.2 million, and $4.8 million during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

F-25


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2011

Note 4. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

The following table presents the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 (in millions):

 
Balance at January 1, 2010   $ 1,523.0  
Acquisition of Clark     1.3  
Acquisition of HighPoint     25.0  
Acquisitions of ancillary service-lines     1.4  
Balance at December 31, 2010     1,550.7  
Acquisitions of ancillary service-lines     18.0  
Balance at December 31, 2011   $ 1,568.7  

The following table provides information regarding the Company’s intangible assets, which are included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2011 and 2010 (in millions):

   
  2011   2010
Amortized intangible assets:
                 
Contract-based physician minimum revenue guarantees
        
Gross carrying amount   $ 92.5     $ 87.2  
Accumulated amortization     (48.7 )      (37.9 ) 
Net total     43.8       49.3  
Non-competition agreements
                 
Gross carrying amount     32.8       29.3  
Accumulated amortization     (15.2 )      (12.0 ) 
Net total     17.6       17.3  
Favorable payor contracts
                 
Gross carrying amount     2.4        
Accumulated amortization     (0.3 )       
Net total     2.1        
Total amortized intangible assets
                 
Gross carrying amount     127.7       116.5  
Accumulated amortization     (64.2 )      (49.9 ) 
Net total     63.5       66.6  
Indefinite-lived intangible assets:
                 
Certificates of need and certificates of need exemptions     23.9       6.5  
Licenses, provider numbers, accreditations and other     2.1        
Net total     26.0       6.5  
Total intangible assets:
                 
Gross carrying amount     153.7       123.0  
Accumulated amortization     (64.2 )      (49.9 ) 
Net total   $ 89.5     $ 73.1  

Contract-Based Physician Minimum Revenue Guarantees

The Company has committed to provide certain financial assistance pursuant to recruiting agreements, or “physician minimum revenue guarantees,” with various physicians practicing in the communities it serves. In consideration for a physician relocating to one of its communities and agreeing to engage in private practice for the benefit of the respective community, the Company may advance certain amounts of money to a physician to assist in establishing his or her practice.

F-26


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2011

Note 4. Goodwill and Intangible Assets  – (continued)

The Company accounts for its physician minimum revenue guarantees in accordance with the provisions of ASC 460-10, “Guarantees” (“ASC 460-10”). In accordance with ASC 460-10, the Company records a contract-based intangible asset and a related guarantee liability for new physician minimum revenue guarantees. The contract-based intangible asset is amortized as a component of other operating expenses, in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, over the period of the physician contract, which typically ranges from four to five years. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company’s liability for contract-based physician minimum revenue guarantees was $13.6 million and $18.0 million, respectively. These amounts are included as a current liability under the caption “Other current liabilities” in the Company’s accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Non-Competition Agreements

The Company has entered into non-competition agreements with certain physicians and other individuals which are amortized on a straight-line basis over the term of the agreements.

Certificates of Need and Certificates of Need Exemptions

The construction of new facilities, the acquisition or expansion of existing facilities and the addition of new services and certain equipment at the Company’s facilities may be subject to state laws that require prior approval by state regulatory agencies. These certificate of need laws generally require that a state agency determine the public need and give approval prior to the construction or acquisition of facilities or the addition of new services. The Company operates hospitals in certain states that have adopted certificate of need laws.

Licenses, Provider Numbers, Accreditations and Other

Operating hospitals requires obtaining certain licenses, provider numbers and accreditations from federal, state and other accrediting agencies. In connection with the Company’s acquisitions of Maria Parham, Person Memorial and other ancillary service-lines, as further discussed in Note 3, the Company attributed a portion of the purchase prices to licenses, provider numbers, accreditations and other intangibles. The Company has determined that these intangibles have an indefinite useful life.

Amortization Expense

Amortization expense for the Company’s intangible assets, including physician minimum revenue guarantee expense in accordance with ASC 460-10, during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 was $23.4 million, $19.7 million, and $14.8 million, respectively.

Total estimated amortization expense for the Company’s intangible assets during the next five years and thereafter are as follows (in millions):

 
2012   $ 25.4  
2013     18.6  
2014     9.9  
2015     4.2  
2016     1.2  
Thereafter     4.2  
     $ 63.5  

F-27


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2011

Note 5. Accounting for Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 consists of the following (in millions):

     
  2011   2010   2009
Current:
                          
Federal   $ 72.8     $ 37.6     $ 88.2  
State     8.3       4.5       6.8  
       81.1       42.1       95.0  
Deferred:
                          
Federal     20.3       38.9       (14.5 ) 
State     (4.8 )      (2.5 )      (3.6 ) 
       15.5       36.4       (18.1 ) 
Increase in valuation allowance     1.2       3.9       3.4  
Total   $ 97.8     $ 82.4     $ 80.3  

The increases in the valuation allowance during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 were primarily the result of state net operating loss carry forwards that management believes may not be fully utilized because of the uncertainty regarding the Company’s ability to generate taxable income in certain states. Various subsidiaries have state net operating loss carry forwards in the aggregate of approximately $753.0 million (primarily in Alabama, Florida, Indiana, Louisiana, Pennsylvania, Tennessee, Virginia and West Virginia) with expiration dates through the year 2031.

The following is a reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax rate to the Company’s effective income tax rate for income from continuing operations before income taxes and including net income from non-controlling interests for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

     
  2011   2010   2009
Federal statutory rate     35.0 %      35.0 %      35.0 % 
State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefits     2.1       1.6       1.4  
Valuation allowances     0.5       1.6       1.5  
Income tax liability reversals           (2.5 )      (1.9 ) 
Other items, net           (1.1 )      0.6  
Effective income tax rate     37.6 %      34.6 %      36.6 % 

F-28


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2011

Note 5. Accounting for Income Taxes  – (continued)

Deferred income taxes result from temporary differences in the recognition of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses for financial accounting and tax purposes. Sources of these differences and the related tax effects are as follows as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 (in millions):

   
  2011   2010
Deferred income tax liabilities:
                 
Depreciation and amortization   $ (290.7 )    $ (227.3 ) 
Amortization of convertible debt discounts     (22.5 )      (32.3 ) 
Prepaid expenses     (1.3 )      (1.6 ) 
Other     (14.3 )      (10.5 ) 
Total deferred income tax liabilities     (328.8 )      (271.7 ) 
Deferred income tax assets:
                 
Provision for doubtful accounts     85.7       59.4  
Employee compensation     59.5       58.7  
Professional liability claims     45.2       38.7  
Interest rate swap           2.7  
Other     64.9       58.6  
Total deferred income tax assets     255.3       218.1  
Valuation allowance     (59.8 )      (57.9 ) 
Net deferred income tax assets     195.5       160.2  
Net deferred income tax liabilities   $ (133.3 )    $ (111.5 ) 

The balance sheet classification of deferred income tax assets (liabilities) at December 31, 2011 and 2010 is as follows (in millions):

   
  2011   2010
Current   $ 125.7     $ 99.7  
Long-term     (259.0 )      (211.2 ) 
Total   $ (133.3 )    $ (111.5 ) 

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending liability for gross unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2011 and 2010 is as follows (in millions):

   
  2011   2010
Balance at beginning of year   $ 16.1     $ 42.3  
Additions for tax positions of prior years     5.2       6.0  
Reductions for tax positions of prior years     (5.5 )      (29.2 ) 
Reductions for settlements with taxing authorities           (0.4 ) 
Reductions for lapse of statutes of limitations     (0.1 )      (2.6 ) 
Balance at end of year   $ 15.7     $ 16.1  

The components of the long-term income tax liability at December 31, 2011 and 2010 are as follows (in millions):

   
  2011   2010
Unrecognized tax benefits   $ 15.7     $ 16.1  
Accrued interest and penalties     2.3       2.4  
     $ 18.0     $ 18.5  

F-29


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2011

Note 5. Accounting for Income Taxes  – (continued)

Of the $15.7 million of unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2011, $1.4 million, if recognized, would affect the Company’s effective tax rate. Included in the balance of unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2011 are tax positions of $14.3 million for which the ultimate deductibility is highly certain but for which there is uncertainty about the timing of such deductibility. Because of the impact of deferred income tax accounting, other than for interest and penalties, the disallowance of the shorter deductibility period would not affect the effective income tax rate but would accelerate the payment of cash to the taxing authority to an earlier period.

The Company includes interest and penalties as a component of its income tax expense. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company recorded a net $0.1 million reduction of interest expense related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense, which is comprised of an interest benefit of $0.6 million from the expiration of federal and state statutes of limitation, settlements with taxing authorities and interest expense of $0.5 million on unrecognized tax benefits from prior years.

The Company’s U.S. Federal income tax returns for tax years 2008 and beyond remain subject to examination by the Internal Revenue Service. The expiration of the statutes of limitation related to the various state income tax returns that the Company and its subsidiaries file, varies by state. Generally, the Company’s various state income tax returns for tax years 2005 and beyond remain subject to examination by various state taxing authorities. As a result of the expiration of the statutes of limitation for specific taxing jurisdictions, the Company’s unrecognized tax positions could change within the next twelve months by a range of zero to $4.0 million.

Note 6. Other Current Liabilities

The following table provides information regarding the Company’s other current liabilities, which are included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2011 and 2010 (in millions):

   
  2011   2010
Accrued interest   $ 14.0     $ 16.0  
Short-term portion of reserves for self-insurance claims     41.6       32.8  
Medical benefits liability     21.9       17.2  
Physician minimum revenue guarantee liability     13.6       18.0  
Estimated third party settlements     4.1       4.1  
Accrued property taxes     7.6       6.0  
Deferred revenues     13.0       0.5  
Other     52.4       30.0  
     $ 168.2     $ 124.6  

F-30


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2011

Note 7. Long-Term Debt

The Company’s long-term debt consists of the following at December 31, 2011 and 2010 (in millions):

   
  2011   2010
Senior Borrowings:
                 
Credit Agreement:
                 
Term B Loans   $ 443.7     $ 443.7  
6.625% Senior Notes     400.0       400.0  
       843.7       843.7  
Subordinated Borrowings:
                 
3½% Notes     575.0       575.0  
3¼% Debentures     225.0       225.0  
Unamortized discounts on 3½% Notes and 3¼% Debentures     (55.5 )      (79.8 ) 
Other           0.1  
       744.5       720.3  
Capital leases     9.1       7.9  
Total long-term debt     1,597.3       1,571.9  
Less: current portion     1.9       1.4  
     $ 1,595.4     $ 1,570.5  

Maturities of the Company’s long-term debt at December 31, 2011, excluding unamortized discounts on 3½% Notes and 3¼% Debentures are as follows for the years indicated (in millions):

 
2012   $ 1.9  
2013     1.5  
2014     1,019.7  
2015     0.9  
2016     1.0  
Thereafter     627.8  
     $ 1,652.8  

Credit Agreement

Terms

The Company’s Credit Agreement provides for Term B Loans, Term A loans (the “Term A Loans”) and revolving loans (the “Revolving Loans”). The maturity date of the Term B Loans is contingent upon the refinancing of the Company’s outstanding 3½% Notes beyond their current maturity date of May 15, 2014. Assuming that the Company refinances its outstanding 3½% Notes beyond their current maturity date, the Term B Loans will mature on April 15, 2015. If the Company does not refinance its outstanding 3½% Notes at least 91 days prior to their current maturity date, the Term B Loans will mature on February 13, 2014. Additionally, the Term B Loans are subject to mandatory prepayments based on excess cash flow, as well as upon the occurrence of certain other events, as specifically described in the Credit Agreement. The Company’s Term A Loans and our Revolving Loans components mature on December 15, 2012. At December 31, 2011, there were no Term A Loans or Revolving Loans outstanding. The Company is currently working on maturity date extensions, potential increases in available capacity and additional flexibility in terms for its Credit Agreement. The Company’s Credit Agreement is guaranteed on a senior secured basis by its subsidiaries with certain limited exceptions.

F-31


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2011

Note 7. Long-Term Debt  – (continued)

Letters of Credit and Availability

The Company’s Credit Agreement provides for the issuance of letters of credit up to $75.0 million. Issued letters of credit reduce the amounts available under the Company’s Revolving Loans. As of December 31, 2011, the Company had $29.8 million in letters of credit outstanding that were related to the self-insured retention level of its general and professional liability insurance and workers’ compensation programs as security for payment of claims. Under the terms of the Company’s Credit Agreement, Revolving Loans available for borrowing were $320.2 million as of December 31, 2011.

The Company’s Credit Agreement contains uncommitted “accordion” features that permit it to borrow at a later date additional aggregate principal amounts of up to $400.0 million of Term B Loans, $250.0 million of Term A Loans and $300.0 million of Revolving Loans, subject to obtaining additional lender commitments and the satisfaction of other conditions.

Interest Rates

Interest on the outstanding balance of the Term B Loans is payable at an adjusted London Interbank Offer Rate (“LIBOR”) plus a margin of 2.750%. Interest on the Revolving Loans is payable at the Company’s option at either an adjusted base rate or an adjusted LIBOR plus a margin. The margin on Revolving Loans subject to an adjusted base rate ranges from 1.00% to 1.75%, based on the Company’s total leverage ratio. The margin on the Revolving Loans subject to an adjusted LIBOR ranges from 2.00% to 2.75% based on the Company’s total leverage ratio.

As of December 31, 2011, the applicable annual interest rate under the Term B Loans was 3.28%, which was based on the 90-day adjusted LIBOR plus the applicable margins. The 90-day adjusted LIBOR was 0.53% at December 31, 2011. The weighted-average applicable annual interest rate for the year ended December 31, 2011 under the Term B Loans was 3.11%.

Covenants

The Company’s Credit Agreement requires it to satisfy certain financial covenants, including a minimum interest coverage ratio and a maximum total leverage ratio. The interest coverage ratio can be no less than 3.50:1.00 and the total leverage ratio cannot exceed 3.75:1.00, both determined on a trailing four quarter basis. In addition, the Credit Agreement generally limits the amount the Company can spend on capital expenditures to no more than 10.0% of annual revenues. The Company was in compliance with these covenants as of December 31, 2011.

In addition, the Company’s Credit Agreement contains customary affirmative and negative covenants, which among other things, limit the Company’s ability to incur additional debt, create liens, pay dividends, effect transactions with its affiliates, sell assets, pay subordinated debt, merge, consolidate, enter into acquisitions and effect sale leaseback transactions. It does not contain provisions that would accelerate the maturity dates upon a downgrade in the Company’s credit rating. However, a downgrade in the Company’s credit rating could adversely affect its ability to obtain other capital sources in the future and could increase the Company’s cost of borrowings.

6.625% Senior Notes

Effective September 23, 2010, the Company issued in a private placement $400.0 million of 6.625% unsecured senior notes due October 1, 2020 with The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee. The net proceeds from this issuance were partially used to repay a portion of the Company’s outstanding borrowings under its Term B Loans. The Company intends to use the remaining proceeds from the borrowings under its 6.625% Senior Notes for general corporate purposes, which may include the repurchase of the Company’s outstanding common stock from time to time. The 6.625% Senior Notes bear interest at the rate of 6.625% per year, payable semi-annually on April 1 and October 1, commencing April 1,

F-32


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2011

Note 7. Long-Term Debt  – (continued)

2011. The 6.625% Senior Notes are jointly and severally guaranteed on an unsecured senior basis by substantially all of the Company’s existing and future subsidiaries that guarantee the Credit Agreement.

The Company may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of its 6.625% Senior Notes, at any time before October 1, 2013, with the net cash proceeds of one or more qualified equity offerings at a redemption price equal to 106.625% of the principal amount to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, provided that at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of its 6.625% Senior Notes remain outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption and such redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of the closing of any such qualified equity offering.

The Company may redeem its 6.625% Senior Notes, in whole or in part, at any time prior to October 1, 2015 at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes redeemed plus an applicable makewhole premium, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption. The Company may redeem its 6.625% Senior Notes, in whole or in part, at any time on or after October 1, 2015, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption plus a redemption price equal to a percentage of the principal amount of the notes redeemed based on the following redemption schedule:

 
October 1, 2015 to September 30, 2016     103.313 % 
October 1, 2016 to September 30, 2017     102.208 % 
October 1, 2017 to September 30, 2018     101.104 % 
October 1, 2018 and thereafter     100.000 % 

If the Company experiences a change of control under certain circumstances, it must offer to repurchase all of the notes at a price equal to 101.000% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the repurchase date.

The 6.625% Senior Notes contain customary affirmative and negative covenants, which among other things, limit the Company’s ability to incur additional debt, create liens, pay dividends, effect transactions with its affiliates, sell assets, pay subordinated debt, merge, consolidate, enter into acquisitions and effect sale leaseback transactions.

3½% Notes

The Company’s 3½% Notes bear interest at the rate of 3½% per year, payable semi-annually on May 15 and November 15. The 3½% Notes are convertible prior to March 15, 2014 under the following circumstances: (1) if the price of the Company’s common stock reaches a specified threshold during specified periods; (2) if the trading price of the 3½% Notes is below a specified threshold; or (3) upon the occurrence of specified corporate transactions or other events. On or after March 15, 2014, holders may convert their 3½% Notes at any time prior to the close of business on the scheduled trading day immediately preceding May 15, 2014, regardless of whether any of the foregoing circumstances has occurred.

Subject to certain exceptions, the Company will deliver cash and shares of our common stock upon conversion of each $1,000 principal amount of its 3½% Notes as follows: (i) an amount in cash, which the Company refers to as the “principal return”, equal to the sum of, for each of the 20 volume-weighted average price trading days during the conversion period, the lesser of the daily conversion value for such volume-weighted average price trading day and $50; and (ii) a number of shares in an amount equal to the sum of, for each of the 20 volume-weighted average price trading days during the conversion period, any excess of the daily conversion value above $50. The Company’s ability to pay the principal return in cash is subject to important limitations imposed by the Credit Agreement and the agreements or indentures governing any additional indebtedness that the Company incurs in the future. If the Company does not make any payments it is obligated to make under the terms of the 3½% Notes, holders may declare an event of default.

F-33


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2011

Note 7. Long-Term Debt  – (continued)

The initial conversion rate is 19.3095 shares of the Company’s common stock per $1,000 principal amount of the 3½% Notes (subject to certain events). This represents an initial conversion price of approximately $51.79 per share of the Company’s common stock. In addition, if certain corporate transactions that constitute a change of control occur prior to maturity, the Company will increase the conversion rate in certain circumstances.

Upon the occurrence of a fundamental change (as specified in the indenture), each holder of the 3½% Notes may require the Company to purchase some or all of the 3½% Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 3½% Notes surrendered, plus any accrued and unpaid interest.

The indenture for the 3½% Notes does not contain any financial covenants or any restrictions on the payment of dividends, the incurrence of senior or secured debt or other indebtedness, or the issuance or repurchase of securities by the Company. The indenture contains no covenants or other provisions to protect holders of the 3½% Notes in the event of a highly leveraged transaction or other events that do not constitute a fundamental change.

3¼% Debentures

The Company’s 3¼% Debentures bear interest at the rate of 3¼% per year, payable semi-annually on February 15 and August 15. The 3¼% Debentures are convertible (subject to certain limitations imposed by the Credit Agreement) under the following circumstances: (1) if the price of the Company’s common stock reaches a specified threshold during the specified periods; (2) if the trading price of the 3¼% Debentures is below a specified threshold; (3) if the 3¼% Debentures have been called for redemption; or (4) if specified corporate transactions or other specified events occur. Subject to certain exceptions, the Company will deliver cash and shares of its common stock, as follows: (i) an amount in cash, which the Company refers to as the “principal return”, equal to the lesser of (a) the principal amount of the 3¼% Debentures surrendered for conversion and (b) the product of the conversion rate and the average price of the Company’s common stock, as set forth in the indenture governing the securities, which the Company refers to as the “conversion value”; and (ii) if the conversion value is greater than the principal return, an amount in shares of the Company’s common stock. The Company’s ability to pay the principal return in cash is subject to important limitations imposed by the Credit Agreement and the agreements or indentures governing any additional indebtedness that the Company incurs in the future. Based on the terms of the Credit Agreement, in certain circumstances, even if any of the foregoing conditions to conversion have occurred, the 3¼% Debentures will not be convertible, and holders of the 3¼% Debentures will not be able to declare an event of default under the 3¼% Debentures.

The initial conversion rate for the 3¼% Debentures is 16.3345 shares of the Company’s common stock per $1,000 principal amount of 3¼% Debentures (subject to adjustment in certain events). This is equivalent to a conversion price of $61.22 per share of common stock. In addition, if certain corporate transactions that constitute a change of control occur on or prior to February 20, 2013, the Company will increase the conversion rate in certain circumstances, unless such transaction constitutes a public acquirer change of control and the Company elects to modify the conversion rate into public acquirer common stock.

On or after February 20, 2013, the Company may redeem for cash some or all of the 3¼% Debentures at any time at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 3¼% Debentures to be purchased, plus any accrued and unpaid interest. Holders may require the Company to purchase for cash some or all of the 3¼% Debentures on February 15, 2013, February 15, 2015 and February 15, 2020 or upon the occurrence of a fundamental change, at 100% of the principal amount of the 3¼% Debentures to be purchased, plus any accrued and unpaid interest.

F-34


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2011

Note 7. Long-Term Debt  – (continued)

The indenture for the 3¼% Debentures does not contain any financial covenants or any restrictions on the payment of dividends, the incurrence of senior or secured debt or other indebtedness, or the issuance or repurchase of securities by the Company. The indenture contains no covenants or other provisions to protect holders of the 3¼% Debentures in the event of a highly leveraged transaction or fundamental change.

Debt Extinguishment Costs

In connection with the Company’s issuance of its 6.625% Senior Notes and its partial repayment of the Term B Loans during the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company recorded $2.4 million, or $1.5 million net of income taxes, of debt extinguishment costs. The debt extinguishment costs include $1.2 million of previously capitalized loan costs and $1.2 million of loan costs related to the issuance of the 6.625% Senior Notes.

Unamortized Discounts on Convertible Debt

In accordance with ASC 470-20, “Debt with Conversion and Other Options” (“ASC 470-20”), the Company separately accounts for the liability and equity components of its convertible debt instruments in a manner that reflects the Company’s nonconvertible debt borrowing rates for its 3½% Notes and its 3¼% Debentures at their fair values at their date of issuance. The resulting discounts are amortized as a component of interest expense over the expected lives of similar liabilities that do not have associated equity components. Specifically, the Company is amortizing the discount for its 3½% Notes through May 2014, which is the maturity date of these notes, and for its 3¼% Debentures through February 2013, which is the first date that the holders of the 3¼% Debentures can redeem their debentures.

The following table provides information regarding the principal balance, unamortized discount and net carrying balance of the Company’s convertible debt instruments as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 (in millions):

   
  2011   2010
3½% Notes:
                 
Principal balance   $ 575.0     $ 575.0  
Unamortized discount     (47.7 )      (65.5 ) 
Net carrying balance   $ 527.3     $ 509.5  
3¼% Debentures:
                 
Principal balance   $ 225.0     $ 225.0  
Unamortized discount     (7.8 )      (14.3 ) 
Net carrying balance   $ 217.2     $ 210.7  

For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, the contractual cash interest expense and non-cash interest expense (discount amortization) for the Company’s convertible debt instruments were as follows (in millions):

     
  2011   2010   2009
3½% Notes:
                          
Contractual cash interest expense   $ 20.1     $ 20.1     $ 20.1  
Non-cash interest expense (discount amortization)     17.8       16.5       15.4  
Total interest expense   $ 37.9     $ 36.6     $ 35.5  
3¼% Debentures:
                          
Contractual cash interest expense   $ 7.3     $ 7.3     $ 7.3  
Non-cash interest expense (discount amortization)     6.5       6.1       5.7  
Total interest expense   $ 13.8     $ 13.4     $ 13.0  

F-35


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2011

Note 7. Long-Term Debt  – (continued)

Considering both the contractual cash interest expense and the non-cash amortization of the discounts for the 3½% Notes and 3¼% Debentures, the effective interest rates for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 were 6.59%, 6.38%, and 6.17%, respectively, for the 3½% Notes and 6.13%, 5.95%, and 5.79%, respectively, for the 3¼% Debentures.

Interest Rate Swap

Through May 30, 2011, the Company had an interest rate swap agreement in effect with Citibank as counterparty. Effective May 30, 2011, the Company’s interest rate swap agreement matured. Prior to its maturity, the interest rate swap agreement required the Company to make quarterly fixed rate payments to Citibank calculated on a notional amount as set forth in the table below at an annual fixed rate of 5.585% while Citibank was obligated to make quarterly floating payments to the Company based on the three-month LIBOR on the same referenced notional amount.

The following table provides information regarding the notional amounts in effect for the indicated date ranges for the Company’s interest rate swap agreement:

 
Date Range   Notional Amount
(In millions)
November 28, 2008 to November 30, 2009   $ 600.0  
November 30, 2009 to November 30, 2010     450.0  
November 30, 2010 to May 30, 2011     300.0  

The Company entered into the interest rate swap agreement to mitigate the floating interest rate risk on a portion of its outstanding borrowings under its Credit Agreement. In accordance with ASC 815-10, the Company designated its interest rate swap as a cash flow hedge. For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative is reported as a component of other comprehensive income (“OCI”) and reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during which the hedged transactions affect earnings. Gains and losses on the derivative representing either hedge ineffectiveness or hedge components excluded from the assessment of effectiveness are recognized in current earnings.

Through May 30, 2011, and for the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company assessed the effectiveness of its interest rate swap and determined the hedge to be effective. In connection with the Company’s quarterly effective assessments for the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company determined the hedge to be partially ineffective because the notional amount of the interest rate swap in effect at certain quarterly assessment points exceeded the Company’s outstanding variable rate borrowings under its Credit Agreement. The Company recognized an increase in interest expense of approximately $0.1 million related to the ineffective portion of the Company’s cash flow hedge for the year ended December 31, 2010. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company reclassed $1.1 million in previously recognized and cumulative ineffective losses to OCI in connection with the maturity of the Company’s interest rate swap agreement.

As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the fair value and line item caption of the Company’s interest rate swap derivative instrument were as follows (in millions):

     
  Balance Sheet Location   2011   2010
Derivative designated as a hedging instrument
under ASC 815-10:
                          
Interest rate swap     Interest rate swap     $  —     $ 7.9  

F-36


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2011

Note 7. Long-Term Debt  – (continued)

The following table shows the effect of the Company’s interest rate swap derivative instrument qualifying and designated as a hedging instrument in cash flow hedges for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 (in millions):

             
  Amount of gain (loss)
recognized in OCI on
Derivative (Effective Portion)
  Location of gain (loss)
recognized in Income on
Derivative (Ineffective
Portion and Amount
Excluded from
Effectiveness Testing)
  Amount of gain (loss)
recognized in Income on
Derivative (Ineffective
Portion and Amount
Excluded from
Effectiveness Testing)
     2011   2010   2009     2011   2010   2009
Derivative in ASC 815-10 cash flow hedging relationships:
                                                              
Interest rate swap   $  6.8     $ 20.4     $ 16.8       Interest expense, net     $  1.1     $ (0.1 )    $  —  

Since the Company’s interest rate swap was not traded on a market exchange, the fair value was determined using a valuation model that involved a discounted cash flow analysis on the expected cash flows. This cash flow analysis reflected the contractual terms of the interest rate swap agreement, including the period to maturity, and used observable market-based inputs, including the three-month LIBOR forward interest rate curve. The fair value of the Company’s interest rate swap agreement was determined by netting the discounted future fixed cash payments and the discounted expected variable cash receipts. The variable cash receipts were based on the expectation of future interest rates based on the observable market three-month LIBOR forward interest rate curve and the notional amount being hedged. In addition, the Company incorporated credit valuation adjustments to appropriately reflect both its own and Citibank’s non-performance or credit risk in the fair value measurements. The interest rate swap agreement exposed the Company to credit risk in the event of non-performance by Citibank. The majority of the inputs used to value its interest rate swap agreement, including the three-month LIBOR forward interest rate curve and market perceptions of the Company’s credit risk used in the credit valuation adjustments, were observable inputs available to a market participant. As a result, the Company made the determination that the interest rate swap valuation was categorized as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy, in accordance with ASC 820-10.

Note 8. Stockholders’ Equity

Preferred Stock

The Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock may be issued, of which 90,000 shares have been designated as Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Series A Preferred Stock”). The Board of Directors has the authority to issue preferred stock in one or more series and to fix for each series the voting powers (full, limited or none), and the designations, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights and qualifications, limitations or restrictions on the stock and the number of shares constituting any series and the designations of this series, without any further vote or action by the stockholders. Because the terms of the preferred stock may be fixed by the Board of Directors without stockholder action, the preferred stock could be issued quickly with terms calculated to defeat a proposed takeover or to make the removal of the Company’s management more difficult.

Preferred Stock Purchase Rights

Pursuant to the Company’s stockholders’ rights plan, which was amended and restated on February 25, 2009, each outstanding share of common stock is accompanied by one preferred stock purchase right. Each right entitles the registered holder to purchase from the Company one one-thousandth of a share of Series A Preferred Stock of the Company at a price of $125 per one one-thousandth of a share, subject to adjustment. As of December 31, 2011, and 2010 there was no Series A Preferred Stock outstanding.

F-37


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2011

Note 8. Stockholders’ Equity  – (continued)

Each share of Series A Preferred Stock will be entitled, when, as and if declared, to a preferential quarterly dividend payment in an amount equal to the greater of $10 or 1,000 times the aggregate of all dividends declared per share of common stock. In the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of Series A Preferred Stock will be entitled to a minimum preferential liquidation payment equal to $1,000 per share, plus an amount equal to accrued and unpaid dividends and distributions on the stock, whether or not declared, to the date of such payment, but will be entitled to an aggregate payment of 1,000 times the payment made per share of common stock. The rights are not exercisable until the rights distribution date as defined in the stockholders’ rights plan. The rights will expire on February 25, 2019, unless the expiration date is extended or unless the rights are earlier redeemed or exchanged.

The rights are designed to deter coercive takeover tactics and to prevent an acquirer from gaining control of the Company without offering a fair price to all of our stockholders. The Rights will not prevent a takeover, but are designed to encourage anyone seeking to acquire the Company to negotiate with its Board of Directors prior to attempting a takeover.

Common Stock

Holders of the Company’s common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters on which stockholders may vote. There are no preemptive, conversion, redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to shares of the Company’s common stock. In the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of the Company’s common stock are entitled to share ratably in the assets available for distribution, subject to any prior rights of any holders of preferred stock then outstanding. Delaware law prohibits the Company from paying any dividends unless it has capital surplus or net profits available for this purpose. In addition, the Credit Agreement imposes restrictions on the Company’s ability to pay dividends.

Common Stock in Treasury and Repurchases of Common Stock

The Company’s Board of Directors has authorized the repurchase of outstanding shares of its common stock either in the open market or through privately negotiated transactions, subject to market conditions, regulatory constraints and other customary factors in accordance with repurchase plans adopted in 2009, 2010 and 2011. The 2009 plan provided for the repurchase of up to $100.0 million shares of the Company’s common stock and expired in February 2011. The 2010 plan provided for the repurchase of up to $150.0 million shares of the Company’s common stock, and the Company has repurchased all shares authorized for repurchase under this plan. The 2011 plan provides for the repurchase of up to $250.0 million shares of the Company’s common stock, and, in connection with this repurchase plan, the Company entered into a trading plan in accordance with the SEC Rule 10b5-1 (the “10b5-1 Trading Plan”) on December 15, 2011. The 10b5-1 Trading Plan will expire on February 22, 2012 unless earlier terminated in accordance with its terms. The Company is not obligated to repurchase any specific number of shares under its repurchase plans. Through December 31, 2011, the Company had repurchased approximately 1.8 million shares for an aggregate purchase price, including commissions, of approximately $65.1 million in accordance with the 2011 repurchase plan. As of December 31, 2011, the Company had remaining authority to repurchase up to an additional $184.9 million in shares in accordance with the 2011 repurchase plan. The Company has designated the shares repurchased in accordance with the repurchase plans as treasury stock.

F-38


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2011

Note 8. Stockholders’ Equity  – (continued)

There were no repurchases made in accordance with stock repurchase plans during the year ended December 31, 2009. The following table summarizes the Company’s share repurchases in accordance with stock repurchase plans for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010:

           
  Years Ended December 31,
     2011   2010
     Amount
(In millions)
  Total Number
of Shares
Repurchased
(In millions)
  Weighted
Average
Price Paid
per Share
  Amount
(In millions)
  Total Number
of Shares
Repurchased
(In millions)
  Weighted
Average
Price Paid
per Share
2009 repurchase plan   $             N/A     $ 100.0       3.0     $ 33.21  
2010 repurchase plan     103.6       3.0     $ 35.24       46.4       1.3     $ 34.90  
2011 repurchase plan     65.1       1.8     $ 35.41                   N/A  
Total   $ 168.7         4.8           $ 146.4         4.3        

Additionally, the Company redeems shares from employees for minimum statutory tax withholding purposes upon vesting of certain stock awards granted pursuant to the Company’s Amended and Restated 1998 Long-Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”) and Amended and Restated Management Stock Purchase Plan (“MSPP”). The Company redeemed approximately 0.1 million, 0.2 million, and 0.2 million shares of certain vested LTIP and MSPP shares during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 for an aggregate price of approximately $5.9 million, $5.7 million, and $3.1 million, respectively. The Company has designated these shares as treasury stock.

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Comprehensive income (loss) consists of two components: net income and other comprehensive income (loss). Other comprehensive income (loss) refers to revenues, expenses, gains and losses that in accordance with ASC 220-10 “Comprehensive Income,” are recorded as an element of stockholders’ equity but are excluded from net income.

During the fourth quarter of 2011 and retrospectively for all periods presented, the Company adopted the provisions of ASU 2011-5. ASU 2011-5 eliminated the Company’s previously elected option to present components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in stockholders’ equity. Instead, ASU 2011-5 requires that all non-owner changes in stockholders’ equity be presented either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. The Company has elected to present comprehensive income with the inclusion of a separate and consecutive statement.

Changes in the fair value of the Company’s interest rate swap resulted in pretax comprehensive gains of $6.8 million, $20.5 million and $16.8 million, or comprehensive gains net of taxes of $4.0 million, $13.4 million and $10.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The Company’s interest rate swap agreement matured effective May 30, 2011, as further discussed in Note 7.

Note 9. Compensation Plans

Stock-Based Compensation Plan Overview

The Company issues stock-based awards, including stock options and other stock-based awards (nonvested stock, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance shares and deferred stock units) to certain officers, employees and non-employee directors in accordance with the Company’s various stockholder-approved stock-based compensation plans. The Company accounts for its stock-based awards in accordance with the provisions of ASC 718-10 and accordingly recognizes compensation expense over each of the stock-based award’s requisite service period based on the estimated grant date fair value.

F-39


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2011

Note 9. Compensation Plans  – (continued)

Effective June 8, 2010, upon stockholders’ approval, the Company increased the shares available for grant under its LTIP, Amended and Restated Outside Directors Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan (“ODSICP”) and MSPP by an additional approximate 2.4 million, 0.1 million and 0.1 million shares, respectively. Of the 2.4 million increase in shares available for grant in accordance with the LTIP, 1.4 million shares are available for issuance as stock options and 1.0 million shares are available for issuance as nonvested stock, restricted stock and performance shares.

Description of Stock-Based Compensation Plans

1998 Long-Term Incentive Plan

As of December 31, 2011, the Company is authorized to issue to its officers and employees approximately 18.1 million shares of the Company’s common stock in the form of stock options, nonvested stock, restricted stock and performance shares in accordance with the LTIP.

The Company granted stock options to purchase 882,990, 1,279,688, and 926,215 shares of the Company’s common stock to certain officers and employees in accordance with the LTIP during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Options to purchase shares granted to the Company’s officers and employees in accordance with the LTIP were granted with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the day prior to the grant date. The options granted during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 become ratably exercisable beginning one year from the date of grant to three years after the date of grant and expire ten years from the date of grant.

The Company granted 422,470, 427,250, and 771,425 shares of nonvested stock awards to certain officers and employees in accordance with the LTIP during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The nonvested stock awards granted during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 have cliff-vesting periods from the grant date of three years or ratable vesting periods beginning one year from the date of grant to three years after the date of grant.

Of the nonvested stock awards granted during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, 297,000, 317,000, and 307,500 were performance-based. In addition to requiring continuing service of an employee, the vesting of these nonvested stock awards is contingent upon the satisfaction of certain financial goals, specifically related to the achievement of targeted annual revenues and earnings goals within a three-year period. In accordance with the LTIP, if these goals are achieved, the nonvested stock awards will cliff-vest three years after the grant date. The performance criteria for performance-based nonvested stock awards granted during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 have been certified as met by the Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors, however, these awards are still subject to continuing service requirements and the three year cliff-vesting provisions. For purposes of estimating compensation expense for the performance-based nonvested stock awards granted during the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company has assumed that the performance goals will be achieved. If the performance goals are not met, no compensation expense will be recognized, and any previously recognized compensation expense will be reversed.

Notwithstanding the specific grant vesting requirements, nonvested stock awards and performance-based awards granted under the LTIP become fully vested upon the death or disability of the participant. Additionally, in the event of termination without cause of a participant, the nonvested stock awards and performance-based awards otherwise subject to cliff-vesting become vested in a percentage equal to the number of full months of continuous employment following the date of grant through the date of termination divided by the total number of months in the vesting period, and in the case of performance-based awards, only in the event that the performance goals are attained.

F-40


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2011

Note 9. Compensation Plans  – (continued)

Outside Directors Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan

As of December 31, 2011, the Company is authorized to issue to its non-employee directors approximately 0.4 million shares of the Company’s common stock in the form of stock options, deferred stock units and restricted stock units in accordance with the ODSICP.

The ODSICP provides the Company’s non-employee directors an opportunity to receive, in lieu of any portion of their annual retainer (in multiples of 25%), a deferred stock unit award. A deferred stock unit represents the right to receive a specified number of shares of the Company’s common stock. The shares are paid, subject to the election of the non-employee director, either three years following the date of the award or at the end of the director’s service on the Board of Directors. The number of shares of the Company’s common stock to be paid as a deferred stock unit award is equal to the value of the cash retainer that the non-employee director has elected to forego, divided by the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of the award.

The Company granted 24,143, 27,475, and 34,762 restricted stock units to its non-employee directors in accordance with the ODSICP during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. All of the restricted stock units granted during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 are fully vested and are no longer subject to forfeiture. The non-employee director’s receipt of shares of the Company’s common stock pursuant to the restricted stock unit award is deferred until the first business day following the earliest to occur of (i) the third anniversary of the date of grant, or (ii) the date the non-employee director ceases to be a member of the Company’s Board of Directors.

Management Stock Purchase Plan

As of December 31, 2011, the Company is authorized to issue to its officers and employees approximately 0.4 million shares of the Company’s common stock in the form of restricted stock in accordance with the MSPP.

The MSPP provides the Company’s officers and employees an opportunity to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock at a 25% discount through payroll deductions over six-month intervals. The Company granted 47,081, 52,048, and 57,748 shares of restricted stock to certain of its officers and employees in accordance with the MSPP during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The restricted stock awards granted during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 cliff-vest three years from the grant date.

Stock Options

Valuation

The Company estimated the fair value of stock options granted using the Hull-White II (“HW-II”) lattice option valuation model and a single option award approach. The Company uses the HW-II because it considers characteristics of fair value option pricing, such as an option’s contractual term and the probability of exercise before the end of the contractual term. In addition, the complications surrounding the expected term of an option are material, as indicated in ASC 718-10. Given the Company’s relatively large pool of unexercised options, the Company believes a lattice model that specifically addresses this fact and models a full term of exercises is the most appropriate and reliable means of valuing its stock options. The Company is amortizing the fair value on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the awards, which is the vesting period of three years. The stock options vest 33.3% on each grant anniversary date over three years of continued employment.

F-41


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2011

Note 9. Compensation Plans  – (continued)

The following table shows the weighted average assumptions the Company used to develop the fair value estimates under its HW-II option valuation model and the resulting estimates of weighted-average fair value per share of stock options granted during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

     
  2011   2010   2009
Expected volatility     36.0%       39.9%       40.3%  
Risk free interest rate (range)     0.01% – 3.58%       0.06% – 3.69%       0.05% – 3.58%  
Expected dividends                  
Average expected term (years)     5.4       5.4       5.4  
Fair value per share of stock options granted   $ 11.73     $ 11.22     $ 8.02  

Population Stratification

In accordance with ASC 718-10, a company should aggregate individual awards into relatively homogeneous groups with respect to exercise and post-vesting employment behaviors for the purpose of refining the expected term assumption, regardless of the valuation technique used to estimate the fair value. In addition, ASC 718-10 indicates that a company may generally make a reasonable fair value estimate with as few as one or two groupings. The Company has determined that a single employee population group is appropriate based on an analysis of the Company’s historical exercise patterns.

Expected Volatility

Volatility is a measure of the tendency of investment returns to vary around a long-term average rate. Historical volatility is an appropriate starting point for setting this assumption in accordance with ASC 718-10. According to ASC 718-10, companies should also consider how future experience may differ from the past. This may require using other factors to adjust historical volatility, such as implied volatility, peer-group volatility and the range and mean-reversion of volatility estimates over various historical periods. ASC 718-10 acknowledges that there is likely to be a range of reasonable estimates for volatility. In addition, ASC 718-10 requires that if a best estimate cannot be made, management should use the mid-point in the range of reasonable estimates for volatility. The Company estimates the volatility of its common stock at the date of grant based on both historical volatility and implied volatility from traded options of its common stock, consistent with ASC 718-10.

Risk-Free Interest Rate

Lattice models require risk-free interest rates for all potential times of exercise obtained by using a grant-date yield curve. A lattice model would, therefore, require the yield curve for the entire time period during which employees might exercise their options. The Company bases the risk-free rate on the implied yield in effect at the time of option grant on United States Treasury zero-coupon issues with equivalent remaining terms.

Expected Dividends

The Company has never paid any cash dividends on its common stock and does not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Accordingly, the Company uses an expected dividend yield of zero.

Pre-Vesting Forfeitures

Pre-vesting forfeitures do not affect the fair value calculation, but they affect the expense calculation. ASC 718-10 requires the Company to estimate pre-vesting forfeitures at the time of grant and revise those estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. The Company uses historical data to estimate pre-vesting forfeitures and record share-based compensation expense only for those awards that are expected to vest.

F-42


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2011

Note 9. Compensation Plans  – (continued)

The Company applies a dynamic forfeiture rate methodology over the vesting period of the award. The dynamic forfeiture rate methodology incorporates the lapse of time into the resulting expense calculation and results in a forfeiture rate that diminishes as the granted awards approach its vest date. Accordingly, the dynamic forfeiture rate methodology results in a more consistent stock-based compensation expense calculation over the vesting period of the award.

Post-Vesting Cancellations

Post-vesting cancellations include vested options that are cancelled, exercised or expire unexercised. Lattice models treat post-vesting cancellations and voluntary early exercise behavior as two separate assumptions. The Company uses historical data to estimate post-vesting cancellations.

Expected Term

ASC 718-10 calls for an extinguishment calculation, dependent upon how long a granted option remains outstanding before it is fully extinguished. While extinguishment may result from exercise, it can also result from post-vesting cancellation or expiration at the contractual term. Expected term is an output in lattice models so the Company does not have to determine this amount.

Stock Option Activity

A summary of stock option activity during the year ended December 31, 2011 is as follows:

           
Stock Options   Number
of Shares
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
  Weighted
Average
Fair Value
  Total
Fair Value
  Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value(a)
  Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
          (In millions)   (In millions)   (In years)
Outstanding at December 31, 2010     4,470,488     $ 31.10     $ 11.08     $ 49.5     $ 28.4       6.48  
Exercisable at December 31, 2010     2,456,728     $ 33.49     $ 12.05     $ 29.6     $ 11.2       4.73  
Unvested at December 31, 2010     2,013,760     $ 28.20     $ 9.89     $ 19.9     $ 17.2       8.62  
Granted     882,990     $ 35.87     $ 11.73     $ 10.4       N/A       N/A  
Forfeited (pre-vest cancellation)     (44,082 )    $ 32.33     $ 11.23     $ (0.5 )      N/A       N/A  
Exercised     (1,316,301 )    $ 29.65     $ 9.99     $ (13.2 )    $ 13.4       N/A  
Expired (post-vest cancellation)     (273,830 )    $ 40.32     $ 17.30     $ (4.7 )      N/A       N/A  
Vested     952,355     $ 27.19     $ 9.36     $ 8.9       N/A       N/A  
Outstanding at December 31, 2011     3,719,265     $ 31.97     $ 11.16     $ 41.5     $ 20.9       6.95  
Exercisable at December 31, 2011     1,818,952     $ 31.74     $ 11.34     $ 20.6     $ 11.4       5.29  
Unvested at December 31, 2011     1,900,313     $ 32.18     $ 10.98     $ 20.9     $ 9.4       8.54  

(a) The aggregate intrinsic value represents the difference between the underlying stock’s market price and the stock option’s exercise price.

The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $13.4 million, $5.4 million, and $8.1 million, respectively. The Company received $39.0 million, $20.4 million, and $10.8 million in cash from stock option exercises for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The actual tax benefit realized for the tax deductions from stock option exercises totaled $1.6 million, $0.6 million and $1.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

As of December 31, 2011, there was $12.2 million of total estimated unrecognized compensation cost related to stock option compensation arrangements. Total estimated unrecognized compensation cost will be adjusted for future changes in estimated forfeitures. The Company expects to recognize this cost over a weighted average period of 1.3 years.

F-43


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2011

Note 9. Compensation Plans  – (continued)

Other Stock-Based Awards

The fair value of other stock-based awards is determined based on the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the day prior to the grant date. Stock-based compensation expense for the Company’s other stock-based awards is recorded equally over the vesting periods of such awards generally ranging from six months to three years.

A summary of other stock-based award activity in accordance with the LTIP, ODSICP and MSPP during the year ended December 31, 2011 is as follows:

       
Other Stock-Based Awards   Number
of Shares
  Weighted
Average
Fair Value
  Total
Fair Value
  Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
          (In millions)   (In millions)
Outstanding at December 31, 2010     1,606,657     $ 24.57     $ 39.5     $ 59.0  
Granted     493,694     $ 33.63       16.6       N/A  
Vested     (548,348 )    $ 25.05       (13.7 )      19.9  
Forfeited (pre-vest cancellation)     (28,469 )    $ 20.82       (0.6 )      N/A  
Outstanding at December 31, 2011     1,523,534     $ 27.46     $ 41.8     $ 56.6  
Unvested at December 31, 2011     1,437,154     $ 27.14     $ 39.0     $ 53.4  

The Company received $1.2 million, $1.0 million, and $1.0 million for the issuance of restricted stock in accordance with the MSPP during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

As of December 31, 2011, there was $15.9 million of total estimated unrecognized compensation cost related to other stock-based awards granted in accordance with the LTIP, ODSICP and MSPP. Total estimated unrecognized compensation cost will be adjusted for future changes in estimated forfeitures. The Company expects to recognize this cost over a weighted average period of 1.6 years.

F-44


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2011

Note 9. Compensation Plans  – (continued)

Summary of Stock-Based Compensation

The following table summarizes the activity in accordance with all of the Company’s stock-based compensation plans for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

           
    Stock Options
Outstanding
  Other Stock-Based
Awards Outstanding
  Deferred Stock Units
Outstanding
     Shares
Available
for Grant
  Number of
Shares
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
  Number of
Shares
  Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Price
  Number of
Shares
January 1, 2009     3,776,437       4,797,560     $ 30.13       1,461,821     $ 31.68       9,582  
Stock option grants     (926,215 )      926,215       22.24                    
Other stock-based
awards grants
    (863,935 )                  863,935       20.71        
Deferred stock unit grants     (1,464 )                              1,464  
Stock option exercises           (746,822 )      14.30                    
Other stock-based
awards vested
                      (447,380 )      34.44        
Stock option cancellations     703,277       (753,277 )      34.23                    
Other stock-based
awards cancellations
    125,105                   (125,105 )      27.56        
December 31, 2009     2,813,205       4,223,676       30.47       1,753,271       25.87       11,046  
Increase in shares available
for grant
    2,455,000                                
Stock option grants     (1,279,688 )      1,279,688       31.59                    
Other stock-based
awards grants
    (506,773 )                  506,773       29.41        
Deferred stock unit grants     (700 )                              700  
Stock option exercises           (737,923 )      27.67                    
Other stock-based
awards vested
                      (561,629 )      33.34        
Stock option cancellations     294,953       (294,953 )      32.77                    
Other stock-based
awards cancellations
    91,758                   (91,758 )      23.11        
December 31, 2010     3,867,755       4,470,488       31.10       1,606,657       24.57       11,746  
Stock option grants     (882,990 )      882,990       35.87                    
Other stock-based
awards grants
    (493,694 )                  493,694       33.63        
Deferred stock unit grants     (798 )                              798  
Stock option exercises           (1,316,301 )      29.65                    
Other stock-based
awards vested
                      (548,348 )      25.05        
Deferred stock units vested                                   (1,465 ) 
Stock option cancellations     317,912       (317,912 )      39.21                    
Other stock-based
awards cancellations
    28,469                   (28,469 )      20.82        
December 31, 2011     2,836,654 (a)      3,719,265     $ 31.97       1,523,534     $ 27.46       11,079  

(a) Of the 2,836,654 shares available for grant as of December 31, 2011, 2,119,073 are available for grant as stock options in accordance with the LTIP; 626,479 are available for grant as other stock-based awards in accordance with the LTIP; 43,932 are available for grant in accordance with the ODSICP; and 47,170 are available for grant in accordance with the MSPP.

F-45


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2011

Note 9. Compensation Plans  – (continued)

The following table summarizes the Company’s total stock-based compensation expense as well as the total recognized tax benefits related thereto for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 (in millions):

     
  2011   2010   2009
Other stock-based awards   $ 14.7     $ 13.9     $ 15.5  
Stock options     9.3       8.5       6.8  
Total stock-based compensation expense   $ 24.0     $ 22.4     $ 22.3  
Tax benefits on stock-based compensation expense   $ 9.7     $ 9.0     $ 9.2  

The Company did not capitalize any stock-based compensation cost during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 or 2009. As of December 31, 2011, there was $28.1 million of total estimated unrecognized compensation cost related to all of the Company’s stock compensation arrangements. Total estimated unrecognized compensation cost may be adjusted for future changes in estimated forfeitures. The Company expects to recognize this cost over a weighted-average period of 1.5 years.

Deferred Cash Awards

Commencing in 2010, the Company began granting deferred cash awards to certain employees. The deferred cash awards are subject to continuing service requirements and a ratable vesting term of three years. The Company recognizes compensation expense for these awards over their requisite service period. For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, expense related to the Company’s deferred cash awards was approximately $3.2 million and $1.4 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2011, there was $7.6 million of total unrecognized compensation costs related to the Company’s deferred cash awards.

Note 10. Commitments and Contingencies

Legal Proceedings and General Liability Claims

The Company is, from time to time, subject to claims and suits arising in the ordinary course of business, including claims for damages for personal injuries, medical malpractice, breach of contracts, wrongful restriction of or interference with physicians’ staff privileges and employment related claims. In certain of these actions, plaintiffs request payment for damages, including punitive damages that may not be covered by insurance. The Company is currently not a party to any pending or threatened proceeding, which, in management’s opinion, would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition or results of operations.

In May 2009, the Company’s hospital in Andalusia, Alabama (Andalusia Regional Hospital) produced documents responsive to a request received from the U.S. Attorney’s Office for the Western District of New York regarding an investigation they are conducting with respect to the billing of kyphoplasty procedures. Kyphoplasty is a surgical spine procedure that returns a compromised vertebra (either from trauma or osteoporotic disease process) to its previous height, reducing or eliminating severe pain. It has been reported that other unaffiliated hospitals and hospital operators in multiple states have received similar requests for information. The Company believes that this investigation is related to the May 22, 2008 qui tam settlement between the same U.S. Attorney’s Office and the manufacturer and distributor of the product used in performing the kyphoplasty procedure.

Based on a review of the number of the kyphoplasty procedures performed at all of the Company’s other hospitals, as part of its effort to cooperate with the U.S. Attorney’s Office, by letter dated January 20, 2010 the Company’s management identified to the U.S. Attorney’s Office four additional facilities at which the number of inpatient kyphoplasty procedures approximated those performed at Andalusia Regional Hospital. The Company’s management has completed its review of the relevant medical records and is continuing to cooperate with the government’s investigation.

F-46


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2011

Note 10. Commitments and Contingencies  – (continued)

Physician Commitments

The Company has committed to provide certain financial assistance pursuant to recruiting agreements with various physicians practicing in the communities it serves. In consideration for a physician’s relocating to one of its communities and agreeing to engage in private practice for the benefit of the respective community, the Company may advance certain amounts of money to a physician, normally over a period of one year, to assist in establishing the physician’s practice. The Company has committed to advance a maximum amount of approximately $36.8 million at December 31, 2011. The actual amount of such commitments to be subsequently advanced to physicians is estimated at $13.6 million and often depends upon the financial results of a physician’s private practice during the guarantee period. Generally, amounts advanced under the recruiting agreements may be forgiven pro rata over a period of 36 to 48 months contingent upon the physician continuing to practice in the respective community. Pursuant to the Company’s standard physician recruiting agreement, any breach or non-fulfillment by a physician under the physician recruiting agreement gives the Company the right to recover any payments made to the physician under the agreement.

Capital Expenditure Commitments

The Company is reconfiguring some of its facilities to accommodate patient services more effectively, restructuring existing surgical capacity in some of its hospitals to permit additional patient volume and a greater variety of services, and implementing various information system initiatives in its efforts to comply with the HITECH Act. The Company has incurred approximately $105.7 million in uncompleted projects as of December 31, 2011, which is included under the caption “Construction in progress” in the Company’s accompanying consolidated balance sheet. At December 31, 2011, the Company had uncompleted projects with an estimated cost to complete and equip of approximately $80.7 million. The Company has committed to invest an additional $60.0 million in capital expenditures and improvements in Maria Parham and Person Memorial over the next 10 years as further discussed in Note 3. The Company is subject to annual capital expenditure commitments in connection with several of its facilities, in addition to those for Maria Parham and Person Memorial.

Development Agreement with the City of Ennis

The Company entered into an agreement with the City of Ennis, Texas during 2005 to construct and equip a new hospital to replace the existing Ennis Regional Medical Center. During 2007, the Company completed the construction of the new facility for approximately $35.0 million, all of which was paid for by the Company. Pursuant to the terms of the agreement, the City of Ennis paid $14.7 million of the construction cost to the Company, and the Company entered into a 40-year lease agreement as lessee of the facility from the City. The Company recorded the $14.7 million payment from the City as a deferred income liability which the Company is amortizing on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. As of December 31, 2011, the unamortized deferred income liability was $12.8 million.

Acquisitions

The Company has historically acquired businesses with prior operating histories. Acquired companies may have unknown or contingent liabilities, including liabilities for failure to comply with healthcare laws and regulations, medical and general professional liabilities, workers compensation liabilities, previous tax liabilities and unacceptable business practices. Although the Company institutes policies designed to conform practices to its standards following completion of acquisitions, there can be no assurance that the Company will not become liable for past activities that may later be asserted to be improper by private plaintiffs or government agencies. Although the Company generally seeks to obtain indemnification from prospective sellers covering such matters, there can be no assurance that any such matter will be covered by indemnification, or if covered, that such indemnification will be adequate to cover potential losses and fines.

F-47


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2011

Note 10. Commitments and Contingencies  – (continued)

Leases

The Company leases real estate properties, buildings, vehicles and equipment under cancelable and non-cancelable leases. The leases expire at various times and have various renewal options. Certain leases that meet the lease capitalization criteria in accordance with ASC 840-10, “Leases”, have been recorded as an asset and liability at the lower of the net present value of the minimum lease payments at the inception of the lease or the fair value of the asset at the inception date. Interest rates used in computing the net present value of the lease payments are based on the Company’s incremental borrowing rate at the inception of the lease. Rental expense of operating leases for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $30.0 million, $27.0 million, and $26.4 million, respectively.

Future minimum lease payments at December 31, 2011, for those leases having an initial or remaining non-cancelable lease term in excess of one year are as follows for the years indicated (in millions):

     
  Operating
Leases
  Capital Lease
Obligations
  Total
2012   $ 17.3     $ 3.7     $ 21.0  
2013     11.9       2.9       14.8  
2014     7.5       2.3       9.8  
2015     5.1       2.1       7.2  
2016     1.9       1.9       3.8  
Thereafter     9.3       9.0       18.3  
     $ 53.0     $ 21.9     $ 74.9  
Less: interest portion              (12.8 )          
Long-term obligations under capital leases            $ 9.1           

Tax Matters

See Note 5 for a discussion of the Company’s contingent tax matters.

F-48


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2011

Note 11. Earnings (Loss) Per Share

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 (dollars and shares in millions, except per share amounts):

     
  2011   2010   2009
Numerator for basic and diluted earnings per share attributable to LifePoint Hospitals, Inc:
                          
Income from continuing operations   $ 165.5     $ 158.7     $ 141.7  
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests     (2.8 )      (3.1 )      (2.5 ) 
Income from continuing operations attributable to LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. stockholders     162.7       155.6       139.2  
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of
income taxes
    0.2       (0.1 )      (5.1 ) 
Net income attributable to LifePoint Hospitals, Inc.   $ 162.9     $ 155.5     $ 134.1  
Denominator:
                          
Weighted average shares outstanding – basic     49.3       52.2       52.7  
Effect of dilutive securities: stock options and other
stock-based awards
    1.2       1.3       1.1  
Weighted average shares outstanding – diluted     50.5       53.5       53.8  
Basic earnings (loss) per share attributable to LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. stockholders:
                          
Continuing operations   $ 3.30     $ 2.98     $ 2.64  
Discontinued operations                 (0.10 ) 
Net income   $ 3.30     $ 2.98     $ 2.54  
Diluted earnings (loss) per share:
                          
Continuing operations   $ 3.22     $ 2.91     $ 2.59  
Discontinued operations                 (0.10 ) 
Net income   $ 3.22     $ 2.91     $ 2.49  

The Company’s 3½% Notes and 3¼% Debentures are included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share whether or not the contingent requirements have been met for conversion using the treasury stock method if the conversion price of $51.79 and $61.22, respectively, is less than the average market price of the Company’s common stock for the period. Upon conversion, the par value is settled in cash, and only the conversion premium is settled in shares of the Company’s common stock. The impact of the 3½% Notes and 3¼% Debentures have been excluded because the effects would have been anti-dilutive for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.

Note 12. Unaudited Quarterly Financial Information

The quarterly interim financial information shown below has been prepared by the Company’s management and is unaudited. It should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements appearing herein. As more fully discussed in Note 2, the Company adopted ASU 2011-7, which requires the presentation of revenues net of the provision for doubtful accounts. Additionally and as more fully discussed in Note 1, during the fourth quarter of 2011, the Company determined that its Medicaid EHR incentive payments were more appropriately accounted for under a gain contingency accounting model. The Company’s adoption of these new accounting standards as well as the change in accounting for the

F-49


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2011

Note 12. Unaudited Quarterly Financial Information  – (continued)

Company’s Medicaid EHR incentive payments resulted in historical changes to the amounts reported and classified as Revenues. However, these changes had no impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

The following summarizes the results of the Company’s unaudited quarterly financial information for the periods indicated (dollars in millions, except per share amounts):

       
  2011
     First   Second   Third   Fourth
Revenues   $ 758.5     $ 747.1     $ 739.2     $ 781.3  
Income from continuing operations   $ 46.5     $ 41.1     $ 39.6     $ 38.3  
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes     0.3             (0.1 )       
Net income     46.8       41.1       39.5       38.3  
Less: Net income attributable to
noncontrolling interests
    (0.7 )      (0.8 )      (0.7 )      (0.6 ) 
Net income attributable to LifePoint
Hospitals, Inc.
  $ 46.1     $ 40.3     $ 38.8     $ 37.7  
Basic earnings per share attributable to LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. stockholders:
                                   
Continuing operations   $ 0.91     $ 0.79     $ 0.79     $ 0.80  
Discontinued operations     0.01                    
Net income   $ 0.92     $ 0.79     $ 0.79     $ 0.80  
Diluted earnings per share attributable to LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. stockholders:
                                   
Continuing operations   $ 0.89     $ 0.77     $ 0.77     $ 0.78  
Discontinued operations                        
Net income   $ 0.89     $ 0.77     $ 0.77     $ 0.78  

       
  2010
     First   Second   Third   Fourth
Revenues   $ 684.1     $ 685.6     $ 716.0     $ 732.9  
Income from continuing operations   $ 44.2     $ 38.2     $ 39.2     $ 37.1  
(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes     (0.4 )      0.1       0.3       (0.1 ) 
Net income     43.8       38.3       39.5       37.0  
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests     (0.9 )      (0.7 )      (0.7 )      (0.8 ) 
Net income attributable to LifePoint Hospitals, Inc.   $ 42.9     $ 37.6     $ 38.8     $ 36.2  
Basic earnings (loss) per share attributable to LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. stockholders:
                                   
Continuing operations   $ 0.82     $ 0.71     $ 0.74     $ 0.72  
Discontinued operations     (0.01 )                   
Net income   $ 0.81     $ 0.71     $ 0.74     $ 0.72  
Diluted earnings (loss) per share attributable to LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. stockholders(a):
                                   
Continuing operations   $ 0.80     $ 0.69     $ 0.72     $ 0.70  
Discontinued operations     (0.01 )                   
Net income   $ 0.79     $ 0.69     $ 0.73     $ 0.70  

(a) Total per share amounts may not add due to rounding.

F-50


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2011

Note 12. Unaudited Quarterly Financial Information  – (continued)

The following is a summary of the line items impacted as a result of the Company’s adoption of ASU 2011-7 as well as its change in accounting for Medicaid EHR incentive payments for the Company’s previously reported unaudited quarterly financial information for the periods presented (in millions):

       
  As
Originally
Reported
  Adjustments
for the
Adoption of
ASU 2011-7
  Adjustments
for Change in
Accounting
for Medicaid
EHR
Incentive
Payments
  As
Currently
Reported
First Quarter 2011
                                   
Revenues   $ 888.6     $ (130.1 )    $     $ 758.5  
Total operating expenses     813.7       (130.1 )            683.6  
Income from continuing operations before income taxes   $ 74.9     $     $     $ 74.9  
Second Quarter 2011
                                   
Revenues   $ 877.6     $ (126.3 )    $ (4.2 )    $ 747.1  
Total operating expenses     811.2       (126.3 )      (4.2 )      680.7  
Income from continuing operations before income taxes   $ 66.4     $     $     $ 66.4  
Third Quarter 2011
                                   
Revenues   $ 877.2     $ (127.0 )    $ (11.0 )    $ 739.2  
Total operating expenses     814.8       (127.0 )      (11.0 )      676.8  
Income from continuing operations before income taxes   $ 62.4     $     $     $ 62.4  
First Quarter 2010
                                   
Revenues   $ 786.2     $ (102.1 )    $     $ 684.1  
Total operating expenses     715.4       (102.1 )            613.3  
Income from continuing operations before income taxes   $ 70.8     $     $     $ 70.8  
Second Quarter 2010
                                   
Revenues   $ 790.6     $ (105.0 )    $     $ 685.6  
Total operating expenses     729.1       (105.0 )            624.1  
Income from continuing operations before income taxes   $ 61.5     $     $     $ 61.5  
Third Quarter 2010
                                   
Revenues   $ 832.3     $ (116.3 )    $     $ 716.0  
Total operating expenses     777.5       (116.3 )            661.2  
Income from continuing operations before income taxes   $ 54.8     $     $     $ 54.8  
Fourth Quarter 2010
                                   
Revenues   $ 853.3     $ (120.4 )    $     $ 732.9  
Total operating expenses     799.3       (120.4 )            678.9  
Income from continuing operations before income taxes   $ 54.0     $     $     $ 54.0  

F-51


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2011

Note 13. Subsequent Event

In January 2012, the Company, through its joint venture with Duke, signed a definitive agreement to purchase an 80% interest in Twin County Regional Healthcare, located in Galax, Virginia. The acquisition is subject to approval by the State of Virginia’s Attorney General and the satisfaction of other customary closing conditions. The Company anticipates closing this transaction during the first half of 2012.

Note 14. Guarantor and Non-Guarantor Supplementary Information

The Company’s 6.625% Senior Notes are jointly and severally guaranteed on an unsecured senior basis by substantially all of the Company’s existing subsidiaries that guarantee the Company’s Credit Agreement. The following presents the condensed consolidating financial information for the parent issuer, guarantor subsidiaries, non-guarantor subsidiaries, certain eliminations and the Company for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 and as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
Condensed Consolidating Statements of Operations
For the Year Ended December 31, 2011
(In millions)

         
  Parent Issuer   Guarantors   Non-Guarantors   Eliminations   Consolidated
Revenues before provision for
doubtful accounts
  $     $ 3,207.0     $ 337.6     $     $ 3,544.6  
Provision for doubtful accounts           470.5       48.0             518.5  
Revenues           2,736.5       289.6             3,026.1  
Salaries and benefits     24.0       1,232.8       107.9             1,364.7  
Supplies           414.8       54.7             469.5  
Other operating expenses     0.2       630.2       52.0             682.4  
Other income           (24.6 )      (2.1 )            (26.7 ) 
Equity in earnings of affiliates     (216.5 )                  216.5        
Depreciation and amortization           148.1       17.7             165.8  
Interest expense, net     34.2       70.8       2.1             107.1  
Management (income) fees           (9.6 )      9.6              
       (158.1 )      2,462.5       241.9       216.5       2,762.8  
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes     158.1       274.0       47.7       (216.5 )      263.3  
(Benefit) provision for income taxes     (4.8 )      102.6                   97.8  
Income (loss) from continuing operations     162.9       171.4       47.7       (216.5 )      165.5  
Income from discontinued operations, net of taxes           0.2                   0.2  
Net income (loss)     162.9       171.6       47.7       (216.5 )      165.7  
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests           (0.8 )      (2.0 )            (2.8 ) 
Net income (loss) attributable to LifePoint Hospitals, Inc.   $ 162.9     $ 170.8     $ 45.7     $ (216.5 )    $ 162.9  

F-52


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2011

Note 14. Guarantor and Non-Guarantor Supplementary Information  – (continued)

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
Condensed Consolidating Statements of Operations
For the Year Ended December 31, 2010
(In millions)

         
  Parent Issuer   Guarantors   Non-Guarantors   Eliminations   Consolidated
Revenues before provision for
doubtful accounts
  $     $ 2,961.9     $ 300.5     $     $ 3,262.4  
Provision for doubtful accounts           405.2       38.6             443.8  
Revenues           2,556.7       261.9             2,818.6  
Salaries and benefits     22.4       1,153.6       94.3             1,270.3  
Supplies           392.7       50.3             443.0  
Other operating expenses     0.4       557.8       47.0             605.2  
Equity in earnings of affiliates     (215.4 )                  215.4        
Depreciation and amortization           134.1       14.4             148.5  
Interest expense, net     41.2       66.4       0.5             108.1  
Debt retirement costs     2.3       0.1                   2.4  
Management (income) fees           (8.6 )      8.6              
       (149.1 )      2,296.1       215.1       215.4       2,577.5  
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes     149.1       260.6       46.8       (215.4 )      241.1  
(Benefit) provision for income taxes     (6.4 )      88.8                   82.4  
Income (loss) from continuing operations     155.5       171.8       46.8       (215.4 )      158.7  
Loss from discontinued operations,
net of taxes
          (0.1 )                  (0.1 ) 
Net income (loss)     155.5       171.7       46.8       (215.4 )      158.6  
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests           (0.8 )      (2.3 )            (3.1 ) 
Net income (loss) attributable to LifePoint Hospitals, Inc.   $ 155.5     $ 170.9     $ 44.5     $ (215.4 )    $ 155.5  

F-53


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2011

Note 14. Guarantor and Non-Guarantor Supplementary Information  – (continued)

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
Condensed Consolidating Statements of Operations
For the Year Ended December 31, 2009
(In millions)

         
  Parent Issuer   Guarantors   Non-Guarantors   Eliminations   Consolidated
Revenues before provision for
doubtful accounts
  $     $ 2,691.2     $ 271.5     $     $ 2,962.7  
Provision for doubtful accounts           343.5       31.9             375.4  
Revenues           2,347.7       239.6             2,587.3  
Salaries and benefits     22.3       1,058.8       89.8             1,170.9  
Supplies           365.9       43.2             409.1  
Other operating expenses     0.4       493.9       43.7             538.0  
Equity in earnings of affiliates     (188.7 )                  188.7        
Depreciation and amortization           130.1       12.9             143.0  
Interest expense (income), net     38.2       65.8       (0.8 )            103.2  
Impairment charge           1.1                   1.1  
Management (income) fees           (8.2 )      8.2              
       (127.8 )      2,107.4       197.0       188.7       2,365.3  
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes     127.8       240.3       42.6       (188.7 )      222.0  
(Benefit) provision for income taxes     (6.3 )      86.6                   80.3  
Income (loss) from continuing operations     134.1       153.7       42.6       (188.7 )      141.7  
Loss from discontinued operations,
net of taxes
          (5.1 )                  (5.1 ) 
Net income (loss)     134.1       148.6       42.6       (188.7 )      136.6  
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests           (0.8 )      (1.7 )            (2.5 ) 
Net income (loss) attributable to LifePoint Hospitals, Inc.   $ 134.1     $ 147.8     $ 40.9     $ (188.7 )    $ 134.1  

F-54


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2011

Note 14. Guarantor and Non-Guarantor Supplementary Information  – (continued)

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheets
December 31, 2011
(In millions)

         
  Parent Issuer   Guarantors   Non-Guarantors   Eliminations   Consolidated
ASSETS
                                            
Current assets:
                                            
Cash and cash equivalents   $     $ 106.2     $ 20.0     $     $ 126.2  
Accounts receivable, net           373.6       57.0             430.6  
Inventories           75.4       11.8             87.2  
Prepaid expenses     0.1       24.7       1.6             26.4  
Income taxes receivable     1.6                         1.6  
Deferred tax assets     125.7                         125.7  
Other current assets           42.3                   42.3  
       127.4       622.2       90.4             840.0  
Property and equipment:
                                            
Land           74.1       19.4             93.5  
Buildings and improvements           1,427.5       204.1             1,631.6  
Equipment           991.3       92.7             1,084.0  
Construction in progress           102.6       3.1             105.7  
             2,595.5       319.3             2,914.8  
Accumulated depreciation           (1,001.2 )      (83.2 )            (1,084.4 ) 
             1,594.3       236.1             1,830.4  
Deferred loan costs, net     21.7                         21.7  
Intangible assets, net           46.7       42.8             89.5  
Investments in subsidiaries     1,467.9                   (1,467.9 )       
Other     1.0       16.7       2.1             19.8  
Goodwill           1,413.1       155.6             1,568.7  
Total assets   $ 1,618.0     $ 3,693.0     $ 527.0     $ (1,467.9 )    $ 4,370.1  
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
                                            
Current liabilities:
                                            
Accounts payable   $     $ 88.5     $ 11.1     $     $ 99.6  
Accrued salaries           94.3       8.8             103.1  
Other current liabilities     14.0       141.1       13.1             168.2  
Current maturities of long-term debt           1.5       0.4             1.9  
       14.0       325.4       33.4             372.8  
Long-term debt     1,588.2       6.0       1.2             1,595.4  
Intercompany     (2,206.4 )      2,151.4       55.0              
Deferred income tax liabilities     259.0                         259.0  
Reserves for self-insurance claims and other liabilities           113.2       25.9             139.1  
Long-term income tax liability     18.0                         18.0  
Total liabilities     (327.2 )      2,596.0       115.5             2,384.3  
Redeemable noncontrolling interests                 26.2             26.2  
Total LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. stockholders’ equity     1,945.2       1,095.5       372.4       (1,467.9 )      1,945.2  
Noncontrolling interests           1.5       12.9             14.4  
Total equity     1,945.2       1,097.0       385.3       (1,467.9 )      1,959.6  
Total liabilities and equity   $ 1,618.0     $ 3,693.0     $ 527.0     $ (1,467.9 )    $ 4,370.1  

F-55


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2011

Note 14. Guarantor and Non-Guarantor Supplementary Information  – (continued)

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheets
December 31, 2010
(In millions)

         
  Parent Issuer   Guarantors   Non-Guarantors   Eliminations   Consolidated
ASSETS
                                            
Current assets:
                                            
Cash and cash equivalents   $     $ 197.1     $ 10.3     $     $ 207.4  
Accounts receivable, net           358.4       28.9             387.3  
Inventories           75.9       8.7             84.6  
Prepaid expenses           13.6       0.3             13.9  
Income taxes receivable     5.5                         5.5  
Deferred tax assets     99.7                         99.7  
Other current assets           24.5       0.2             24.7  
       105.2       669.5       48.4             823.1  
Property and equipment:
                                            
Land           73.5       12.4             85.9  
Buildings and improvements           1,399.8       133.1             1,532.9  
Equipment           883.7       66.5             950.2  
Construction in progress           36.6       2.8             39.4  
             2,393.6       214.8             2,608.4  
Accumulated depreciation           (868.6 )      (71.2 )            (939.8 ) 
             1,525.0       143.6             1,668.6  
Deferred loan costs, net     27.2                         27.2  
Intangible assets, net           50.5       22.6             73.1  
Investments in subsidiaries     1,255.9                   (1,255.9 )       
Other           18.2       2.0             20.2  
Goodwill           1,413.2       137.5             1,550.7  
Total assets   $ 1,388.3     $ 3,676.4     $ 354.1     $ (1,255.9 )    $ 4,162.9  
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
                                            
Current liabilities:
                                            
Accounts payable   $     $ 83.0     $ 6.0     $     $ 89.0  
Accrued salaries           96.0       5.4             101.4  
Interest rate swap     7.9                         7.9  
Other current liabilities     16.0       96.2       12.4             124.6  
Current maturities of long-term debt           1.4                   1.4  
       23.9       276.6       23.8             324.3  
Long-term debt     1,563.9       6.6                   1,570.5  
Intercompany     (2,316.7 )      2,361.2       (44.5 )             
Deferred income tax liabilities     211.2                         211.2  
Reserves for self-insurance claims and other liabilities           107.0       24.8             131.8  
Long-term income tax liability     18.5                         18.5  
Total liabilities     (499.2 )      2,751.4       4.1             2,256.3  
Redeemable noncontrolling interests                 15.3             15.3  
Total LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. stockholders’ equity     1,887.5       923.7       332.2       (1,255.9 )      1,887.5  
Noncontrolling interests           1.3       2.5             3.8  
Total equity     1,887.5       925.0       334.7       (1,255.9 )      1,891.3  
Total liabilities and equity   $ 1,388.3     $ 3,676.4     $ 354.1     $ (1,255.9 )    $ 4,162.9  

F-56


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2011

Note 14. Guarantor and Non-Guarantor Supplementary Information  – (continued)

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
Condensed Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows
For the Year Ended December 31, 2011
(In millions)

         
  Parent Issuer   Guarantors   Non-Guarantors   Eliminations   Consolidated
Cash flows from operating activities:
                                            
Net income (loss)   $ 162.9     $ 171.6     $ 47.7     $ (216.5 )    $ 165.7  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to
net cash provided by operating activities:
                                            
Income from discontinued operations           (0.2 )                  (0.2 ) 
Equity in earnings of affiliates     (216.5 )                  216.5        
Stock-based compensation     24.0                         24.0  
Depreciation and amortization           148.1       17.7             165.8  
Amortization of physician minimum revenue guarantees           17.8       2.0             19.8  
Amortization of convertible debt discounts     24.3                         24.3  
Amortization of deferred loan costs     5.9                         5.9  
Deferred income taxes     23.1                         23.1  
Reserve for self-insurance claims,
net of payments
          17.4       0.6             18.0  
Increase (decrease) in cash from operating assets and liabilities, net of effects from acquisitions and divestitures:
                                            
Accounts receivable           (13.3 )      (16.2 )            (29.5 ) 
Inventories and other current assets     (0.1 )      (19.8 )      (0.2 )            (20.1 ) 
Accounts payable and accrued expenses     (2.0 )      9.1       (4.2 )            2.9  
Income taxes payable /receivable     3.9                         3.9  
Other           (2.5 )      0.1             (2.4 ) 
Net cash provided by operating activities-continuing operations     25.5       328.2       47.5             401.2  
Net cash provided by operating activities-discontinued operations           0.3                   0.3  
Net cash provided by operating activities     25.5       328.5       47.5             401.5  
Cash flows from investing activities:
                                            
Purchases of property and equipment           (205.3 )      (14.6 )            (219.9 ) 
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired           (2.0 )      (119.0 )            (121.0 ) 
Other     (1.0 )      (0.2 )                  (1.2 ) 
Net cash used in investing activities     (1.0 )      (207.5 )      (133.6 )            (342.1 ) 
Cash flows from financing activities:
                                            
Payments on borrowings           (0.1 )                  (0.1 ) 
Repurchases of common stock     (174.6 )                        (174.6 ) 
Payment of debt financing costs     (0.4 )                        (0.4 ) 
Proceeds from exercise of stock options     39.0                         39.0  
Proceeds from employee stock
purchase plans
    1.2                         1.2  
Proceeds from (distributions to) noncontrolling interests           1.5       (3.3 )            (1.8 ) 
Repurchases of redeemable
noncontrolling interests
                (2.3 )            (2.3 ) 
Change in intercompany balances with affiliates, net     110.3       (211.9 )      101.6              
Capital lease payments and other           (1.4 )      (0.2 )            (1.6 ) 
Net cash (used in) provided by
financing activities
    (24.5 )      (211.9 )      95.8             (140.6 ) 
Change in cash and cash equivalents           (90.9 )      9.7             (81.2 ) 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year           197.1       10.3             207.4  
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year   $     $ 106.2     $ 20.0     $     $ 126.2  

F-57


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2011

Note 14. Guarantor and Non-Guarantor Supplementary Information  – (continued)

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
Condensed Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows
For the Year Ended December 31, 2010
(In millions)

         
  Parent Issuer   Guarantors   Non-Guarantors   Eliminations   Consolidated
Cash flows from operating activities:
                                            
Net income (loss)   $ 155.5     $ 171.7     $ 46.8     $ (215.4 )    $ 158.6  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to
net cash provided by operating activities:
                                            
Loss from discontinued operations           0.1                   0.1  
Equity in earnings of affiliates     (215.4 )                  215.4        
Stock-based compensation     22.4                         22.4  
Depreciation and amortization           134.1       14.4             148.5  
Amortization of physician minimum revenue guarantees           15.6       1.5             17.1  
Amortization of convertible debt discounts     22.6                         22.6  
Amortization of deferred loan costs     7.1                         7.1  
Debt extinguishment costs     2.3       0.1                   2.4  
Deferred income tax benefit     (29.0 )                        (29.0 ) 
Reserve for self-insurance claims,
net of payments
          10.8       (0.5 )            10.3  
Increase (decrease) in cash from operating assets and liabilities, net of effects from acquisitions and divestitures:
                                            
Accounts receivable           (39.9 )      0.8             (39.1 ) 
Inventories and other current assets           (4.7 )      (0.7 )            (5.4 ) 
Accounts payable and accrued expenses     7.1       7.5       (1.4 )            13.2  
Income taxes payable /receivable     48.8                         48.8  
Other     (0.2 )      (1.6 )      (0.1 )            (1.9 ) 
Net cash provided by operating activities-continuing operations     21.2       293.7       60.8             375.7  
Net cash used in operating activities-discontinued operations           (1.6 )                  (1.6 ) 
Net cash provided by operating activities     21.2       292.1       60.8             374.1  
Cash flows from investing activities:
                                            
Purchases of property and equipment           (160.6 )      (8.1 )            (168.7 ) 
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired           (172.1 )      (12.8 )            (184.9 ) 
Other                              
Net cash used in investing activities           (332.7 )      (20.9 )            (353.6 ) 
Cash flows from financing activities:
                                            
Proceeds from borrowings     400.0                         400.0  
Payments on borrowings     (249.2 )      (6.0 )                  (255.2 ) 
Repurchases of common stock     (152.1 )                        (152.1 ) 
Payment of debt financing costs     (13.7 )                        (13.7 ) 
Proceeds from exercise of stock options     20.4                         20.4  
Proceeds from employee stock
purchase plans
    1.0                         1.0  
Proceeds from (distributions to) noncontrolling interests           1.0       (3.4 )            (2.4 ) 
Sales of redeemable noncontrolling interests                 3.1             3.1  
Change in intercompany balances with affiliates, net     (27.6 )      65.5       (37.9 )             
Capital lease payments and other           (1.2 )      (0.2 )            (1.4 ) 
Net cash (used in) provided by
financing activities
    (21.2 )      59.3       (38.4 )            (0.3 ) 
Change in cash and cash equivalents           18.7       1.5             20.2  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year           178.4       8.8             187.2  
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year   $     $ 197.1     $ 10.3     $     $ 207.4  

F-58


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2011

Note 14. Guarantor and Non-Guarantor Supplementary Information  – (continued)

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
Condensed Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows
For the Year Ended December 31, 2009
(In millions)

         
  Parent Issuer   Guarantors   Non-Guarantors   Eliminations   Consolidated
Cash flows from operating activities:
                                            
Net income (loss)   $ 134.1     $ 148.6     $ 42.6     $ (188.7 )    $ 136.6  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to
net cash provided by operating activities:
                                            
Loss from discontinued operations           5.1                   5.1  
Equity in earnings of affiliates     (188.7 )                  188.7        
Stock-based compensation     22.3                         22.3  
Depreciation and amortization           130.1       12.9             143.0  
Amortization of physician minimum revenue guarantees           12.7       0.9             13.6  
Amortization of convertible debt discounts     21.1                         21.1  
Amortization of deferred loan costs     8.3                         8.3  
Deferred income tax benefit     (7.2 )                        (7.2 ) 
Reserve for self-insurance claims,
net of payments
          10.2       6.6             16.8  
Increase (decrease) in cash from operating assets and liabilities, net of effects from acquisitions and divestitures:
                                            
Accounts receivable           (1.5 )      (2.0 )            (3.5 ) 
Inventories and other current assets           (6.8 )      (0.1 )            (6.9 ) 
Accounts payable and accrued expenses     (1.3 )      (7.7 )      (1.7 )            (10.7 ) 
Income taxes payable /receivable     9.9                         9.9  
Other     (0.1 )      3.7       (1.7 )            1.9  
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities-continuing operations     (1.6 )      294.4       57.5             350.3  
Net cash used in operating activities-discontinued operations           (0.4 )                  (0.4 ) 
Net cash (used in) provided by
operating activities
    (1.6 )      294.0       57.5             349.9  
Cash flows from investing activities:
                                            
Purchases of property and equipment           (157.5 )      (9.1 )            (166.6 ) 
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired           (81.4 )                  (81.4 ) 
Other           3.9                   3.9  
Net cash used in investing activities-continuing operations           (235.0 )      (9.1 )            (244.1 ) 
Net cash provided by investing activities-discontinued operations           19.6                   19.6  
Net cash used in investing activities           (215.4 )      (9.1 )            (224.5 ) 
Cash flows from financing activities:
                                            
Payments on borrowings     (13.5 )                        (13.5 ) 
Repurchases of common stock     (3.1 )                        (3.1 ) 
Proceeds from exercise of stock options     10.8                         10.8  
Proceeds from employee stock
purchase plans
    1.0                         1.0  
Distributions to noncontrolling interests           (1.6 )      (2.6 )            (4.2 ) 
Repurchases of redeemable
noncontrolling interests
                (0.8 )            (0.8 ) 
Change in intercompany balances with affiliates, net     6.4       37.5       (43.9 )             
Capital lease payments and other           (3.8 )      (0.3 )            (4.1 ) 
Net cash provided by (used in)
financing activities
    1.6       32.1       (47.6 )            (13.9 ) 
Change in cash and cash equivalents           110.7       0.8             111.5  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year           67.7       8.0             75.7  
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year   $     $ 178.4     $ 8.8     $     $ 187.2  

F-59


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Brentwood, State of Tennessee, on February 17, 2012.

 
  LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
    

By:

/s/ WILLIAM F. CARPENTER III
William F. Carpenter III
Chief Executive Officer and
Chairman of the Board of Directors

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant in the capacities and on the date indicated.

   
Name   Title   Date
/s/ WILLIAM F. CARPENTER III
William F. Carpenter III
  Chief Executive Officer and
Chairman of the Board of Directors
(Principal Executive Officer)
  February 17, 2012
/s/ JEFFREY S. SHERMAN
Jeffrey S. Sherman
  Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
  February 17, 2012
/s/ MICHAEL S. COGGIN
Michael S. Coggin
  Chief Accounting Officer
(Principal Accounting Officer)
  February 17, 2012
/s/ GREGORY T. BIER
Gregory T. Bier
  Director   February 17, 2012
/s/ RICHARD H. EVANS
Richard H. Evans
  Director   February 17, 2012
/s/ DEWITT EZELL, JR
DeWitt Ezell, Jr
  Director   February 17, 2012
/s/ MICHAEL P. HALEY
Michael P. Haley
  Director   February 17, 2012
/s/ MARGUERITE W. KONDRACKE
Marguerite W. Kondracke
  Director   February 17, 2012
/s/ JOHN E. MAUPIN, JR., D.D.S
John E. Maupin, Jr., D.D.S
  Director   February 17, 2012
/s/ OWEN G. SHELL, JR.
Owen G. Shell, Jr.
  Lead Director   February 17, 2012

101


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

   
Exhibit
Number
    Description of Exhibits
3.1      Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed by LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. on April 19, 2005, File No. 333-124151).
3.2      Fourth Amended and Restated By-Laws of LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 15, 2010, File No. 000-51251).
4.1      Form of Specimen Stock Certificate (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the Registration Statement on Form S-4, as amended, filed by Historic LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. on October 25, 2004, File No. 333-119929).
4.2      Form of 3.25% Convertible Senior Subordinated Debenture due 2025 (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 10, 2005, File No. 000-51251).
4.3      Registration Rights Agreement, dated August 10, 2005, between LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. as Representatives of the Initial Purchasers (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 10, 2005, File No. 000-51251).
4.4      Amended and Restated Rights Agreement, dated February 25, 2009, by and between LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 25, 2009, File No. 000-51251).
4.5      Subordinated Indenture, dated as of May 27, 2003, between Province Healthcare Company and U.S. Bank Trust National Association, as Trustee (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the Province Healthcare Company Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2003, File No. 001-31320).
4.6      First Supplemental Indenture to Subordinated Indenture, dated as of May 27, 2003, by and among Province Healthcare Company and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee, relating to Province Healthcare Company’s 7½% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the Province Healthcare Company Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2003, File No. 001-31320).
4.7      Second Supplemental Indenture to Subordinated Indenture, dated as of April 1, 2005, by and among Province Healthcare Company and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the Province Healthcare Company Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 1, 2005, File No. 001-31320).
4.8      Indenture, dated August 10, 2005, between LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. and Citibank, N.A., as Trustee (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 10, 2005, File No. 000-51251).
4.9      Indenture, dated May 29, 2007, by and between LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. as Issuer and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 31, 2007, File No. 000-51251).
4.10     Indenture, dated September 23, 2010, by and among LifePoint Hospitals, Inc., the Guarantors (as defined therein) and Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. as trustee (including the Form of 6.625% Senior Notes due 2020) (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 27, 2010, File No. 000-51251).

102


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

   
Exhibit
Number
    Description of Exhibits
 4.11     Registration Rights Agreement, dated September 23, 2010, by and among LifePoint Hospitals, Inc., the Guarantors (as defined therein) and Barclays Capital Inc. as representative of the several initial purchasers (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 27, 2010, File No. 000-51251).
10.1      Computer and Data Processing Services Agreement, dated May 19, 2008, by and between HCA Information Technology Services, Inc. and LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 21, 2008, File No. 000-51251).
10.2      Comprehensive Service Agreement for Diagnostic Imaging and Biomedical Services, executed on January 7, 2005, between LifePoint Hospital Holdings, Inc. and GE Healthcare Technologies (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the Historic LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004, File No. 000-29818).
10.3      Amended and Restated 1998 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended by the Amendment dated May 13, 2008, the Amendment dated December 10, 2008, the Amendment dated April 27, 2010, and the Amendment dated June 8, 2010 (incorporated by reference from Appendix A and B to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Proxy Statement filed April 29, 2010, File No. 000-51251).*
10.4      Form of LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009, File No. 000-51251).*
10.5      Form of LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Restricted Stock Award Agreement (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009, File No. 000-51251).*
10.6      LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Executive Performance Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference from Appendix C to the Historic LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Proxy Statement dated April 28, 2004, File No. 000-29818).*
10.7      First Amendment, dated December 10, 2008, to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Executive Performance Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008, File No. 000-51251).*
10.8      Form of LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Performance Award Agreement (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009, File No. 000-51251).*
10.9      LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Change in Control Severance Plan, as amended and restated (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 16, 2008, File No. 000-51251).*
10.10     LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Amended and Restated Management Stock Purchase Plan, as amended by the Amendment dated May 22, 2003, the Amendment dated May 13, 2008, the Amendment dated December 10, 2008, the Amendment dated March 24, 2009, the Amendment dated April 27, 2010, and the Amendment dated June 8, 2010 (incorporated by reference from Appendix C and D to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Proxy Statement filed April 29, 2010, File No. 000-51251).*
10.11     Form of Outside Directors Restricted Stock Agreement (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2006, File No. 000-51251).*

103


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

   
Exhibit
Number
    Description of Exhibits
10.12     LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Amended and Restated Outside Directors Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan, dated May 14, 2008 (incorporated by reference from Appendix F to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Proxy Statement filed April 29, 2010, File No. 000-51251).*
10.13     Amendment dated March 24, 2009, to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Amended and Restated Outside Directors Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2009, File No. 000-51251).*
10.14     Amendment dated April 27, 2010, to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Amended and Restated Outside Directors Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference from Appendix F to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Proxy Statement filed April 29, 2010, File No. 000-51251).*
10.15     Amendment dated June 8, 2010, to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Amended and Restated Outside Directors Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference from Appendix E to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Proxy Statement filed April 29, 2010, File No. 000-51251).*
10.16     Form of LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Deferred Restricted Stock Award (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009, File No. 000-51251).*
10.17     LifePoint Hospitals Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 15, 2009, File No. 000-51251).*
10.18        Amendment to the LifePoint Hospitals Deferred Compensation Plan, dated December 22, 2010 (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2011, File No. 000-51251).*
10.19        Amendment to the LifePoint Hospitals Deferred Compensation Plan, dated March 14, 2011 (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2011, File No. 000-51251).*
10.20     Credit Agreement, dated as of April 15, 2005, by and among LifePoint Hospitals, Inc., as borrower, the lenders referred to therein, Citicorp North America, Inc. as administrative agent, Bank of America, N.A., CIBC World Markets Corp., SunTrust Bank, UBS Securities LLC, as co- syndication agents and Citigroup Global Markets, Inc., as sole lead arranger and sole bookrunner (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 19, 2005, File No. 000-51251).
10.21     Incremental Facility Amendment dated August 23, 2005, among LifePoint Hospitals, Inc., as borrower, Citicorp North America, Inc., as administrative agent and the lenders party thereto (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 23, 2005, File No. 000-51251).
10.22     Amendment No. 2 to the Credit Agreement, dated October 14, 2005, among LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. as borrower, Citicorp North America, Inc., as administrative agent and the lenders party thereto (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 18, 2005, File No. 000-51251).

104


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

   
Exhibit
Number
    Description of Exhibits
10.23     Incremental Facility Amendment No. 3 to the Credit Agreement, dated June 30, 2006 among LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. as borrower, Citicorp North America, Inc. as administrative agent and the lenders party thereto. (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 30, 2006, File No. 000-51251).
10.24     Incremental Facility Amendment No. 4 to the Credit Agreement, dated September 8, 2006, among LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. as borrower, Citicorp North America, Inc. as administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto (incorporated by reference from exhibits to LifePoint Hospitals’ Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 12, 2006, File No. 000-51251).
10.25     Amendment No. 5 to the Credit Agreement, dated as of May 11, 2007, among LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. as borrower, Citicorp North America, Inc., as administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 24, 2007, File No. 000-51251).
10.26     Amendment No. 6 to the Credit Agreement, dated as of April 6, 2009, among LifePoint Hospitals, Inc., as borrower, Citicorp North America, Inc., as administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009, File No. 000-51251).
10.27     Amendment No. 7 to the Credit Agreement, dated as of February 26, 2010, among LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. as borrower, Citicorp North America, Inc. as administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 1, 2010, File No. 000-51251).
10.28        Amendment No. 8 to the Credit Agreement, dated as of September 17, 2010, among LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. as borrower, Citicorp North America, Inc. as administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010, File No. 000-51251).
10.29     ISDA 2002 Master Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2006, between Citibank, N.A. and LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K/A dated September 8, 2006, File No. 000-51251).
10.30     Schedule to the ISDA 2002 Master Agreement (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K/A dated September 8, 2006, File No. 000-51251).
10.31     Confirmation, dated as of June 2, 2006, between LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. and Citibank, N.A. (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K/A dated September 8, 2006, File No. 000-51251).
10.32     Executive Severance and Restrictive Covenant Agreement, dated December 11, 2008, by and between LifePoint CSGP, LLC and William F. Carpenter III (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008, File No. 000-51251).*
10.33     Form of Indemnification Agreement (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 29, 2008, File No. 000-51251).

105


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

   
Exhibit
Number
    Description of Exhibits
 10.34      Recoupment Policy Relating to Unearned Incentive Compensation of Executive Officers (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 20, 2008, File No. 000-51251).*
 12.1       Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
 21.1       List of Subsidiaries
 23.1       Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 31.1       Certification of the Chief Executive Officer of LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 31.2       Certification of the Chief Financial Officer of LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002
 32.1       Certification of the Chief Executive Officer of LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 32.2       Certification of the Chief Financial Officer of LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002
101.INS     XBRL Instance Document**
101.SCH     XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document**
101.CAL     XBRL Taxonomy Calculation Linkbase Document**
101.DEF     XBRL Taxonomy Definition Linkbase Document**
101.LAB     XBRL Taxonomy Label Linkbase Document**
101.PRE     XBRL Taxonomy Presentation Linkbase Document**

* — Management Compensation Plan or Arrangement
** — Furnished electronically herewith

106